MINISTRY OF URBAN DEVELOPMENT
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF URBAN DEVELOPMENT GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MAY 2016
CONSULTANCY SERVICES FOR PREPARING GUIDELINES &
MODEL CONTRACT FOR CITY BUS PRIVATE OPERATIONS PC1B 8
GUIDELINES FOR PARTICIPATION BY PRIVATE OPERATORS IN THE PROVISION OF CITY BUS TRANSPORT SERVICES
4
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 2 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
DISCLAIMER
This document is strictly private and confidential and has been prepared by Deloitte Touche
Tohmatsu India LLP (“DTTILLP”) specifically for the Ministry of Urban Development (MoUD) for
the purposes specified herein. The information and observations contained in this document are
intended solely for the use and reliance of the (MoUD), and are not to be used, circulated, quoted
or otherwise referred to for any other purpose or relied upon without the express prior written
permission of DTTILLP in each instance.
Deloitte has not verified independently all of the information contained in this report and the work
performed by Deloitte is not in the nature of audit or investigation.
This document is limited to the matters expressly set forth herein and no comment is implied or
may be inferred beyond matters expressly stated herein.
It is hereby clarified that in no event DTTILLP shall be responsible for any unauthorised use of this
document, or be liable for any loss or damage, whether direct, indirect, or consequential, that may
be suffered or incurred by any party.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 3 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Table of Contents
1. INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................................................. 10
1.1 BACKGROUND ......................................................................................................................................... 10 1.2 PURPOSE OF THE GUIDELINES DOCUMENT ................................................................................................... 11 1.3 OVERVIEW OF THE GUIDELINES DOCUMENT ................................................................................................. 11 1.4 STRUCTURE OF GUIDELINES DOCUMENT ...................................................................................................... 12
2. ASSESSING THE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT ...................................................................................... 15
2.1 REVIEW OF CURRENT OPERATING ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................................... 15 2.2 ANALYSIS OF FACTORS AFFECTING BUS TRANSPORT SERVICES ........................................................................... 26 2.3 TRANSFORMING INFERENCES INTO IMPLEMENTABLE ACTIONS .......................................................................... 27
3. PLANNING THE BUSINESS MODEL ................................................................................................... 28
3.1 STAGES OF PLANNING THE BUSINESS MODEL ............................................................................................... 28 3.2 IMPLEMENTATION PLAN ........................................................................................................................... 34 3.3 NETWORK AND SERVICE PLANNING ............................................................................................................ 35 3.4 OPTIONS FOR BUS OPERATOR ENGAGEMENT ............................................................................................... 38 3.5 REVENUE MODEL AND COLLECTION ............................................................................................................ 39 3.6 MANAGING FINANCIAL PRESSURES AND FARE INCREASES ............................................................................... 42 3.7 MONITORING AND CONTROL ..................................................................................................................... 44 3.8 MARKETING AND BRANDING OF SERVICE ..................................................................................................... 46 3.9 FINANCIAL MODEL................................................................................................................................... 47 3.10 SUMMARY.............................................................................................................................................. 48
4. CHOOSING THE RIGHT CONTRACT ................................................................................................... 49
4.1 OVERVIEW OF CONTRACT OPTIONS ............................................................................................................. 49 4.2 BUS OPERATION BY A PUBLICALLY-OWNED ENTERPRISE/STATE TRANSPORT UNDERTAKING (STU) ......................... 49 4.3 FULL PRIVATISATION OF BUS OPERATIONS ................................................................................................... 51 4.4 PPP CONTRACTS ..................................................................................................................................... 52 4.5 SALIENT FEATURES OF A GROSS COST MODEL .............................................................................................. 55 4.6 SALIENT FEATURES OF A HYBRID GROSS COST MODEL ................................................................................... 58 4.7 SALIENT FEATURES OF A NET COST MODEL .................................................................................................. 61 4.8 SALIENT FEATURES OF HYBRID NCC ............................................................................................................ 63 4.9 SELECTING THE ‘MOST SUITABLE’ CONTRACT TYPE FOR YOUR CITY ................................................................... 64
5. DEVELOPING PPP CONTRACT PARAMETERS .................................................................................... 68
5.1 RISK IDENTIFICATION AND ALLOCATION ....................................................................................................... 68 5.2 TRANSITION PLAN.................................................................................................................................... 71 5.3 CONTRACT INSTRUMENTS ......................................................................................................................... 72 5.4 FLEET SELECTION AND PROCUREMENT ........................................................................................................ 76 5.5 LENGTH OF CONTRACT ............................................................................................................................. 83 5.6 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES ...................................................................................................................... 86 5.7 CONTRACT TERMINATION & ARBITRATION ................................................................................................... 93
6. PROCUREMENT GUIDELINES ........................................................................................................... 96
6.1 CHOOSING THE RIGHT PARTNER ................................................................................................................. 96 6.2 PROCUREMENT STRATEGY ......................................................................................................................... 97 6.3 PREPARATION OF BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENT ............................................................................... 101 6.4 PROCUREMENT MANAGEMENT ................................................................................................................ 106 6.5 SIGNING OF CONTRACT ........................................................................................................................... 107
7. POST AWARD CONTRACT MANAGEMENT ......................................................................................108
7.1 THE MONITORING FRAMEWORK .............................................................................................................. 108
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 4 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
7.2 MONITORING DURING THE COURSE OF OPERATIONS .................................................................................... 109
8. IN LIEU OF A CONCLUSION .............................................................................................................112
ANNEXURE I - DRAFT STRUCTURE OF MODEL CONTRACTS .....................................................................115
ANNEXURE II – GUIDANCE NOTE ON USE OF MODEL CONTRACT ............................................................130
ANNEXURE III - GUIDANCE NOTE ON USE OF REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL ..................................................149
ANNEXURE IV - RESPONSIBILITY ALLOCATION MATRIX ..........................................................................154
ANNEXURE V – FLEET ...........................................................................................................................157
ANNEXURE VI – INFRASTRUCTURE ........................................................................................................167
ANNEXURE VII– OPERATIONS ...............................................................................................................181
ANNEXURE VIII – REVENUE ...................................................................................................................189
ANNEXURE IX – PERMITS ......................................................................................................................196
ANNEXURE X – PLANNING & CONTRACTUAL ISSUES ..............................................................................200
ANNEXURE XI – SERVICE QUALITY PARAMETERS ...................................................................................203
ANNEXURE XII – LIST OF INFRACTIONS AND PENALTIES .........................................................................211
ANNEXURE XIII – FARE FIXATION, STRUCTURING AND REVISION ............................................................223
ANNEXURE XIV – BLOCK COST ESTIMATES .............................................................................................238
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 5 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Table of Exhibits
EXHIBIT 1-1 KEY CHALLENGES FACED IN CITY BUS PRIVATE OPERATIONS ...................................................................................... 10 EXHIBIT 1-2 ACTIVITIES AND KEY DECISIONS IN BUSINESS MODEL PLANNING ................................................................................ 12 EXHIBIT 2-1 FACTORS INFLUENCING BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................................. 15 EXHIBIT 2-2 PROCESS OF ASSESSING THE BUS SERVICE ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................................ 15 EXHIBIT 2-3 REVIEW PARAMETERS AND SOURCE OF DATA ........................................................................................................ 16 EXHIBIT 2-4 PARAMETERS AND THEIR POSSIBLE EFFECT ........................................................................................................... 17 EXHIBIT 2-5 ACTS / LAWS GOVERNING BUS TRANSPORT ......................................................................................................... 18 EXHIBIT 2-6 INSTITUTIONAL ENVIRONMENT AFFECTING BUS TRANSPORT ..................................................................................... 19 EXHIBIT 2-7 AGENCIES AND THEIR RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................................................... 20 EXHIBIT 2-8 COMPARISON OF A TRADITIONAL REGULATORY APPROACH AND A MORE COMMERCIAL APPROACH TO MANAGING BUS
SERVICES ................................................................................................................................................................ 22 EXHIBIT 2-9 ASSIGNMENT OF RISK IN A SHARED RISK MODEL .................................................................................................... 24 EXHIBIT 2-10 SWOT ANALYSIS FOR REVIEW OF BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................. 26 EXHIBIT 3-1 CONSIDERATIONS FOR GOAL SETTING .................................................................................................................. 29 EXHIBIT 3-2 SETTING GOALS FOR CITY BUS TRANSPORT ........................................................................................................... 30 EXHIBIT 3-3 STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATIONS ......................................................................................................................... 32 EXHIBIT 3-4 TYPE OF PERMITS AND THEIR MERITS/DEMERITS.................................................................................................... 36 EXHIBIT 3-5 ADVANTAGES OF A PPP CONTRACT .................................................................................................................... 39 EXHIBIT 3-6 REVENUE COLLECTION ..................................................................................................................................... 40 EXHIBIT 3-7 THE FARE ESCALATION FORMULA IN HONG KONG ................................................................................................ 43 EXHIBIT 3-8 FARE ADJUSTMENT FORMULA IN SINGAPORE ....................................................................................................... 43 EXHIBIT 4-1 GUIDING PRINCIPLE AND OPTIONS FOR MODEL CONTRACTS ................................................................................... 49 EXHIBIT 4-2 FEATURES OF GCC, NCC AND HYBRID CONTRACT ................................................................................................. 54 EXHIBIT 4-3 FLOW OF FUNDS FROM ESCROW ACCOUNT.......................................................................................................... 57 EXHIBIT 4-4 THE HYBRID CONTRACT MODEL USED IN ADELAIDE ............................................................................................... 58 EXHIBIT 4-5 SAMPLE MONTHLY LOAD FACTOR AND BONUS PERCENT VALUES ............................................................................... 60 EXHIBIT 4-6 CONTRACT DECISION FRAMEWORK PARAMETERS .................................................................................................. 64 EXHIBIT 4-7 DECISION CRITERIA FOR CONTRACT SELECTION ..................................................................................................... 65 EXHIBIT 5-1 ADDRESSING CONTRACT PARAMETERS ................................................................................................................ 68 EXHIBIT 5-2 TYPES OF RISK IN CITY BUS OPERATIONS ............................................................................................................. 68 EXHIBIT 5-3 DEGREES OF RISK............................................................................................................................................ 69 EXHIBIT 5-4 EVALUATING RISK ........................................................................................................................................... 70 EXHIBIT 5-5 RISK ALLOCATION MATRIX ............................................................................................................................... 71 EXHIBIT 5-6 REVENUE PROTECTION IN SANTIAGO, CHILE......................................................................................................... 72 EXHIBIT 5-7 FACTORS IN SELECTION OF FLEET ........................................................................................................................ 77 EXHIBIT 5-8 FRANKFURT/M. (D): TENDERING OF BUS ROUTE BUNDLE CONTRACTS WITH ENVIRONMENTAL INCENTIVES ....................... 78 EXHIBIT 5-9 DECISION FRAMEWORK FOR FLEET PROCUREMENT ................................................................................................ 80 EXHIBIT 5-10 RESPONSIBILITY FOR FLEET PROCUREMENT ......................................................................................................... 82 EXHIBIT 5-11 CHALLENGES FACED IN DECIDING CONTRACT DURATION ........................................................................................ 83 EXHIBIT 5-12 CONTRACT LENGTH IN BOGOTA, COLOMBIA ...................................................................................................... 83 EXHIBIT 5-13 PROS AND CONS OF SHORT DURATION CONTRACTS .............................................................................................. 84 EXHIBIT 5-15 FACTORS AFFECTING NUMBER OF DEPOTS .......................................................................................................... 87 EXHIBIT 5-16 PLANNING FOR BUS DEPOT FACILITIES ............................................................................................................... 88 EXHIBIT 5-17 RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONSTRUCTION OF BUS DEPOTS ........................................................................................... 88 EXHIBIT 5-18 DECISION FRAMEWORK FOR BUS STOPS ............................................................................................................. 90 EXHIBIT 5-19 PLANNING FOR BUS STOPS .............................................................................................................................. 90 EXHIBIT 5-20 PLANNING FOR BUS TERMINALS ....................................................................................................................... 92 EXHIBIT 5-21 EXAMPLE OF GULBARGA BUS TERMINAL ........................................................................................................... 92 EXHIBIT 6-1 PROCESS FOR PROCUREMENT ........................................................................................................................... 96 EXHIBIT 6-2 BID PROCESSES .............................................................................................................................................. 99 EXHIBIT 6-3 ADVANCE INFORMATION TO OPERATORS DURING THE BIDDING PROCESS .................................................................. 101 EXHIBIT 6-4 EXPERIENCE WEIGHTS ................................................................................................................................... 103 EXHIBIT 6-5 MULTIPLYING FACTOR ................................................................................................................................... 104 EXHIBIT 6-6 BID PARAMETER BY TYPE OF CONTRACT ............................................................................................................ 105 EXHIBIT 7-1 PERFORMANCE MONITORING, REPORTING & REVIEW FRAMEWORK ...................................................................... 108
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 6 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
EXHIBIT 7-2 MONITORING AND SUPERVISION LONDON (GB): FINANCIAL INCENTIVES IN A GROSS COST CONTRACT .......................... 110 EXHIBIT 7-3 ENFORCEMENT IN AMSTERDAM (NL): DIRECT AWARD WITH COMPETITIVE THREAT ................................................... 111
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 7 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
List of Abbreviations
AFC Automated Fare Collection
AMC Annual Maintenance Contract
AMRUT Atal Mission for Rejuvenation and Urban Transformation
ATSC Adaptive Traffic Signal Control
BEST Brihanmumbai Electric Supply & Transport
BRTS Bus Rapid Transit system
CCTV Closed Circuit Television
CDP City Development Plan
CMP Comprehensive Mobility Plan
CNG Compressed Natural Gas
CPI Consumer Price Index
CPM Contractual Management Procedures Manual
CTTS Comprehensive Traffic and Transportation Studies
DIMTS Delhi Integrated Multi-Modal Transit System
DSCR Debt Service Coverage Ratio
EI Energy Index
EOI Expression of Interest
ETVM Electronic Ticketing Vending Machine
GCC Gross Cost Contract
GPS Global Positioning System
IETT Istanbul Electricity, Tramway and Tunnel Company
IPT Intermediate Public Transport
IRR Internal Rate of Return
IT Information Technology
ITS Intelligence Transport System
JnNURM Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 8 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
JV Joint Venture
KPI Key performance Indicators
LED Light Emitting Diode
LF Load Factor
LOS Level of Service
LPG Liquefied Petroleum Gas
MKBA Mean kilometres operation between accidents
MKBF Mean kilometres travelled between bus failures
MRT Mass Rapid Transit
MSL Minimum Service level
MTRCL Mass Transit Railway Corporation Limited
NCC Net Cost Contract
NGO Non-governmental organisation
NMT Non-motorised transport
NOC No objection certificate
NPV Net Present Value
NUTP National Urban Transport Policy
O-D Origin - Destination
PIS Passenger Information System
PPP Public Private Partnership
PSO Public Service Obligation
PT Public Transport
PTA Public Transport Agency
PTO Public Transport Operators’
QCBS Quality cum Cost Based Selection
RFP Request for Proposal
RFQ Request for Qualification
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 9 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
RTO Regional Transport Office
SPV Special Purpose Vehicle
STU State Transport Undertaking
SWOT Strength Weakness Opportunity Threat
TfL Transport for London
ULB Urban Local Body
WI Wage Index
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 10 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 BACKGROUND
Urban transport has been identified as a vital lifeline which supports the growth of an economy.
A well-planned and integrated transportation system acts as an efficient and effective facilitator
to the development of regional, economic and social activity. Transport services need to be
efficient and affordable for maximising their use, and at the same time, must generate sufficient
revenues for their financial viability to continue meeting the ever expanding demand for urban
transport. This need for efficiency, affordability and viability influences transit ownership, business
processes, planning and investment patterns.
While State Transport Undertakings (STUs) have provided transportation services for several
decades, the focus of Urban Local Bodies (ULBs) on city bus transport started gaining
prominence with the advent of Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission (JnNURM).
JnNURM envisaged a number of reforms at the city and state levels for achieving effective,
efficient and sustainable development of urban infrastructure including that of urban public
transport (PT) system. One of such reforms for PT was formation of Special Purpose Vehicles
(SPVs) for the operation of city bus transport services in an efficient, economic and sustainable
manner. SPVs may seek active participation of the private sector in investments, or management,
of PT services.
However, experience also shows that private operators focus mainly on the maximisation of
returns on investment and fail to maintain or provide a desired level of service quality. There is
also a deficiency in public sector performance in efficient and effective transit network planning.
Failures on both sides have led to a persistent conflict between maximisation of profit and serving
of public interest. The key issues in city bus operations are highlighted below.
Exhibit 1-1 Key challenges faced in city bus private operations
To address these challenges, and improve city bus transport services, a number of cities are
encouraging private sector participation to gain access to stronger managerial capacity, new
technology, and specialised skills via Public Private Partnerships (PPPs). Although operational,
PPPs have been experiencing difficulties due to lack of well-designed contractual and institutional
frameworks, impacting the revenues, cost and service quality. Deficiencies in existing contracts
include lack of clauses for conditions precedent, inadequate identification and allocation of
business risks, limited monitoring framework, ill-defined payment and performance monitoring
mechanisms, etc. Many of the contracts also lack sufficient incentives to influence the behaviour,
responsibility and obligations of contracting parties.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 11 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
This guidelines document for development of model contractual framework outlines the process
of preparing a comprehensive bus contract suitable to the context and environment of the
concerned authority. The document examines various structures and alternatives for the
participation of private bus operators; it also presents different forms and contents of a PPP
contract and provides procurement and management guidelines.
1.2 PURPOSE OF THE GUIDELINES DOCUMENT
The purpose of this document is to provide a strategy to develop a contract for bus operations
for a city, subject to the city's unique circumstances and requirements. Since each city is unique
in its institutional structure, existing infrastructure, stakeholder capacity, and finance availability,
a generic contract model would be inadequate for all cities. The document attempts to identify
and classify these differences and develop a strategic approach for choosing the type and
elements of the contract essential to deliver efficient public transport services. The document
proposes four types of contracts, namely, Gross Cost, Gross Cost Hybrid, Net Cost and Net Cost
Hybrid, that may be customised for a particular city. The key features of each of these contracts
are described in Chapter 4, and the corresponding term sheets are provided in Annexure I.
1.2.1 Use of the Guidelines Document
These guidelines are intended to be used by city authorities to help them choose the appropriate
business model and contract type for city bus private operations, based on a broad understanding
of existing business environment and desired outcomes.
The document examines various types of contracts possible and provides a clear understanding
of the pros and cons associated with each type of contracting modality. Further, the document
also explores the role of PPP contracts in the business landscape.
The document should be updated periodically with experience gained during the implementation
of existing or new city bus projects and new developments.
1.2.2 Limitations of the Guidelines Document
The guidelines document spells out a strategic process that the city authority may follow to
develop a suitable contract and does not include detailed technical and financial parameters apart
from contract related parameters. It highlights the activities to be undertaken for efficient delivery
of bus transport services but does not capture details regarding operationalising the sub-tasks.
The document does not intend to provide detailed engineering or operational recommendations,
nor does it present detailed design-level advice. City authorities are advised to engage a
transaction advisor considering the scale of the project.
1.3 OVERVIEW OF THE GUIDELINES DOCUMENT
Cities may encourage participation of private operators to improve service performance and wider
public objectives. While the contract structure mainly drives the operator engagement, contract
success is driven primarily by its business model. A business model with distorted incentives, or
one that promotes negative behaviour, can never be effective in delivering the intended results.
This document helps city authorities avoid these mistakes and assists them to develop efficient
business models relevant to the situation at hand.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 12 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Exhibit 1-2 Activities and key decisions in business model planning
The exhibit above illustrates the business model elements and key decisions. The business
model needs to be cognitive of the business environment affecting bus transport system, city
conditions, expectations of various stakeholders, and financial sustainability while providing legal
protection to the bus operators. The business model should also delineate the roles and
responsibilities of the parties involved in regards to infrastructure, fleet ownership and
investments, risks, planning, monitoring and control, etc.
1.4 STRUCTURE OF GUIDELINES DOCUMENT
The document is structured as follows:
Chapter 2 discusses the assessment of the external business and operating environment.
A city’s geographic layout, demographics, travel demand and travel characteristics affect its bus
service design. Similarly, the policy and regulatory scenario, nature of competition between
service providers, and the service quality and segmentation, determine the functional financial
models. Also, to develop services suitable to that market, assessment and understanding of the
business environment in the city is required. The evaluation focuses on parameters like existing
travel modes, dependency on public transport, competitive scenario, potential customers, etc.
Chapter 3 describes the preparation of the business plan; it assesses factors like bus transport
services, the partnerships, essential infrastructure, fleet ownership, risk assignment, planning,
and control, etc.
Chapter 4 assists in selecting the appropriate contract. It evaluates the merits and demerits
of different contract type while considering the objectives of the city and the situation at hand.
The chapter also focuses on the relationship between the relevant city authority and the private
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 13 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
bus operator, depending on the contract category and issues like asset ownership and
procurement, risk management, payment mechanisms and control and monitoring methods.
Chapter 5 discusses and evaluates contract parameters. The chapter focuses on the
contractual structure and parameters to help the city authorities develop a clear picture of the
challenges associated with the contract. The chapter also offers practical guidelines to manage
the contract specific issues and assists in further developing various contract components.
Chapter 6 describes procurement guidelines and assists the user in selecting the appropriate
procurement strategy. The chapter also provides details regarding procurement strategies like
one-stage or two-stage bidding and describes aspects related to bid evaluation method,
preparation of bid and contract documents, and signing of the contract.
Chapter 7 focuses on monitoring during the post-award phase. The chapter captures the process
of setting performance indicators in the contract and outlines the city authority’s responsibilities
and obligations, as well as specific performance criteria to be complied with during the operation
of the service.
Chapter 8 explores methods and models that may evolve in the future but have not been included
in the current contractual framework.
Annexure I captures the draft structure of the four model contracts. It outlines the main terms
and conditions of the agreement between the authority and the operator.
Annexure II aims at establishing a link between the guidelines document and the model
contracts. It includes a description of the process to be followed by city managers to customise
the model contract to city-specific contract.
Annexure III includes a description of main chapters captured within the Request for Proposal,
and, describes the components that are more important from the perspective of the city manager.
Annexure IV defines the responsibility for different aspects of city bus operations for the four
model contract types.
Annexure V outlines the responsibility for fleet planning between the authority and the operator.
It also identifies activities essential for the fleet planning process and the requirement assessment
process. The possible options for fleet ownership, investment, operation and maintenance, along
with the preferred options, are also highlighted in the Annexure.
Annexure VI delineates the responsibility for infrastructure planning between the authority and
the operator. It highlights the activities required during the infrastructure planning process and
the requirement assessment process. The Annexure also captures the options for asset
ownership, investment, operation and maintenance, and the preferred option.
Annexure VII demarcates the responsibility for bus operations between the authority and the
operator. It also identifies various activities and actions essential for bus operations.
Annexure VIII outlines the responsibility for revenue activities between the authority and the
operator. It also captures the key activities involved in the revenue collection.
Annexure IX delineates the responsibility for permits between the authority and the operator.
Annexure X defines the responsibility for planning and contractual issues between the authority
and the operator.
Annexure XI details the Service Quality Parameters along with proposed weightage of
parameters and the potential data sources for performance parameters.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 14 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Annexure XII provides the List of Infractions and Penalties, including their categories,
applicable damages, and the time require to resolve the infraction, applicable in the contract.
Annexure XIII provides practical guidance on fare fixation and the basis for revision of fare in a
Net Cost Contract.
Annexure XIV provides practical guidance on potential cost heads and presents block cost
estimates for the same under different contract types.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 15 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
2. ASSESSING THE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
Urban transport, and in particular bus transport, is a complex subject, and cannot be viewed in
isolation from the environment in which it operates. Although there are some broad
commonalities in bus operations across Indian cities, each city is unique in its institutional
structure, existing infrastructure, stakeholder capacity, and finance availability. These particular
circumstances have an influence on the business environment of the city and do not permit the
use of a single contract type across all cities. A city authority needs to undertake detailed
groundwork before developing the business model and finalising on the type of contract to be
adopted for its bus operations.
Each city needs to follow a defined process for assessing the business environment within which
its bus services operate. The factors that influence the business and operating environment of a
bus in a city are shown in Exhibit 2-1.
Post the analysis of these factors, the city also need to develop an implementable action plan as
defined in the following sections.
2.1 REVIEW OF CURRENT OPERATING ENVIRONMENT
The first step in mapping the current operating environment would be to collect the data on the
basis of points captured in Exhibit 2-3. Most of these data elements, for example, geographical
Exhibit 2-1 Factors influencing business environment
Review of current operating
environment
Analysis of factors affecting bus
transport services
Transforming inferences into implementable
actions
Exhibit 2-2 Process of assessing the bus service environment
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 16 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
and demographic profile may be collected through secondary data,1,2 however, some points
might require sample surveys.
Exhibit 2-3 Review parameters and source of data
Parameters Source of Data
Geographical layout of the city
Size of city
Length of road network
Type of roads (motorised v/s non-motorised, arterial v/s
feeder)
Census of India
Urban Local Body
National Highways Authority of
India
State Highways Authority
Public Works Department
City Development Authority
Demographic profile
Population of the city
Spatial distribution of population
Occupational distribution
Income distribution
Age structure of the population
Census of India
City Master Plan
City Development Plan
Comprehensive Mobility Plan
Urban Local Bodies
Policy & Regulatory Framework
Laws/Acts/Policies at national level affecting bus
transport
Laws/Acts/Policies at state level pertaining to bus
transport
City level policies affecting bus transport
Various central and state level
legislations
Institutional Structure:
Key authorities, whose purview could impact bus
operation, include:
Public Works Department
Transport Department
Development Authorities
Pollution Control Board
Municipal Government
Traffic Police
Key officials of various entities
Existing Transit System City Development Authority
1 Comprehensive Mobility Plan Preparation Toolkit - Institute of Urban Transport India
2 Urban Bus Toolkit - World Bank
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 17 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Parameters Source of Data
Alternative modes of transport
Areas not connected by the existing system
Reasons for passengers not choosing bus transport
Existing Bus Infrastructure in the city (depots, terminals,
bus shelters)
Urban Local Bodies
Transport Authority
City Development Plan
Operational Plans and strategies affecting bus
transport, including:
Comprehensive Mobility Plan
City Development Plan
City Master Plan/ Zonal Development Plan
Comprehensive Traffic and Transportation Studies
City Development Authority
SPV (if any)
Department of Transport
Department of Urban
Development
Operators and Trust Environment:
Current bus operators in the city (STUs or private
operators)
Financial strength of these operators
Relationship between the city government and existing
operators
Transport Authority
Non-government stakeholders
2.1.1 Geographic and Demographic Profile of the City
The geographic layout of the city, citizens’ demographic profile and their travel pattern will have
an indirect influence on the design of the bus transport system. These parameters assist in
estimating the demand for public transport and reveal the ‘affordability’ of public transport for the
public. Surveys like stated preference survey may be used to assess passengers’ travel patterns
and their dependency on public transport. The demographic profile of the potential user of the
bus service on factors like income level and affordability should also be assessed. The relevant
data and their possible effect are summarised in Exhibit 2-4. The prime objective of this analysis
is to ensure the envisaged services cater to the needs of the transport users.
Exhibit 2-4 Parameters and their possible effect
Parameter Possible Effect
Spatial distribution of
population
Concentrated areas induce higher ridership and hence need a
higher frequency of services, compared to sparsely populated
areas. Spatial spread of the cities implies more demand for longer
distance trips, which calls for greater investments in infrastructure
and vehicles.
Income distribution
The income bracket of passengers will affect the market
condition. Premium services that exploit the willingness to pay for
higher quality are options that may be considered.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 18 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Occupational
distribution
The occupational status of the passengers will decide the
amenities and other features required in the bus transport
system, for example, business users might require features like
Wi-Fi and enabled ITS services. On the other hand, student
travellers might require subsidised travel, and the impact of
subsidy on operators’ revenue needs to be considered. The
service frequency may also need to be tailored for periods of peak
and off-peak demand.
Age structure of
population
The passengers’ age bracket would help in planning the routes,
type of service and infrastructure.
Available road network Route planning would have to consider the availability of roads of
suitable dimension for bus operation.
2.1.2 Policy and Regulatory Environment
The bus transport in India is currently governed by various Central, State and Municipal laws,
policies, and guidelines as shown in Exhibit 2-5. City authorities must study these legislations in
detail and analyse their effect on city bus operations.
The Motor Vehicles Act is one of the most important
central-level acts directly affecting bus transport. The
Road Transport Corporation Act, 1950, for example,
specifies that it shall be the general duty of a road
transport corporation to exercise its powers as
progressively to provide or secure or promote the
provision of an efficient, adequate, economical and
properly coordinated system of road transport
services in the State or any part of the State for which
it is established.
Municipal laws which lay down the structure and
powers of the local municipal governments are also
present in almost all states.
The regulatory environment in a city/state impacts the
development of the bus system and requires a
detailed study by the city authority to understand the
impact of policies and regulations on system design.
For example, the policy in Haryana excludes private
players from participating in the delivery of city bus operations, while Delhi policies prohibit
operations of diesel buses.
Exhibit 2-5 Acts / Laws Governing
Bus Transport
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 19 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Apart from laws, acts and policies, different schemes launched by the Government of India can
also impact on the contracts of bus operations in cities. An example of the same, is captured
below:
Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission (JnNURM) is a large-scale city-
modernisation scheme launched by the Government of India under the Ministry of Urban
Development. JnNURM provided funding for urban renewal including funding for bus transport.
Before JnNURM, most STUs owned and operated an ageing fleet without considering the PPP
models. Post JnNURM, several city-specific Special Purpose Vehicles (SPVs) were formed and
an increasing number of cities have adopted PPP models.
Atal Mission for Rejuvenation and Urban Transformation (AMRUT) is a new scheme by the
Government of India, which supersedes JnNURM. This scheme is available for 500 cities with a
population of over 1 lakh and provides funding for projects envisaged to improve service coverage
of urban transport.
2.1.3 Institutional assessment
2.1.3.1 Institutional Structures
Exhibit 2-6 captures various agencies associated with urban transport in India at Central, State,
and Municipal level. These agencies perform functions like land acquisition, route planning, etc.,
that are essential for public transport. However, their intertwined roles often lead to lapses in
major functional roles and create a very complex institutional framework for bus transport.
Exhibit 2-6 Institutional environment affecting bus transport
City authorities need to consider the roles of these bodies and their impact on bus transport
services. For example, the provision of permits by the transport authorities varies from state to
state. In Kerala, permits are allotted on the basis of area, while in Madhya Pradesh, they are
allotted on the basis of routes. These specific city characteristics change the dynamics of the
Motor Vehicles Act is a Central Law, which:
Mandates registration of all motor vehicles Provides for licensing of drivers Stipulates that no public service vehicle can operate without a ‘permit’ Empowers the state governments to control road transport Creates an institutional mechanism to regulate road transport Makes provisions for payment of compensation to accident victims and Regulates the working conditions of drivers (along with the Motor Transport Workers Act)
Motor Vehicles Act is a Central Law which:
Mandates registration of all motor vehicles Provides for licensing of drivers Stipulates that no public service vehicle can operate without a ‘permit’ Empowers the state governments to control road transport Creates an institutional mechanism to regulate road transport Makes provisions for payment of compensation to accident victims Regulates the working conditions of drivers (along with the Motor Transport Workers Act)
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 20 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
contracts between authorities and bus operators. Exhibit 2-7 captures a broad list of agencies
along with their functions, affecting the operation of bus transport in India.
Exhibit 2-7 Agencies and their responsibilities
List of Agencies Role and possible impact on bus transport
Ministry of Urban
Development
The Ministry of Urban Development is responsible for overall urban planning
and development, including that of urban transport. The Ministry may require
cities to comply with certain terms and conditions to avail funding under its
schemes. For example, the Ministry guidelines specify the preparation of a
Comprehensive Mobility Plan, City Development Plan, and Unified
Metropolitan Transport Authority for every city (with a population above 1
million) that wants to avail funding. The Ministry also lays down guidelines on
bus specifications that need to be adhered by the cities.
Ministry of Road
Transport &
Highways
The Ministry of Road Transport & Highways undertakes transport research and
formulates and administers policies for road transport and highways. These
policies have a direct impact on bus operations. For example, the Road
Transport and Safety Bill affects the bus specifications, vehicle registration and
driver licensing.
Ministry of
Environment &
Forests
The Ministry of Environment & Forests specifies emission norms for motor
vehicles and administers the Environment Protection Act. It also specifies the
noise pollution norms for commercial vehicles and provides no-objection
certificates for urban transport projects coming under forest areas in the city.
Ministry of Finance
The Ministry of Finance approves funding for various centrally sponsored
schemes. Understanding of these schemes may help the planners provision
the financing mechanism accordingly.
State’s Urban
Development
Department
The urban development department of the state is responsible for the overall
urban development of the state including urban transport development. The
policy and plans prepared by the department may have an impact on the overall
bus transport system.
Department of
Transport (State
level)
The transport department of the state issues drivers’ licenses and vehicle
permits, conducts vehicle inspection and fixes the motor vehicle tax rates. The
department also issues route permits, and determines the fare fixation and
revision mechanism.
Public Works
Department
The State Public Works Department constructs and maintains major roads.
The Department can provide data on the road network in a city, the width and
length of roads, and road categories. This information would help in deciding
the bus dimensions best suited for the city.
Traffic Police
The State Traffic Police enforces traffic laws and manages and regulates traffic
in the city. No-objection certificates are required to be obtained from the Traffic
Police Department at the time of renewal of permits for commercial vehicles.
State Transport
Undertaking
The state transport agencies are responsible for the operation of buses in the
state (both intercity and intra-city) either on their own or through private
operators.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 21 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
List of Agencies Role and possible impact on bus transport
Town and Country
Planning
Department
The Town and Country Planning Department of the state prepares various
spatial development plans at state, and local level and the city bus services
need to be aligned with these plans. For example, the bus connectivity to
proposed commercial, residential, or industrial hub needs to be ensured.
Urban Local Bodies
In some cities, the urban bodies are responsible for overall management and
planning of bus transport and are key stakeholders in special purpose vehicles
set-up for city bus operations.
City Development
Authority
City development authorities conduct land use planning and regulate planned
growth of the city, with transport forming an important part of such planning.
They also oversee maintenance and construction of bus depots and bus stops.
Bus transport should be planned in line with the proposed land use plan
formulated by the development authorities at the city level.
2.1.3.2 The Role and Capacity of the City Authority
City authorities need to define the nature of business model and develop the same, regardless
of the type of contract adopted. However, the tactical role of the city authority will differ depending
on the type of business model adopted. For city authorities to be an effective partner in a PPP, it
is necessary to evaluate their current role in bus operations and their capacity to contribute to
planning and oversight effectively. The following steps help in determining the same:
a. Identification of the role of the authority providing bus services
The city authority needs to evaluate
the role of the entity which presently
provides city bus services. The
authority could be a city-level SPV, a
city transport authority or a state
transport authority. These authorities
could either be providing bus services
on their own or through engagement of
private operators. The engagement of
private operators would be possible
only if there are no mandates
restricting private participation.
b. Assessing the strength and capacity of the authority
The capacity and willingness of the authority to take responsibility for the planning, monitoring
and control of the bus network will partially determine the type of contract selected. In this context,
there is a need to assess the following aspects:
Financial soundness of the authority
Risk appetite and funding support
Technical competence to operate bus services on its own
Capacity to monitor operator performance
Desired level of control over city bus services
A number of Indian cities have formed SPVs to
manage city bus transport service, leading to a thrust
in provision of city bus services through PPP mode.
Key SPVs in Indian cities are listed below:
Indore: Atal Indore City Transport Services Limited
Ahmedabad: Ahmedabad Janmarg Limited
Bhopal: Bhopal City Link Ltd.
Delhi: Delhi Integrated Multi-Modal Transit System
Surat: Surat City Bus
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 22 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
c. Enhancement of the management role of the authority
City authorities have historically played the role of regulators and not managers, and often lack
expertise in the management of transport networks. While a typical historical regulatory model
has government playing the role of regulator and private entity playing the role of provider, it lacks
institutions that play the role of manager. Filling this management deficit through authorities
delegated with this task is the key role of the city in the envisaged model. Actions to enhance and
improve the function of the city in managing transport would include:
Reasserting its role in the business of public transport to strengthen its control over the
outcomes
Taking a more managerial and less regulatory role, and handling the responsibility for
customer service delivery
Developing a sustainable business approach to guide its planning
Assigning risks to where they can be best managed
Taking a commercial approach to subsidy, using it to produce positive outcomes and
not to support operational losses
Another important aspect in enhancing the role of the city authority is ensuring a dedicated entity
for bus service provision. A successful PPP contract requires a dedicated involvement from both
the parties, i.e., the private operator and the public authority. If the city does not currently have a
dedicated authority for city bus operations, it could plan the creation of a separate cell within the
authority that currently manages city bus operations.
Exhibit 2-8 Comparison of a traditional regulatory approach and a more commercial
approach to managing bus services
Source: Deloitte Project Team
The agency to operate as an efficient commercial entity should be a corporate and autonomous
entity which is free from the constraints of political interference. Where the SPV manages the
entire bus network, it is preferable to be government–owned to retain public control; however,
under certain conditions (such as the presence of a strong public transport authority) a private
concessionaire could be used; should the city doubt public sector capacity.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 23 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
The envisaged SPV, or the City Authority, should be profit-focused3, independent, transparent in
discharging its duties, able to hire staff based on merit, dismiss staff for poor performance, able
to borrow funds, sue and be sued. It is equally important for the body to have qualified personnel
with necessary skill sets and long-term job commitment.
The next step would be to determine the risks that the SPV, or the city authority, is able and
willing to manage on its own, and the risks that it aims to offload to the private operator.
d. Risk assignment between the players
The assignment of risk is a key determinant of the success or failure of bus systems. It is linked
closely to the strength and capacity of the city authority, and their willingness to manage risks
under their control. The key rule in this area is to assign the risk to the party that can best manage
it. For example, if the bus operators are assigned risks they cannot manage, they would either
fail or would adopt means that would maximise revenues at the cost of service quality.
In recent times, India has seen operators predominantly bidding for bus service contracts only if
they can avoid revenue risk, leaving the city authority shouldering this predominant risk. While
cities can manage certain factors impacting revenue risk, they may not be able to handle it
adequately. Mechanisms as these only transfer the risk and don’t manage or mitigate it.
The solution lies in either of the following approaches:
1) Sharing the risk between the hierarchy of players
2) Working out mechanisms to ensure that the operator is better able to manage the risks
assigned to it so that it is not averse to assuming those risk
The following exhibit shows the main types of risks that are at play in the provision of city bus
services, and their allocation between the parties:
3 The term ‘profit-focused’ does not necessarily imply a profit maximisation ethos - rather a financial performance-measure so that
loss-making subsidies can be avoided. The underlying incentives then are to win the market, satisfy customers and grow revenue, while ensuring efficiency in operations.
Type of risk Assignment of risk
Political risk: Any disruption in
operation of a project due to political
decisions
Political risk is best managed at the level of the transport
authority responsible for strategic policy direction. This
authority provides oversight, coordination and manages
cross- jurisdictional issues and sets the strategic policy
and planning for public transport.
Revenue risk: The business risk
which affects the overall profitability
or viability of services or the level of
public subsidy need to support
services
Revenue risk could be managed at the level of the bus
agency operating public transport network or at the
private operator level, depending on the type of contract
adopted. In many cases, the city authorities are unwilling
or unable to take the revenue (demand) risk of the bus
network owing to the spread of geographical area, or
lack of data to understand the dynamics of passenger
demand. In some cases, cities simply make a political
decision to devolve the revenue risk to the private sector.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 24 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Exhibit 2-9 Assignment of risk in a shared risk model
2.1.4 City Level Plans
There are several existing city level plans affecting the subject of bus transport in India, for
example, the Comprehensive Mobility Plan, the City Development Plan and the Land Use Master
Plan. These plans define the limits of the road network and future expansion if any. The
authorities need to understand these plans and their possible effects on city bus transport.
Comprehensive Mobility Plan (CMP): A CMP presents a long-term vision of desirable mobility
patterns (people and goods) for a city. It provides strategy and policy measures needed to
achieve this vision. The typical CMP planning horizon is for 20 years, but CMPs also cover actions
to be taken within 5 to 10 years. A city’s CMP needs to be taken into account before planning for
bus operations. The CMP provides information on spatial and temporal demand patterns, which
could aid the authority in planning routes and schedules for bus services.
City Development Plan (CDP): The CDP proposes planning goals of various urban
development sectors, including urban transport, although it rarely adopts a transport modelling
approach and provides limited input on a clear strategy for long-term urban transport
development and the ‘mobility’ concept. A CDP also provides valuable information regarding the
existing and future development of the urban area. The details of the city development plan are
available with the city development authorities.
City Master Plan / Zonal Development Plans: A Master Plan (or Development Plan) is a
statutory document for guiding and regulating urban development. It is prepared by urban
development authorities / State Government for each metropolitan area, city and town. For
example, in Delhi, it is prepared by the Delhi Development Authority. It defines the future area for
urbanisation and addresses planning issues for various sectors. The transport sector plan
Operational risk: The risk taken by
operators that are related to the
difference between the expected
costs and observed costs after
performance realisation and their
ability to meet availability and
performance standards as
contracted
Operation risk is best managed by the operators
contracted to provide services. Various mechanisms in
the contract arrangements ensure the provision of
quality service.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 25 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
contains development measures such as road network (arterials, collectors, and distributors,
etc.), parking facilities and mass rapid transit systems. The Zonal Development Plans specify
locations and extents of land use proposed in the zone for public buildings, other public works
and utilities, roads, housing, recreations, industry, business, markets, etc. The land use plan may
assist the city authority in route planning taking into account the location of major
industrial/business hubs and markets.
Comprehensive Traffic and Transportation Studies (CTTS): The CTTS is a transport sector
study, focusing mainly on vehicle flows. Some cities have conducted a CTTS by examining traffic
and transport issues and recommending improvement measures. Some of these measures
include strengthening roads and flyovers, Mass Rapid Transit (MRT) systems, etc.
The bus operations in a city will need to comply with all the operational plans of the city. The city
authority should identify all the relevant plans and assess the specific requirements of each plan.
It should then structure the bus operations contracts accordingly.
2.1.5 Competitive Environment / Existing Transit System
A fundamental objective of transport planning in any city should be to integrate the transport
system in a holistic fashion and avoid overlap within and across modes that lead to wasteful
competition. The understanding of city operating plans from the previous section helps in
evaluating the existing transit system. To further assess the competitive environment of the city
for public transport, following steps are suggested:
1. Assessment of Transport Modes
2. City Requirement: Bus Transport
2.1.5.1 Assessment of Transport Modes
Each city should assess the existing modes of transport and alternative competitive transport
modes for the bus in cost efficiency, user preferences, and routes connectivity, etc.
2.1.5.2 City Requirement: Bus Transport
After mapping the different modes of transport in the city, the city needs to understand the
requirement of the passengers and role of the bus transport. A city which has an established and
well-connected metro rail might need bus connections from the metro stations to commercial
hubs/tourist destinations. On the other hand, a city without metro rail, but having a multitude of
transport services along its arterial routes (e.g. shared autos, rickshaws, etc.) may need to
introduce a bus service along its main roads. The city may also choose to retain competing modes
along a particular route to optimise capacity distribution across modes. For example, the city
might decide to retain many overlapping bus routes to cater for shorter, more localised, trips on
the corridor so that the capacity of the Metro rail is used mainly by those making longer trips.
Summarising, bus transport can play the role of the trunk services providing the majority of urban
transport or feeder services providing transport to alternative modes of transport or supplement
existing modes of transport. This understanding of the requirement of bus transport will help the
city to decide on the next step.
2.1.6 Understanding the Incumbent Operators & Trust Environment
Every city planning to adopt private bus services will need to work with existing players and
understand the legal setup. For example, an operator may have been given an exclusive route
license that may not be cancelled during the term of the license; launching a new scheme in this
circumstance would require negotiating with this operator for early cancellation of license.
The approach would largely depend on following factors:
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 26 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Whether the present operators are public operators (STUs) or private operators;
Level of regulation;
Whether they are profitable or struggling financially and;
Future prospects of the operators
The standard of trust between the existing operators and the city authority is also a factor that
may impact negotiations for bus reform.
The city also needs to determine if it aims to include existing operators in new contracts or plans
to replace them with new operators. While retaining the existing operator ensures continuity, new
players might bring new skills and price competitiveness.
The factors that need consideration are:
Incumbency issues that may require resettlement or compensation;
Political, and social implications;
Attitude and profitability of existing players, and factors that can induce changes;
Cartels, or associations, that may require negotiations.
Once the potential group of operators is identified, their capacity needs to be assessed to
determine the suitable contract type. It is also imperative to assess the funding capacity, training
requirements, and partnerships structures in the decision.
Usually, with inexperienced operators, a more prescriptive contract will be needed to provide
clear, defined and unambiguous service to enable tighter control. The risk on the operator should
be low in such a scenario. However, experienced operators may be allocated greater risk, and
contracts may be more flexible and innovative to develop efficiencies, generate passenger growth
to increase returns and contribute to business development.
2.2 ANALYSIS OF FACTORS AFFECTING BUS TRANSPORT SERVICES
A SWOT (Strength-Weakness-Opportunity-Threat) analysis on the collected information and
findings, as illustrated below, provides a robust methodology for analysis. The following is an
indicative list of strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats that would drive the strategy
for the city authority and this list varies from city to city.
Exhibit 2-10 SWOT Analysis for review of business environment
Strengths Weaknesses
Strong political leadership
Competent bus operators
Demonstrated need for improved public
transport provision
High level of public awareness
Inadequate infrastructure
Inadequate finances
Weak institutional capacity
Manpower constraints
Opportunities Threats
Central funding support Vested interests possibly driven by
commercial or political advantage
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 27 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Favourable policy environment
City’s environmental action plan that
places prominence on use of bus
transport
Trust deficit between industry and
authorities
Reluctance to change
2.3 TRANSFORMING INFERENCES INTO IMPLEMENTABLE ACTIONS
Above analysis may provide a fairly comprehensive snapshot of the problems, issues, and
conditions that need to be considered in the planning process. The exercise will also enable the
city authorities to be in a better position to identify factors and actions essential to overcome
existing shortcoming of transportation services. This would represent the broad framework within
which the city could develop the business and contract structure. The review of various internal
factors specific to bus transport system of the city which will be further described in the next
chapter will enable the cities to finalise this framework.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 28 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
3. PLANNING THE BUSINESS MODEL
The next step is planning the business model within which city bus operations will function. While
the focus is often solely on the type of bus contract to use, the real issues are found in the
planning of the business model which highlights the alternatives for providing effective and
efficient passenger bus transport services suitable to the city.
This chapter describes the internal factors that relate to the various activities involved in delivering
bus transport systems in cities.
These include:
Stages of planning
The role and capacity of the city authority
Risk assignments between players
Network and service planning
Options for engaging bus operators
Planning bus operations
Revenue model and collection
Payment mechanisms
3.1 STAGES OF PLANNING THE BUSINESS MODEL
A prerequisite to planning the business model is an understanding of the baseline conditions and
defining what the city wishes to achieve. A clear process for developing the business model
includes the following steps:
i. The strategic plan & goal setting
ii. Assessment of existing conditions
iii. Stakeholder consultations
iv. Construction of the business plan and supporting structures
3.1.1 The Strategic Plan & Goal Setting
It is crucial that the city is clear, at the very outset, on its bus transport objectives before
embarking upon the reorganisation of bus transport. Each city must chalk out a clear road map
(a strategic plan) for an improved, efficient and financially sustainable bus transport system. Also,
the operational, institutional and financial factors operating in the bus transport system need to
be evaluated and assessed. This will guide the inherent features and design of the business
model and the eventual contractual relationships that facilitate a well-performing transport
system.
This involves developing a strategic plan which includes a vision statement to define a clear
roadmap with detailed goals set according to various time frames.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 29 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
This process would need to start with an ‘objectives-based’
discussion to help the city to:
Identify possibilities and determine needs of
passengers
Assess the broad options and refine them
based on assessment of viability, and also
consider innovations
Identify suitable solutions and technology,
which will address the goals in the best manner
or fulfil the highest number of objectives (in
some cases new technology makes possible
what was previously unattainable)
Develop foundational agreements between stakeholders and consolidate them to
a common direction and purpose.
At the basic level of mobility goals, the city needs to analyse basic community transport needs,
viz., options for balancing of car traffic and public transport, the scope for introducing efficient
transport options such as Bus Rapid Transit System (BRTS) and bus networks and where
applicable, and improving connectivity to rail. A prime goal would be to design public transport to
be as convenient (or more convenient) than private car travel, as this would create an incentive
toward greater public transport use.
The goals so identified should be specified quantitatively to be achieved in a given time frame.
Exhibit 3-2 shows an outline of probable goals for city bus transport.
Exhibit 3-1 Considerations for goal setting
Source: Deloitte Project Team
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 30 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Exhibit 3-2 Setting goals for city bus transport
Source: Deloitte Projects Team
3.1.2 Assessment of Existing Conditions
This step pertains to understanding the existing scenario of a city’s bus transport system in regard
to the following aspects:
1. Operational Assessment – this would include an ‘as-is assessment’ to determine the
present condition of city bus services, specifically operational features such as:
Routes currently planned for bus operations
Average number of passengers carried per peak hour and per day
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 31 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Typical earnings per day
Bus-km operated by operator (if available) or fleet numbers
Maximum peak hour capacity/load
Average peak/off-peak hour load
Missed trips
Average number of buses under repair per day
This information would help to identify the service bottlenecks existing in the city where
passenger demand exceeds capacity.
Fleet Inventory – this would include an assessment of the present condition of the
fleet inventory and ownership, involving:
Fleet sizes per operator
Fleet age (as per year of manufacture)
Fuel type
Bus capacity (sitting as well as standing)
Actual buses in service compared to total fleet size
Passenger Facilities – this would include a review and analysis of the infrastructure
related to terminals, customer service centres, existing bus stops with and without
shelters, and any other passenger facility in the city bus system. Each facility should
be assessed as to whether or not it can handle existing passenger loads adequately,
offers sun/weather protection, provides sufficient lighting, is accessible for persons
with disabilities, provides customer information, has secure cycle parking, is in a good
state of repair.
Depot Inventory - the following information may be ascertained for each depot to
capture its inventory and maintenance capability:
Name and location/ land area/ fleet capacity and ownership of bus depots
Adequacy of overnight parking capacity
Availability or adequacy of workshop repair and bus cleaning (washing) facilities
/capacity
Bus towing capacity available
Fuel supply on-site or off-site
2. Institutional Assessment: The current governance structure needs to be understood
and analysed for aspects such as the decision-making process, the division of
responsibilities between the bus transport undertaking, the Municipal Corporation(s),
Traffic Police, Transport Department and various other stakeholders responsible for city
bus transport functions. Moreover, the structure and role of the SPV (if one exists) needs
to be assessed to understand its responsibilities, management role, organisational
structure and delegations and the technical capability within the organisation. This would
require an assessment of quantitative and qualitative aspects of the workforce, mapped
against the overall objective of the organisation. There is also need to identify current
redundancies and the workload pattern in the staffing structure. Dependency on outside
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 32 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
agencies, tasks outsourced, private operators’ manpower and capacity could also be
investigated.
3. Financial Assessment - The financial health of most bus transport undertakings in India
is not in good shape primarily because fare-setting is influenced more by social and
political considerations rather than the cost of operations. Hence, a key aspect of financial
assessment is to understand the financial difficulties and failings, including financing
capacity, timeliness of payments, cost recovery, budget processes, and ratios of fare
revenue vs. non-fare revenue, etc. Furthermore, the capacity of the undertaking to
manage future bus contracts must be assessed to determine whether alternatives need
to be considered. It is equally important to evaluate the sponsoring agencies that provide
the funding on their capacity, consistency and timeliness in providing committed finance,
as well as potential policy changes which could threaten financial support for the scheme.
3.1.3 Stakeholder consultations during planning process
It is valuable to engage stakeholders from the outset of the planning process, to develop
ownership and inclusion. Furthermore, stakeholder consultations will help city authorities
understand ground realities and gain insight and recommendations for deciding on bus transport
operation in the city.
A collaborative and participatory planning approach requires a preliminary identification of key
stakeholders who can provide valuable input into the definition of options to improve bus services.
Stakeholders in this context are people, bodies or agencies who are either directly or indirectly
affected by bus transport and any proposed changes in its planning. Direct stakeholders are
those who have an apparent role in planning, organisation, operation, regulation and support of
bus services. These may be citizens, communities or any other entity that use city bus services,
or are impacted by it. Indirect stakeholders, on the other hand, comprise of those individuals or
bodies whose interests may be affected by reforming bus transport. These may include non-
governmental organisations, citizen representative groups, etc. The first step to invoking
stakeholder response is to identify who the stakeholders are, as shown in Exhibit 3-3.
Exhibit 3-3 Stakeholder consultations
(Source: Deloitte Projects Team)
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 33 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Although there are clear benefits of stakeholder consultation, all the stakeholders need not be
involved in every decision-making process or every phase of the process. Some functions are
particularly suited to a participatory approach, like the location of a bus stop, bus routes, fare,
and concession values while other functions such as policy related issues, maintaining reliable
and efficient transport services require approaching stakeholders who are directly involved in
running the city bus operations.
One key stakeholder in this is private operators. They are usually in a better position to gauge
the ground situation as they are directly in touch with the users and are aware of the impediments
faced in the actual delivery of bus services. Involvement of private operators in this stage also
eliminates the situation of a no-show by bidders during contract tendering or resistance in
performance post contract award.
3.1.4 Construction of the Business Plan4,56
During this stage, the operational, institutional and financial elements are constructed to develop
the business plan and its supporting frameworks.
1. Operational Strategy
The operational strategy is fundamentally set within the service operating plan which outlines the
actual operations of the services, in terms of demand/capacity, bus route definition, levels of
service (frequency and service periods) total kilometres, staffing levels and cost of operation. On
this basis, the business case is developed; namely fare policy, cost recovery is forecast, and
consequently the viability of the operation is demonstrated.
2. Institutional strategy
The business plan will have created a scenario that will define what institutional structures are
best suited to managing it, namely the contract type and the necessary institutional oversight.
The document outlines in Chapter 5 the various factors at play and options available as well as
indicates some recommendations.
3. Financial strategy
The financial strategy which includes cost and revenue aspects, as well as capital investments,
underpins the business case and institutional structures. The financial strategy would cover the
sources of funding for city bus operations and the avenues of fund utilisation. Budgeting the
revenue and expenditure sources will enable the city authority to plan its finances efficiently and
accordingly decide on the activities to be performed in-house and those to be outsourced.
The main sources of funding for bus operations are fare box collections, non-transport
commercial activities, and budgetary allocations. Income generated from fare box collection, or
user charges, is often based on social and political considerations and seldom covers the cost of
the service provided, which is reflected from the following examples:
User charges insufficient to meet the transport finance
In France, the contribution from users covers only 25% of the operating costs of the public
transport systems.
4 Comprehensive Mobility Plan Preparation Toolkit - Institute of Urban Transport India
5 Guidelines for Bus Service Improvement: Policy and Options – ADB
6 Urban Bus Specification - JNNURM
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 34 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
In Istanbul, the coverage rate for the bus system operated by the firm IETT is 64%. This
falls to only 41% when amortisation and provisions for equipment replacement are
included.
In Ho Chi Minh City, public subsidies cover around 45% of the transport system’s
operating costs
In Tshwane, public minibuses/taxis (32% of motorised travel) do not receive any operating
subsidies.
City authorities need to develop a financial plan which clearly specifies the strategy for funding
its bus operations. Since fare box revenues are invariably insufficient to cover bus operation
costs, non-fare box revenue such as revenue from advertisements, congestion charges, and
innovative taxes (such as employer tax and green tax) should be exploited. Grants and loans
from international financial institutions and public-private partnerships could also be used for
supplementing the massive funding requirement for city bus operations. The financial strategy
formed by the city authority would determine the operating surplus or shortfall as well as
mechanisms to close the gaps in the case of the latter. The strategy will estimate potential cost
savings from outsourcing of activities such as bus operations, bus maintenance, and station
maintenance.
3.2 IMPLEMENTATION PLAN
Following the formulation of the operational, institutional and financial strategy, an
implementation action plan needs to be prepared. Anticipating implementation challenges that
one might face during implementation is imperative.
Guiding Principles for Preparing Implementation Plan
The following key principles need to be considered while developing implementation plan:
Needs flexibility of modification / change across the implementation process. This is primarily
due to unanticipated changes and delay in implementation. Under such circumstances,
assumptions might change and hence implementation plan might also change.
Needs to indicate the level of infrastructure required, broad time frame and the structure of
implementing team e.g. various teams responsible for different initiatives would be clearly set
out.
Needs to clearly specify skill sets required to drive the initiatives laid out in business model.
In certain cases, where skills are not available within the organisation, they would be
outsourced. Based on an assessment of competencies available within the organisation,
implementation plan would specify whether external help is needed to manage
implementation.
Time Horizon Implementation Plan
Short Term Focus on efficient utilisation of existing infrastructure
Plan services keeping in mind existing constraints
Medium Term Upgrade of existing infrastructure
Upgrade of existing institutional structure
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 35 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Long Term Creation of new infrastructure considering future requirements
Increase institutional capacity
3.3 NETWORK AND SERVICE PLANNING
Network and service plan is a major component of the business model. This includes planning of
routes considering present and future projected travel patterns, type of permits to be procured,
integration of bus services with other transport modes and setting service standards against
which performance can be monitored.
Annexure IX outlines who bears the responsibility for network and service planning.
3.3.1 Route Planning
The city authority needs to undertake route planning for their bus operations in a scientific way
to remove overlapping routes and inter-modal competition. The main aim of route planning is
resource optimisation by providing seamless connectivity to the maximum population of the city
with available resources.
Route planning requires detailed study of existing public transport routes, their demand and
supply parameters, type of modes available, and demand for the same, and performance of the
system. Route plan from Comprehensive Mobility Plan can be utilised if it is available.
Before the introduction of a new bus service along routes or revision of routes, the level of
ridership should be assessed as it is a critical component of the transportation system. Two steps
are important in this regard:
1. Evaluating current ridership: Based on detailed and up-to-date data, measure and
evaluate the ridership level of all routes in the transportation network, including
identification of roads and corridors with higher levels of vehicle and transit traffic. The
level of ridership should be judged along with the level of road capacity to identify those
corridors with the greatest potential for upgrading and expanding bus services.
2. Forecasting potential ridership and travel demand: Estimate and project the level of
ridership due to the introduction of new or improved bus services. Such projections are
also based on population and employment growth projections.
Numerous assessment methods and tools7,8,9,10 can be used to assess whether demand exists
for improved bus services or additional transit services along selected corridors. There is a need
to review the prevailing bus transport infrastructure and traffic movement pattern. In particular,
surveys are useful to gauge the general public’s interest in and support for an additional bus
service, as well as to evaluate the potential willingness of residents and riders to pay for this type
of service. Different types of surveys can be employed: household travel surveys, customer
satisfaction surveys of transit services, traffic volume count survey, etc.
7 Refer: Urban Bus Toolkit - World Bank
8 Bus Rapid Transit Planning Guide – ITDP
9 The Demand for Public Transport: A Practical Guide – TRL
10 UITP Tender Structure: For the tendering of buses and related services
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 36 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
3.3.2 Permits
The Motor Vehicles Act stipulates that no public service vehicle can operate without a ‘permit’.
The city authority has to obtain these permits, clearly stating type of permits the authority plans
for its bus operations.
The options include area permit, route permit or a combination of area and route permits. The
process of obtaining operation permits from the Regional Transport Office also needs to be
specified. Merits and demerits of various types of permits based on the contract in operation /
proposed are provided in the Exhibit 3-4.
Annexure IX outlines the responsibility matrix for getting permits under different contract types.
Exhibit 3-4 Type of permits and their merits/demerits
Type of Permit Merits/ Demerits
Route Permits/
Route Cluster
Permits
When the city authority assumes revenue risk:
Eliminates on-road competition which leads to dangerous/unsafe
behaviours such as over speeding
The authority has the means to re-deploy buses according to
demand across different routes
Makes it easier vary route without resistance from operators
concerned with profitability.
When the private operator assumes revenue risk:
Difficulties with competing operators on common route sections
Causes on-route competition for passengers which often results in
negative behaviours
Makes negotiation for varying fleet deployment and service levels
difficult
Makes it difficult to carry out route changes
Area Permit
When the private operator assumes revenue risk:
Eliminates competition on routes but may still be present with line-
of-route connections to major destinations outside of the contact
area. Can an operator pick-up along this line of route or not?
(reciprocal rights are possible)
Operator has freedom to plan routes in a given area
Could lead to undesirable monopolistic behaviour of a single
operator in due course
Could be difficult to find a single operator for large cities, however,
smaller more manageable contract areas may allow comparison of
performance between operators
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 37 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Type of Permit Merits/ Demerits
Combination of area
and route permit
May allow the possibility of overlaying NCC trunk routes over
contract areas routes to provide major O-D connectivity
May introduce the worst features of both contract types
3.3.3 Multi-Modal Integration
Multi-modal integration refers to the operation of public transit modes as one seamless entity to
improve service efficiency and service coverage area.
Guiding Principles for Integration of Transport Modes
The following key aspects need to be covered while developing integration plan:
Institutional Integration: Create organisational framework for joint planning and operation of
transit services. This would include tariff associations, transit federations or mergers, etc.
Operational Integration: Optimised allocation of transit resources and coordination of services.
This would include rationalisation of redundant services, matching modes to service requirements,
coordinated public information system, unification of fare structure, etc.
Physical Integration: Provision of jointly used facilities at intermediate points or terminals with
interchange facilities. This would include intermodal terminals, transit shelters, etc.
3.3.4 Setting Service Standards
City authorities need to clearly define the service quality standards for the provision of city bus
service. City authorities can refer to published guidelines for more details11,12,13,14. The service
quality standards would include aspects such as:
Accessibility: Accessibility is defined as easy access to the services (i.e. access to the
bus stop). It involves designing services so that a large percentage of the population is
within the benchmark range of 400m from a bus stop;
Adequacy: The public transport system should be sufficient to serve the travel needs of
the city population (including growth projections), both spatially and temporally. Ratio of
capacity provided to travel demand is an indicator of adequacy of public transport
services;
Affordability: The public transport services need to be priced reasonably to be within
affordability levels for large segments of travellers and serve the social objective.
However, a very low fare level may result in poor quality services. Hence, innovative fare
mechanisms must be used to assist financial viability;
Regularity: Measured in terms of service frequency and reduction in waiting times.
Punctuality and waiting time: Bus trips should be punctual in the departure from their
designated origins and arrival at respective destinations. Set benchmarks of timely
11 Guidelines for Bus Service Improvement: Policy and Options – ADB
12 Measuring PT Performance – Sustainable Urban Transport Technical Document #9
13 Randall, E., Condry, B., Trompet, M. (2006), International Bus System Benchmarking: Performance Measurement Development, Challenges, and Lessons Learned, Proceedings of the 86th Transportation Research Board Annual Meeting, January 2007, Washington
14 SLBs for Urban Transport – MoUD, Government of India
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 38 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
running will expose failures. GPS tracking can provide operational data in real time for
management to address any late running issues;
Reliability: Compliance to schedules in terms of service timeliness, avoidance of missed
trips, and gaps in service;
Safety: Safety is a large concern for bus travellers. This should be a measurable
benchmark in terms of accidents per 100,000 km, and be cognitive of the seriousness of
accidents;
Scheduled waiting time: Preparedness to wait for services to arrive tends to be relative
to the total journey distance. Planners need to understand customer perspectives and
reduce service headways where possible, as patronage will tend to decline
commensurate with increasing wait times.
User Satisfaction: The authority needs to make available appropriate communication
channels to retrieve comments and feedback so that complaints can be assessed and
necessary remedial actions can be taken.
Comfort and convenience: To compete with private travel modes, bus service must
provide a similar level of comfort. Reduced overcrowding, provision of temperature control
are measures which provide passenger comfort
Where possible, the authority needs to set out the above service quality parameters in
quantifiable terms, without creating onerous compliance issues. Benchmarking of these
parameters is useful as a comparison measure with other operators or to measure improvement.
Annexure XI details the quality parameters on which performance of the bus services should be
evaluated, monitored and controlled.
3.4 OPTIONS FOR BUS OPERATOR ENGAGEMENT
3.4.1 Background and context
Since independence, the public road transport sector has been dominated by state transport
undertakings (STU) whose priority is intercity transport rather than city bus operations as they
are considered to be loss making. Under these circumstances, the rapid economic progress and
urbanisation have placed even more pressure on these underequipped city bus operations which
have not been able to keep pace with the rapid increase in demand. This vacuum is being filled
by fragmented and poorly regulated private sector operations.
The advent of centrally sponsored schemes such as JnNURM which aim for effective, efficient
urban public transport systems coupled with focus from international multilateral donors has
brought attention back to city bus operations. As a result, many Indian cities have started using
PPP models to establish city bus operations.
The various options for bus operator engagement range from a public monopoly where the public
sector owns and operates services to the other end of the spectrum of a fully privatised operation.
In between is a range of partnership options (PPP) ranging from payment by kilometre Gross
Cost Contracts (GCC) with a hybrid option (payments adjusted to passenger variables) and Net
Cost Contracts, either completely revenue dependent or with financial support for non-
commercial services.
However, PPP contract models need to be designed in such a way that risk is assigned to parties
suitable to manage it. Thus the solution is to develop a business model that manages risk, is
efficient and profitable, and this business model should be embodied in the contract agreements.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 39 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
3.4.2 The role of a PPP Contract
A common perception is that PPP contracts have the best chance of developing a business that
is profitable for the operator, while at the same time fulfilling social objectives. In essence, this is
because there is an element of risk sharing and partnership within such arrangements.
A PPP recognises that each party has specific skills or advantage in managing specific tasks. By
allowing each party to specialise in their respective tasks, better performance is achieved, and
risks are often better managed. A PPP contract provides the relational framework between both
parties. Importantly, a key advantage of PPP is that both parties work to achieve agreed
objectives for mutual advantage. Exhibit 3-5 shows the benefits to various stakeholders of PPP
arrangements.
Exhibit 3-5 Advantages of a PPP contract
Public Authority Private Company Consumers
Ability to leverage private
sector efficiencies (and
investment) and know-how
into government operations
Ability to utilise innovative
approach and know-how to
earn profits
Can assign some operation
environment risks to
government (e.g. traffic
management)
Better quality services
combining public and private
expertise
Risk and responsibility sharing so each party carries the
risks it can best manage
Private sector profit motive
and innovation may reduce
public expenditures to
support bus operations.
Opportunity to develop a
profitable business
Apart from PPPs, public monopoly and fully privatised options are also discussed in Chapter 4,
weighing their advantages and disadvantages. The detailed contract options discussed in
Chapter 4 will help define reasons why cities may opt for a PPP contract option.
3.5 REVENUE MODEL AND COLLECTION
Revenue collection has a major impact on the viability of the business model and plays a
significant role in the successful operation of bus operations.
This section covers the sources, channels and responsibilities of revenue collection as shown in
Exhibit 3-6.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 40 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Exhibit 3-6 Revenue Collection
3.5.1 Sources of revenue for bus operations
3.5.1.1 Fare box revenue
Fare box revenue (i.e. the revenue collected from passengers) is the major source of revenue for
the bus system. The importance of managing this function well cannot be overstated for these
key reasons:
1. The failure to capture all the revenue due to pilfering is a common frustration of bus
operators, and often the cause of marginal returns. Safeguarding revenue is a prime
requisite to a sound business model.
2. Fare collection is an important interface between the system and its passengers, and
therefore needs to be as smooth and streamlined as it can be. The perception of a good
travel experience is often embedded in a respectful and convenient fare collection system.
3. The fare policy is what gives the passengers ‘value’; be it equity (appropriate payment
according to distance for example) or consideration for loyalty (where the system can
discount for volume travellers). Where passengers perceive value, this will, in turn, create
more ridership which returns value to the system.
4. Fares policy also plays a role in inducing a modal shift, particularly from private vehicles
to public transport and synthesising between public transport modes.
3.5.1.2 Non-fare box Revenue
Non-fare box revenue includes non-ticket sales and may include revenue from advertisement,
commercial development, cross subsidy, property rental, etc. Non-fare box revenue sources can
play a role in improving the viability of public transport operations.
Re
ven
ue
colle
ctio
n
po
int On-board
Off-board
Both on-board and off-board
Re
ven
ue
colle
ctio
n
me
dia Physical tickets -
preprinted or issued on -site using ETVMs, etc
Electronic
Smart cart,
Tokens,
Enti
ty c
olle
ctin
g re
ven
ue Authority: - in- house
- out sourcing
Operator - himself
- Authority as above
depending upon type of operational contracts in all cases.
Hong Kong’s Rail plus Property Development Model
The Mass Transit Railway Corporation Limited (MTRCL) is the agency in charge of
operating and constructing the mass rail transit system in Hong Kong. Employing rail plus
property development (R+P) business model, the company partners with private property
developers to develop commercial, office and residential projects on and around rail stations
and depots. As of 2011, MTRCL has executed projects around 29 of the 82 stations,
providing close to 79,000 housing units and 1.7 million square metres of office and
commercial space. Profit after tax from the property development accounted for 30% of the
overall profit for the company in 2011.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 41 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
3.5.1.3 Subsidy or additional incentives
Subsidies may either be loss-compensating or act as an incentive to generate the provision of
additional services. Examples of such payments are compensations of fare rebates for specific
target groups, compensations of fuel duties in specific areas, etc. By these means, the authority
may also achieve some redistribution of wealth between different groups of the population. Such
interventions influence the action of operators on the free market without foreclosing competitive
threat and autonomous innovation which are the principles of such a design.
3.5.2 Fare Box Revenue collection methodology
Depending upon the infrastructure and cost-effectiveness of various systems, the authority may
choose one or a combination of the following systems.
On-board – user of system pays for travel fare on-board the bus. The conductor collects
fare and issues ticket to the user. This is the most common form of revenue collection
mode.
Off-board – in this system, the passenger pays fare before boarding the bus. There may
or may not be a ticket verification system on-board. This system is common in developed
countries. It requires adequate infrastructure for ticket dispersion, collection of money and
ticket verification system on the buses.
Fare box revenue may be collected in multiple ways with manual and electronic ticket vending
machine being the most common. Standards, design and specifications need to be developed by
the authority for all cases. The medium of the tickets may be paper, tokens, smart cards, etc.
3.5.3 The entity collecting revenue
Based on the revenue risk allocation, the authority or the operator may collect fare box revenue.
The decision of who collects the fare box revenue is important when designing contracts.
The city authority may collect fare box revenue on its own, or may outsource to a third
party. In both cases, either the authority or revenue collection agency procures, owns and
maintains equipment for collection of revenue. When outsourced, the fare collection
contracts need to be for periods in line with the serviceable life of the equipment.
The private operator usually collects fare box revenue when it assumes the revenue
risk. In this case, the equipment is owned and maintained by the operator.
Regardless of who manages the function or takes responsibility, the contract must specify clearly
who shall be responsible for waybill data generation, reporting, compilation, analysis, etc. In
addition, fares and ticketing integration with other modes of transport / other operators across the
network need to be facilitated.
Annexure VIII details the responsibilities of different parties for revenue collection under different
contract types.
Note that more recently, new technologies like mobile phone applications create an opportunity
for a payment system provider15 to manage the entire ticketing system using cloud-based
technology. A key feature is that it allows bus operators to be paid per passenger, with full data
provided on individual bus ridership, the location of boarding and alighting, and allowing bus
tracking. This has the advantage of applying central control to fare collection, operate a fully fare-
15 One such provider is Boloro Global USA.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 42 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
integrated network, safeguard revenue, and still pay operators per passenger when the operator
takes the revenue risk.
3.6 MANAGING FINANCIAL PRESSURES AND FARE INCREASES
3.6.1 Managing Operating Losses
When the city authority assumes the revenue risk, the fare level is separate from the cost of
operation, and a number of options are available if costs increase and the system enters a loss-
making phase, such as:
Improve marketing, understand customer needs and conduct a program to improve
patronage;
Enact restrictions on competing modes (increase parking charges, reduce parking
availability and position the bus service as a more efficient alternative);
Look for efficiency improvements and cost savings but be careful not to reduce the level
of service (as such action may be counterproductive). Examine items such as unit costs,
work practices, bus speed, etc.
Reduce the level of service, especially in low-demand periods (but this may also reduce
passenger demand);
Increase fares or secure subsidy support.
3.6.2 Tariff fixing, structuring and revision
Within Net Cost Contracts, where the operator is revenue dependent, there needs to be a
mechanism to index fares to meet changes in operating costs (assuming other tactical responses
are not available). Including these formulas in the contract gives the operator confidence that the
risk of increased costs can be met in a structured way. Such a fare index uses a weighting system
that apportions the unit cost increases to the fare reflecting actual cost impact.
Within an NCC, the authority needs to clearly define triggers or time markers for tariff revision.
Inputs to fare revision could include CPI, fuel price changes, wage rate variations, etc., and these
offer an objective and quantitative system to inform the calculation. Delays in approving tariff
revision is a risk faced by the operator and contracts should include a clause the protect operators
in case such an event, by appropriate compensation for losses suffered.
City authorities are suggested to go through World Bank's Toolkit on Fare Collection Systems for
Urban Passenger Transport particularly the practice on fare structures for a more detailed treatise
on the subject. Exhibit 3-7, Exhibit 3-8 shows fare adjustment/escalation formula in Hong Kong
and Singapore respectively. Both examples show the need to have an elaborate, transparent fare
revision mechanism which is published to avoid ambiguity during fare revisions.
Annexure XIII elaborates on the fare fixation, structuring and revision in case the operator bears
the revenue risk.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 43 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Exhibit 3-7 The Fare Escalation Formula in Hong Kong16
Hong Kong had maintained its ‘formula’ (maximum profit based on 15 or 16% of assets
employed) for almost 20 years before it was superseded by a ‘basket of factors’:
“In determining the scale of fares, the government takes into account changes in operating
costs and revenue since the last increase, forecasts of future costs, revenue and return, and
the need to provide the operator with a reasonable rate of return. The value of average net
fixed assets is used as the basis for measuring the operator’s rate of return and reference is
made to the rates of return in the previous ten years. Public acceptability and affordability are
also taken into account, (and) reference is made to changes in the composite consumer price
index”.
The ‘basket’ approach gives no weightings to the factors and does not preclude the
consideration of other factors. Some of the factors are highly qualitative and the basket
approach’ leaves political discretion largely unfettered. The political input is provided by the
appointed Transport Advisory Committee which considers fare increase applications from the
bus operators and makes a recommendation to the highest administrative authority in Hong
Kong, the Chief Executive in Council, as to whether an increase should be granted and the
amount of that increase. In the context of Hong Kong, however, the bus operators are confident
that, in the current political and economic climate, which is generally ‘pro-business’, their profits
are unlikely to be compromised.
Exhibit 3-8 Fare Adjustment Formula in Singapore17
To better reflect Public Transport Operators’ (PTO) cost changes, the Public Transport Council introduced Energy Index component to track energy costs and a core Consumer Price Index which excludes costs of accommodation and private transport.
The revised fare formula is as follows:
Fare Adjustment = Price Index – Productivity Extraction
where, Price Index = 0.4 cCPI + 0.4 WI + 0.2 EI
cCPI is the change in core Consumer Price Index.
WI is the change in Wage Index. This refers to the Average Monthly Earnings (Annual
National Average), adjusted to account for any changes in the employer’s CPF contribution.
EI is the change in Energy Index. This refers to a composite of cost changes in electricity
and diesel.
and, Productivity Extraction = 0.5% (valid from 2013 to 2017)
The productivity extraction factor is aimed for PTOs to share part of their productivity gains with passengers.
3.6.3 Other tariff / revenue related factors
Mechanisms need also be developed by the authority, to deal with some socially relevant issues,
such as 1) providing concessions to special needs groups such as students, persons with
16 http://www.legco.gov.hk/yr00-01/english/panels/tp/papers/a100e03.pdf
17 https://www.ptc.gov.sg/regulation/annualFareReviewProcess.htm
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 44 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
disabilities, etc. and 2) Operation of non-profitable routes that operate as a public service
obligation.
Such subsidised trips and tariff concessions need to be mentioned upfront in the contract along
with an objective mechanism to deal with them. The authority needs to periodically gauge the
ongoing situation and requirements, the financial performance, costs to provide services and
payment to operators to provide these services.
The authority needs to make budget provisions for maintaining such support; however, the
authority also needs to be aware of the possibility where operators manage revenue collection,
revenue from loss-making services may be hidden by them in order to increase compensation.
A contract condition should specify integrity of the fare collection system before a compensation
agreement is entered into.
3.6.4 Fare Policy as a price mechanism to develop the market
The traditional government regulated fare scale is incapable of exploiting revenue opportunities
in the market, especially ‘willingness to pay’. Fares are usually set at levels the poor can afford,
and consequently, systems are starved of funds, providing a service that only the poor will use.
Modern transport system needs to be more innovative in designing fare policy to attract
customers, offer them value, building customer loyalty and at the same time developing value for
the service provider. This is common commercial practice in a retail setting, and can also be
applied to bus services. Where a fare policy can exploit willingness to pay, it will allow the cross-
subsidising special needs users such as students or the poor.
Pricing policy must move beyond the mind set of ‘affordability for the poor’ and instead focus on
funding options that will deliver on service quality objectives and sustainability.
To do this, the operator should manage a fare policy which will need to include a number of
considerations, including the affordability issue.
Using fare policy as a price mechanism to develop revenue and passenger growth,
offering incentives and discounts to volume users, and loyalty benefits.
Affordability is relative and needs to be understood in context, and it is necessary to
understand the customer. Social fares set for the poor results in ‘cash-starved’ and
poorly performing systems.
Being able to exploit ‘willingness to pay’ for value added services allowing cross-subsidy
to special needs /disadvantaged groups.
Electronic ticketing provides the technology to easily manage a more complex fare
policy, user-subsidies (and compensation amounts) and distance-based fares.
To avoid operator being able to exploit a captive market, the city authority can set an ‘average
fare level’ allowing operators the freedom to adjust fares and within this framework of control,
manage price mechanisms to influence demand and maximise revenue.
3.7 MONITORING AND CONTROL
Identification and benchmarking of performance parameters of any PT system along with
monitoring and control are essential to facilitate delivery of services as per agreed performance.
An objective assessment of system performance based on such parameters will guide both
incentives and penalty for variations in benchmarked performance. Objective and continual
collection of operational and performance data in various forms is one of the essential
requirements for this purpose.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 45 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
For continual data-based monitoring and control of PT services, it is essential to set up a control
centre duly equipped with necessary plant and equipment, ITS / IT infrastructure, applicable
software, etc., manned by qualified, experienced and motivated staff, managed by the agency
(the network manager). However, where such an agency does not exist, relatively simple
technology is available for an operator to set up their facility.
In the case of a city-wide control centre with multiple bus operators, the provision of land, building,
utilities and other non-movable infrastructure along with its ownership and investments should be
the responsibility of the authority.
3.7.1 Performance monitoring18
In order to monitor performance of operators, quantifiable and qualitative parameters need to be
identified and defined mainly for the following amongst others:
Service quality – accessibility, adequacy, affordability, efficiency, reliability, regularly,
safety, etc.
Physical – productivity of rolling stock, capacity utilisation, fuel efficiency, mean time
between failures of aggregates, etc.
Financial – costs and revenue per passenger km, per passenger, per bus km, per bus
daily;
Benchmarking – performance parameters based on past performance and or with
respect to peer PT agencies,
Monitoring – delivery of performance with respect to benchmarked levels, assessment
of deviations if any
Defaults, and their treatment – setting out punitive actions for quantifiable defaults –
discretionary defaults cause disputes and need to be avoided.
Data acquisition compilation, analysis evaluation, report generation, monitoring and
control – as explained in an earlier paragraph.
In all types of contracts, identification and defining of service quality parameters, their
benchmarking, monitoring and control are essentially done by the authority. In contracting
systems where revenue risk is with authority, it is easy to monitor and implement the above –
where the authority can enforce requirements using the payment mechanism as leverage.
However, it is not the case in PPP contracts where revenue risk is with the operator where there
is no leverage to do so. The authority thus needs to consider such issues while making a choice
of the type of contract.
3.7.2 Infrastructure for control and monitoring
Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS)19 comprise a set of sub-systems and equipment fitted
on buses and in the control room, to monitor performance of operations. They provide real-time
operating data and real-time communication across the various parts of the system. This
information can be used for monitoring and management of the bus contracts. While the city-wide
ITS system managed by the control rooms is owned by the authority, on-board subsystems are
owned by bus owners and are compatible with overall system.
18 Refer: Guidelines for Bus Service Improvement: Policy and Options - ADB
19 Refer: Toolkit on Intelligent Transport Systems for Urban Transport - The World Bank
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 46 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
In addition, a third party may be responsible for design, procurement, operations and
maintenance of system particularly that in the control room.
3.7.3 Bus fleet maintenance management
For the business model, there needs to be a system to ensure proper maintenance and servicing
plan for the bus fleet. It is incumbent on the authority to establish systems whereby it can monitor
and audit fleet maintenance and repair, especially if problems on service reliability become
evident.
The elements of a vehicle maintenance program include:
Daily inspection routine carried out by drivers at the commencement of a shift with a
reporting and documentation system in place and a reporting trail
Servicing and scheduled maintenance program for the entire bus fleet
Regular safety inspections/compliance with regulations
Complete recording system of all bus service and maintenance
Internal (self-audit) procedure
Various fleet management activities and under whose responsibility they fall, are shown in
Annexure V.
3.8 MARKETING AND BRANDING OF SERVICE
Developing an overarching marketing and branding strategy is essential to ensure a successful
implementation of an improved provision of bus transit services in the city. The importance of
outreach of any public transport services cannot be overstated. The challenge is to develop a
customised communications strategy for city bus services including customised messaging for
audience, selection of media tools, etc. The communication strategy development will provide
input for this marketing campaign.
Branding: Branding techniques are a way of identifying the bus service characteristics in the
minds of the public. It is primarily intended to create awareness of service offering, and help
communicate distinct features of the bus service to encourage greater use of the system. The
following are some branding techniques which the city authority may use:
A logo is a visual image or icon that communicates the distinct nature of a specific
bus service. A logo usually uses distinct colours and can be combined with the
brand names, either under the form of an ideogram or a logotype.
Brand names can take the form of a word or a short sentence that helps distinguish
the bus service from other regular transit services operating in the same city.
The use of distinguished and designated colour schemes on infrastructure and
fleet helps differentiate and set apart the bus service by providing visual
references for passengers.
Market Reach: The primary purpose of a market analysis is to have a general picture of the
customers and develop a better understanding of key factors that influence people’s decisions in
terms of modal choice. More specifically, market research tools are intended to reveal the:
Current users of bus service
Potential users of bus service
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 47 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Barriers faced by non-users
Need for service improvements
Expectations from a bus service
Market research tools mostly include:
1. Surveys (both attitude and usage surveys): Telephone surveys, web surveys, mail
surveys, onsite (either on-board or at a bus stop/station) surveys
2. Focus groups discussions
In a PPP model, while the responsibility for the branding of urban PT system is with authority, the
marketing of services may be allocated to the agency that will benefit directly from the marketing
efforts.
Where operators are directly dependent on patronage and revenues, failure in marketing by the
authority/agency may affect their revenues. The authority could include clauses in the contract to
indemnify themselves, but it would be better to ensure that this eventuality did not occur in the
first place.
3.9 FINANCIAL MODEL
The financial Model is an important part of the overall business model. It is utilised to evaluate
the project viability and attractiveness, assess the requirement of financing for the project
including subsidy or viability gap funding and summarise the financial information of the project.
A typical structure and information flows in a financial model is shown in the exhibit below.
The key steps/methodology to be followed for preparation of financial model are described below
briefly.
Input for financial model:
The inputs to the financial model would include the following
Estimated capital costs and operating and maintenance costs and a depreciation
schedule for physical assets
Revenue options and the associated forecast revenue stream. This will include fare box
revenue and non-fare box revenue identified
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 48 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Forecast demand
Debt and repayment schedule
Sensitivity ranges on assumptions
Output of financial model:
The outputs of the financial model would include the following
Projected Financial Statement such as cash flow, income statement and balance sheet
Expected returns from the project in Net Present Value (NPV), Debt Service Coverage
Ratio (DSCR) and Internal Rate of Return (IRR)
Assessment of subsidy or viability gap funding requirements where there is a viability gap
between revenue requirement and potential revenue
Sensitivity analysis:
Sensitivity analysis shows the extent to which the viability of a project is influenced by variations
in major quantifiable variables. The long-term commercial viability of a project would be critical in
ensuring private operator’s interest in that project. In case, project returns are found to be less
than a benchmark; the authority can consider additional subsidy or Viability Gap Funding to make
the project attractive.
The authority is advised to follow the Toolkit on Finance and Financial Analysis20 published by
Ministry of Urban Development and the PPP Toolkit for Improving PPP Decision-Making
Processes21, in particular, the Financial Viability Indicator Model22 for more detail on financial
modelling.
3.10 SUMMARY
The next chapters discuss the four model contracts along with the contract parameters and
procurement guidelines. However, before cities move on to contract selection they are advised
to have completed the following:
1. Business Environment Assessment as detailed in Chapter 2
2. Preparation of Business Plan as detailed in Section 3.1.4
3. Network and Service Planning as detailed in Section 3.3
4. Financial Model as detailed in Section 3.9
The completion of these 4 actions provides the cities with the context behind city bus operations,
and the business model under which city bus operations shall operate giving them an
understanding which decides their next steps. The cities in the next chapter shall have to decide
on whether a PPP option is best for them and within PPP option which type of contract is best
suited for them.
20 http://www.sutpindia.com/skin/pdf/Toolkits/Finance%20and%20Financial%20Assessment%20Toolkit.pdf
21 http://toolkit.pppinindia.com
22 http://toolkit.pppinindia.com/xls/urban-transport/PPP-Financial-model-tool-urban-transport.zip
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 49 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
4. CHOOSING THE RIGHT CONTRACT
This section outlines the various contract options, including the PPP contract models. The
operations of a public monopoly as well as full privatisation are also discussed to cover the
possibilities comprehensively. Four PPP contract options are discussed, outlining their distinct
features, suitability to a specific context and situation and their advantages and disadvantages.
Particularly, the role of the authority and prevalent risks are discussed, along with the suitability
of the contract to the characteristics of the operators.
4.1 OVERVIEW OF CONTRACT OPTIONS
This document evaluates four types of PPP contracts across the spectrum of contracts, with a
public monopoly operator owning and operating services at one end, and a fully privatized bus
operation at the other end. Exploring the entire spectrum is influenced by suggestions received
during industry consultations regarding continued viability of fully public and fully private options.
Evaluating these two options will also help identify the rationale behind cities that opt for a PPP
contract option.
We evaluate these two non-PPP options first and then evaluate the four PPP options in the
subsequent sections. Exhibit 4-1 illustrates the full range of options for engaging bus operators.
Exhibit 4-1 Guiding Principle and Options for Model Contracts
4.2 BUS OPERATION BY A PUBLICALLY-OWNED ENTERPRISE/STATE TRANSPORT
UNDERTAKING (STU)
It is argued, especially in the face of poorly performing private bus operations, that the city/state
should operate the public bus services. The logic has merits, the public sector is more likely to
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 50 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
have the interests of society at heart, and can theoretically operate at lower costs than the private
sector. However, state operations have typically failed despite many state-operated businesses
having employees that are highly competent technically.
Many factors have attributed to these failures, some of the key ones being:
Lack of a clear objective: State bus operations often suffer from the dilemma of blurred
objectives. On the one hand, they are expected to be profitable or have a reduced need
for subsidies while at the same time provide services at reduced rates (regulated low
fares).
Political directives and considerations often interfere with good business practice,
including high staffing levels and generous staff entitlements, inefficient work practices and
an inability to eliminate poorly performing services.
Reliance on subsidy: Excessive reliance on subsidy has a two-pronged effect; firstly it
creates a lack of focus on passenger demand and customer service as authorities are
subsidy (not revenue) dependent. There is little focus on service efficiency or winning
passengers, and the result is a ‘supply-oriented’ rather than of a demand-oriented service.
Secondly, financial pressures often result in cost-cutting and service level reduction which
leads to declining passenger numbers and consequently, dwindling revenue.
All of the abovementioned factors lead to a subsidy based non-commercial approach towards the
business. Unfortunately, businesses cannot continue to rely indefinitely on subsidies, and after a
particular point, the city may cut back subsidies to cover losses, especially when public budgets
are strained due to competing demands for funds.
Privatisation, defined as transferring state-run operations to the private sector, is often hailed as
the obvious solution but comes with a unique set of challenges. The success of privatisation lies
in a number of inherent factors like focus on revenue building, a real understanding of costs and
subsidies, developing profit incentives that drives efficiency and a merit-based recruitment.
These issues make it essential to evaluate options that may equip STUs to be competitive in
providing bus services. The options would include strengthening the STU or transferring their
operations to a state-owned special purpose vehicle (SPV) company that is a commercially-
oriented government-owned entity established to operate bus services.
4.2.1.1 Strengthening STUs
The key to fixing the STU issues lies in their reorganisation as a commercial operation. The
process begins with establishing a clear objective on the aims of the organization, and reduced
political involvement in its functioning. The loss-compensating subsidy should be phased out to
ensure that the organisation is customer centric and generates revenue. This may require not
just an increase in fares to cover costs, but also the introduction of a more innovative fare policy
that exploits ‘willingness to pay’. It is imperative for the management to be more accountable for
revenue and less reliant on subsidy support. It is also essential to review the operation costs and
adopt measures like higher bus speeds or rationalise stops, to decrease the same. The
organisation also needs to review human resources related factors like high wage costs and
pension benefits, and the inability to dismiss poorly performing staff that adversely affects the
performance of the STU.
Eventually, the success of the exercise depends on the capability of STU to adopt these
fundamental and structural reforms. If these reforms are not possible, the only option for the STU
might be to convert them to a government owned commercial enterprise.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 51 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
4.2.1.2 Reorganising an STU to a government-owned commercial SPV
Some Indian cities have explored option to develop commercial SPVs i.e. a business-like
government–owned company to operate bus services. This is a logical step in ensuring that the
management becomes commercially-oriented, is accountable for performance, and ensures a
greater focus on customer service and satisfaction.
4.2.1.3 An alternative role for the public sector in network management
It may be argued that the essential role of the public sector may not necessarily be to operate the
buses but to plan and monitor the bus network. In this model, the ‘public bus operator’ manages
the business, and not the operations, of public transport i.e. planning services, collecting revenue,
being responsible for customer service, etc., and the operation and maintenance of the buses
are contracted to the private sector. Separating these roles creates a Principal and Client
relationship where there is clear accountability for service provision. This model has been
adopted by many Public Transport Authorities (PTAs) in many cities around the world; some of
the prominent examples include Transport for London (London), Public Transport Council
(Singapore), and Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority (Boston).
4.3 FULL PRIVATISATION OF BUS OPERATIONS
Another operational model for bus operations, though miles away from state-owned bus services,
is the full privatisation of city bus services, where the private sector, and not the state, carries the
responsibility for transport outcomes. Under this scenario, market forces are left to dictate the
balance between supply and demand.
During the 1980-90s, neo-liberal policy experts argued that state-run bus operations be privatised
on the assumption that private operators were more efficient, could adapt better to the market,
and would require less subsidy (or none at all). The UK was among early adopters of this model,
and the experiment demonstrated a reduction in subsidies for utilities like power and water. While
the UK model was based on conviction of market efficiencies and was successful in eliminating
costly subsidies, the downsides like loss of consumer base, indicated a downturn in service
delivery levels, and it took years for the industry to address these issues successfully.
The possibilities and downsides of full privatisation
While the UK experience had issues owing to its uniqueness, it was also impacted by factors like
abolishing authority role in service planning and depot privatisation, which distorted fair
competition. The UK experience of reduction in bus passengers coinciding with privatisation
suggests that the blanket adoption of privatisation model might not always yield successful
results. Similar experience were observed worldwide by subsidy-burdened state operators that
adopted privatisation as a ‘silver bullet’.
It may be argued that privatisation did not yield better outcomes mainly for two reasons. Firstly,
the risks that the state companies could not manage were transferred to private operators who
themselves could not manage these risks and ultimately started a ‘race to the bottom’ in quality
standards fuelled by cost cutting. Secondly, although regulators yielded control over the level of
service and quality to the operators they still retained control over fares and left the operators to
sort out the economics.
Eventually, global enthusiasm for privatisation was tempered by the fact that the profit motive of
the private operators was often in conflict with public service objectives, leading to a trend toward
PPP arrangements to strike a better balance in control and efficiency, and the essential sharing
of risk.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 52 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
4.4 PPP CONTRACTS23
4.4.1 Overview of PPP Contracts
A Public Private Partnership is typically a medium to long-term arrangement between the public
and private sectors whereby services that are typically the responsibility of the public sector are
transferred to the private sector.
The PPP contract is a detailed framework under which a private company can perform the
services, and maintain and carry out investment for a given term. The roles and responsibilities
of each party and their rights and obligations are explicitly outlined in the contract. A PPP contract
also defines the partnership relationship. While all contracts define relationship at a tactical level,
PPP contracts need specifically defined strategic framework where:
There is alignment of expectations and objectives between the parties;
A clear alignment exists among strategic, tactical and operational aspects;
Reasonable flexibility is given to respond to the dynamic context of public transport
and to understand the environment and capabilities of the parties.
PPP contracts will vary according to the situation and context, the strength and capacity of the
parties, and the trust relationship between operators and the authority. The contracts range from
a Gross Cost Model, where the entire revenue risk is with the authorities, to a Net Cost Model,
where the operator takes the responsibility of managing the revenue risk. The contracts also
include hybrid models, which act more like a ‘partnership’ and are relational in terms of risk
sharing and partnering toward a common objective.
It is important that the process of developing the contract is open and clear, and achieves buy-in
from all sides. It is also valuable to learn from the past and other cities’ experiences.
4.4.2 The benefits of PPP Contracts
There are two aspects of a PPP contract that make it valuable and useful in the management of
city bus services: 1) the inherent ‘contractual’ basis of the agreement and 2) the aspect of
‘partnership’.
The contractual basis ensures:
The roles of the parties; their rights and obligations; and procedures are well-defined
and clearly stated and are part of written, agreed upon and enforceable terms and
conditions of the contract;
The contract is the control mechanism which places the authority in the ‘driving seat’
to achieve its intended outcomes;
Remuneration to operators is (in part) performance based;
Performance is easier to enforce (under contract) utilising payment mechanisms and
a sanction/penalty regime;
Contracts allow the removal or discipline of poorly performing operators.
The partnership aspect ensures:
Shared risk – assigning of risk to where it can be best-managed;
23 Also known as “Controlled Competition”, “Competition for the Market”, both requiring public tendering for bus transport concessions
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 53 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Contracts are financially viable for both parties;
Aiming for a win-win outcome.
4.4.3 The Role of the authority24 in the PPP Contract
In any PPP-type contract, the public authority will need to participate to a greater extent in the
management of the system network; beyond its traditional role of ‘regulator’. The SPVs in Indian
cities are a typical example of the same, where these entities engage by:
Asserting a business management approach to public transport, and
strengthening control over outcomes;
Being ultimately responsible for customer service delivery;
Concerning themselves with sustainability and risk management;
Taking a more commercial approach to subsidies, using it to produce positive
outcomes and not to merely support operational losses.
In situations where SPVs take a more commercial approach to public transport, instead of the
traditional ‘social service’ mind set of an STU, the SPV adopts an approach that is more aligned
to the private sector approach.
4.4.4 Evaluation of the PPP Contract Options
Within the realm of PPP contracts, four distinct categories are identified as follows:
1. Gross Cost Contract (GCC)
In the GCC, the authority takes a major role in managing the network, by contracting the
operators and paying them to provide a set level of services under set quality standards.
Under this type of contract, the authority carries the revenue risk, plans overall services,
manages the contract for Level of Service (LOS) and quality, and is ultimately responsible
for customer service.
This contract is suitable if the authority (having access to finance) wishes to take a
dominant role, control service planning, and assume the revenue risk or the routes are
likely to be unviable. A city with low ridership routes, where the revenue risk would seem
unmanageable to the operator, is suitable for adopting a Gross Cost Model.
This contract sets overall Minimum Service Levels (MSL)/Key Performance Indicators
(KPIs) and requires close monitoring by the authority. By its inherent nature, this contract
grants a greater control to the authority.
2. Hybrid Gross Cost Contract
Under a hybrid contract (a variant of the GCC), the agency still carries prime responsibility
for passenger service outcomes and sets explicit service obligations (MSL), but
incentivises the operator through additional payment for ridership growth.
This contract is a more suitable contract for cities that require the ownership of GCC and
with an intention to share the revenue risk. The model incentivises the operator to ensure
24 It is to be noted that the terms Government, State, City and ‘Authority’ are interchangeable in this document describing the public
sector entity or its various embodiments responsible for administration or management of bus services. The terms Bus Operator and
Contractor used in the description of PPP's are also interchangeable.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 54 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
it meets the service levels, and innovate to increase ridership. The authority sets overall
MSL/Quality KPIs and needs to monitor as closely as in the GCC model.
3. Net Cost Contract (NCC)
In the NCC, the authority performs a more regulatory role, and the operator carries the
revenue risk. Service planning is mostly done by the operator, although an MSL and
Quality KPIs are set as conditions for awarding the NCC. The authority has lesser control
mechanisms which typically results in a loss of control as the party that carries revenue
risk has the upper hand. However, control can be improved if there is an incentive for the
operator to comply with the authority’s wishes. For example, if an operator is profitable, it
will increase the authority’s chances of influencing a better level of service (LOS), whereas
if the operator struggles financially, then its economic survival takes precedence over any
request to improve service levels.
The operator will cross-subsidise non-profitable routes with profitable ones. This type of
contract is suitable where there are willing and capable operators. However, there is a
risk of the contract weakening the authority’s control and leading to undesirable outcomes.
4. Hybrid Net Cost Contract
In Hybrid Net Cost Contract (a variant of the Net Cost Contract), the authority supports
non-commercial routes where service on the routes needs to be provided as a public
service obligation (PSO).
This contract type is suitable for more skilled, willing and experienced operators who are
capable of undertaking service planning and managing almost all the revenue risk, and
where the authority does not have the skill for business management. It can be used in a
city where the revenue risk, to be undertaken on certain routes, is unmanageable for a
single party. The authority sets overall MSL/Quality KPIs and needs to monitor outcomes.
But, by its inherent nature, the level of control by the authority is less.
Exhibit 4-2 briefly outlines the features of the Gross Cost, Net Cost and Hybrid Contract types.
The discussions on the individual contracts are detailed in the following sections.
Exhibit 4-2 Features of GCC, NCC and hybrid contract
Parameter GCC Hybrid GCC NCC Hybrid NCC
Suitability
Authority has
maximum
control
Authority has
more control
and intends
that operator
shares some
revenue risk
Operators have
more control
Higher revenue
risk for operator
Limited
competition on
the routes
Operators have
more control, but
less than NCC
Revenue risk for
operator lower
than NCC
Limited
competition on the
routes
Revenue risk
Authority Shared:
Base cost by
authority
Operator Operator, subsidy
by authority on un-
viable routes
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 55 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Parameter GCC Hybrid GCC NCC Hybrid NCC
Ridership
increase by
operators
Degree of
operator’s
incentive to
increase
ridership
Low
Fixed payment
irrespective of
ridership
High
Bonus on
increase in
ridership
High
Revenue directly
linked to ridership
High
Revenue directly
linked to ridership
Monitoring
and penalty
regime
Requires strong
and consistent
monitoring with
penalty for
service below
benchmark
performance
Higher level of
monitoring
than GCC
because of
greater
economic
incentive for
performance
Less monitoring.
Only service
quality
parameters
monitored
Level of monitoring
is higher than
NCC.
In addition to
service level
parameters,
monitoring of
movement of bus
on un-viable
routes
Access to
finance
(Bankability of
project)
High
Guaranteed
income reduces
credit risk
High
Part of income
assured;
decreases risk
Low
Revenue risk
borne by
operator.
Increases credit
risk especially if
no track record or
demand is
uncertain.
Low
Reduces revenue
risk as non-
commercial routes
are supported.
Improves credit-
worthiness, but still
lower than GCC
Developing a public transport system in most of the countries is a loss-making venture, so
authorities should be prepared to provide some form of subsidy to the operators to ensure that
project is sustainable.
Access to finance is an important parameter, but it should not be the sole criterion for selection
of a business model. Hence, extreme caution must be adopted while considering access to
finance as one of the key reasons for selection of business model.
4.5 SALIENT FEATURES OF A GROSS COST MODEL
4.5.1 Suitability to contractor and level of contract detail in a GCC
Gross Cost Contracts may be used in any situation where the authority wishes to enforce strict
quality outputs. It is also a suitable model for low demand routes or services operating in non-
peak hours, where services may not be commercially viable for the operator.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 56 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
The contract specifies minimum service levels (MSL) and quality service standards. The
monitoring and enforcement are easier but is reliant on the ability of the authority to monitor the
entire service. Thus, the model’s monitoring is easier on a trunk line than an expansive city area.
A GCC prescribes in detail the service requirements with regard to the standard of quality and
service delivery as well as operational, management and performance monitoring procedures.
The level of detail in the contract should be sufficient to ensure the operator is informed of all
requirements and the authority has a reference for applying penalties in case of performance
failure.
However, the contractual demands placed on the operator need to be objective and realistic, and
penalty by the authority must be applied fairly and equitably. City authorities should develop a
contract management procedures manual to provide explicit and clear guidance in the
management of the contract.
The payment of the operator is dependent on the kilometres plied and not on the number of
passengers carried. In situations where revenue is overly dependent on the number of
passengers transported, the operators often compromise on safety in the pursuit of passengers
and revenue, causing irregular and illegal behaviours and safety concerns. By delinking the
payments from passenger revenue, GCC can reduce competition.
The service specifications within the contract must be variable and must allow the authority to
adjust services according to demand requirements. However, under reduced demand, the
operator may be burdened with an excess fleet and suffer financial disadvantage.
4.5.2 Roles, responsibilities and risk assignment in a GCC
In a GCC, the authority manages the ‘businesses of public transport’ while the operator manages
the ‘business of bus operation’. Service planning, efficiency, business development and
marketing are all in the domain of the authority’s responsibility. The authority not only takes the
revenue risk but is also in a position to manage the revenue risk by being able to adjust services
to demand, marketing the system, implementing parallel traffic treatments/restrictions, managing
central fare collection and fare integration, etc. In cases where the authority also controls the
service planning of the network, it has the flexibility to assign and reassign the buses across the
network and adjust LOS according to demand.
The risk assigned to the operator is the operational risk; including responsibility for service
frequency (no missed trips) and compliance with quality and safety standards (bus quality,
cleanliness, driver behaviour, safety, etc.).
4.5.3 The monitoring capacity of the authority
GCC requires (and demands) the authority to undertake close monitoring of daily performance.
The authority will need the requisite resources and the technology to carry out this task.
4.5.4 Operator input into service development
Under a GCC, the operator is not expected to contribute to service development, since it has no
incentive to be more efficient by reducing kilometres of operations (as it is the basis for payment)
and it most likely wants to increase kilometres for additional benefit. However, a good operator
with an eye on the long-term partnership opportunities could provide useful advice that is more
likely to be attuned to local demand. It may be worthwhile for authorities to develop such a
constructive relationship with the operator.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 57 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
4.5.5 Payment mechanisms and performance incentives of a GCC
In a GCC, the authority collects the revenue and takes revenue (demand) risk, and therefore
controls the levers of supply, price, and service quality and system performance. By taking this
business control and the risk, it has a strong hand in ensuring quality, assisted by the contract to
enforce service delivery. The authority must have the resources and ability to monitor services
closely.
While there is a good incentive to maintain service frequency, operators carry no demand or
revenue risk, so they have little incentive to cater to demand, as their revenue is unaffected by
demand-propelling efforts. The limitation of a GCC is that operators can comply with the fleet,
capacity and kilometre targets as set out in the operational plan, and still offer poor service. This
increases the authority’s reliance on the penalty regime to ensure quality standards are
maintained. Complementing the kilometre payment system with a bonus for passengers carried
would motivate operators to improve customer service. Penalty regimes typically include a
financial penalty for service failures and a demerit point system to identify chronic performance
failures and a habitually poor performing operator. Subsequent months of poor performance
could justify a review of the contract with eventual termination if the problems are ongoing.
A typical payment mechanism useful especially for Gross Cost Contracts is an Escrow Account
that can be used to manage inflows and outflows of cash specifically for revenue receipts and
disbursements along set payment guidelines. The account can also hold a balance of
contingency funds to smooth out peaks and troughs and guarantee timely payments. For
example, a contingency of an amount equal to one month’s fee payable to the private operator
may be the mandate. The provisions of the escrow account are further detailed through an escrow
account agreement between the authority and the private operator. This agreement forms part of
the main contract.
The main benefit of using an escrow account for payments from the authority to the operator is
that it gives an assurance to both the parties that neither would default on its obligations. The
operator would not receive its payment till the time it delivers on the agreed provision of service,
which is an assurance for the authority. At the same time, the operator is assured of payment
once the agreed services are delivered as specified in the contract since the amount has already
been debited from the authority’s account.
4.5.6 Access to finance under GCC
Payment by kilometre under a GCC ranks well in terms of risk and access to finance. Typically a
GCC specifies and assures annual kilometres over the contract period, so an operator does not
suffer losses with a reduction in demand. The authorities often extend the contract when the
operators have not achieved the kilometre quota.
Exhibit 4-3 Flow of funds from Escrow Account
2. Provision of agreed services
1. Transfer of funds 3. Transfer of funds
AUTHORITY
ESCROW ACCOUNT
PRIVATE
OPERATOR
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 58 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
4.6 SALIENT FEATURES OF A HYBRID GROSS COST MODEL
4.6.1 Suitability to contractor and level of contract detail in Hybrid GCC
Contracts can also be a ‘partnering agreement’ between the authority and the private operator.
A Hybrid GCC suits situations where the operators are more skilled and experienced in the
business of bus service. The operators are consequently given the opportunity and incentives to
be innovative and responsive in the provision of services while meeting minimum service
standards. This contract can be utilised in cities with a high potential to increase the ridership.
A Hybrid GCC gives the operators an incentive for maintaining and increasing the ridership (but
with MSL applied), similar to the bus service contracts of Adelaide Australia.
The level of responsibility for service innovation given to operators under this type of contract
depends entirely on the skill, capacity and motivation of the operator. The incentive mechanisms
in the contract should be aligned with the objectives of the authority (such as reducing costs and
building patronage); however, service change proposals still need to be approved by the
authority.
The Adelaide experience illustrated some operators were proactively applying their expertise in
catering to passenger demand and improving service levels; however, despite the incentive to
exploit this provision for additional income, others simply managed costs to ensure they remained
sustainable.
Exhibit 4-4 The Hybrid Contract Model used in Adelaide
The contracts were area-based giving operators’ exclusive rights within their service area
and were awarded through a competitive bidding process. Conditions were also established
to provide for bus services that crossed contract boundaries. No commercial deregulated
services were allowed. The term of the contract was an initial five years and would allow for
contract renewal by negotiation for a further five years in cases of satisfactory performance.
The operator commenced with the network and services as specified by the transport
authority and prepared an annual service plan in which it could propose amendments to the
network, routes or service levels. Any proposed changes need to be approved by the
transport authority.
Changes would typically be within the allocated contracted kilometres; however, growth
would require additional funding. In light of the Government's primary objectives for the
passenger transport reforms to "encourage innovation and achieve service improvements,
particularly improved frequencies, better night and weekend services and more equitable
access to services", it was concluded that operators should be in the best position to
determine service requirements (having regard to costs) at the local, tactical level and that
operators, therefore, should be given the primary role in detailed service planning within
minimum service guidelines.
The salient features of the contract adopted were as follows:
a. a set of prescribed minimum service standards, both metropolitan-wide and specific
to each contract area (generally based on previous levels of service);
b. tender bids were required to be based on at least these minimum service standards,
with additional points being awarded in tender evaluation for bids offering service
enhancements;
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 59 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
c. the contracted operator had the primary responsibility for developing proposals for
service enhancements and variations;
d. the fleet deployment plan was prepared by the transport authority. The operators
had the provision to submit a proposal, to amend the fleet deployment plan in
accordance with their tactical measures to improve services. However, proposals
for these changes were subject to approval by the authority; and it was expected
that contractors would finance service innovation from savings and additional
revenue from increasing ridership.
Generally speaking, a Hybrid GCC will need to ensure the following aspects:
Clear objectives established by the city for service outcomes about the city
objectives on passenger demand. These objectives could include passenger
growth, service coverage and access, level of service, etc.; the objectives should
be embodied in the contract.
A reward mechanism should be included. Performance incentives should be
mindful of the skill and capacity of operators to propose service adjustments.
A performance measure predominantly based on outcomes like passenger growth
and satisfaction. However, it is equally important to monitor reliability and safety
aspects like missed trips and accident records.
A suitable payment mechanism and incentive structure. For example, the payment
mechanism should be able to quantify passenger growth relative to kilometres
since operators have no incentive to reduce wasted kilometres if they are paid on
a kilometre basis.
Offering a level of protection from on-road competition especially when the
operator takes a greater revenue risk.
Under such a contract, the operator should be assured of covering costs, but must improve its
returns through service innovation.
4.6.2 Roles, responsibilities and risk assignment in a Hybrid GCC
In the hybrid GCC, the authority maintains control over MSL and KPI's to control customer service
levels. It devolves some service planning to operators under the incentive to develop business,
build revenue and maintain quality standards. The penalty system and service quality evaluation
are same as the GCC, and the authority retains the same monitoring responsibility.
However, incentivising the operator for performance and increasing the ridership, does not mean
assigning the entire revenue risk to the operator. Any risks assigned to the operator must be
attentive of the operator’s ability to manage it. For example, traffic congestion or roadwork which
can affect the cost of service delivery and service timeliness or ancillary factors such as motor
vehicle policy or illegal competition that can affect patronage or revenues, are factors that are
beyond the control of the operator.
In a hybrid GCC, the authority still collects revenue even in cases of on-bus fare collection25, and
the operator is paid for services in line with the predetermined payment mechanism.
25 Modern ticketing technology allows better control over revenue by managing central fare collection. In cases where the operator
collects fares ‘on-bus’ the revenue is banked to the account of the authority. .
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 60 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
4.6.3 The management capacity of the authority in a hybrid GCC
A Hybrid GCC design requires the same management capacity as the authority exercises in a
pure GCC. Mechanisms to determine actual ridership increase then needs to be in place to
maintain the integrity of the bonus payments to the operator.
4.6.4 Operator’s input into service development
Hybrid GCC designs allow and incentivise operators to develop efficiencies. Developing
passenger growth and managing costs is the key to their profitability, and thus gives them
incentives to improve service levels, reduce wasted kilometres, and other customer service
improvements, etc.
As the operator shares the revenue risk (indirectly), it has a reason to improve and self-monitor
performance, however, the authority still has to enforce service obligations by ensuring minimum
service levels (MSL) are adhered to, and also respond to failures under KPIs and passenger
complaints.
4.6.5 Payment mechanisms and performance incentives in Hybrid GCC
Hybrid GCC designs require the same performance incentives as GCC. However, the additional
payments made for ridership increase will act as an economic incentive in addition to penalties
applied for poor performance under the GCC model.
The authority may decide the component of the O&M Fee it intends to share with the operator for
an increase in ridership. The corresponding values of Bonus Percent26 shall be used for
calculation of Bonus O&M Fee. For instance, if the variable component is 40% of the O&M fee,
and the Monthly Load Factor on Route 1 on XYZ bus is 51%, then Bonus Payment payable shall
be (40% of Per km O&M Fee x 50%). The following table presents sample monthly load factors
and bonus percent values.
Exhibit 4-5 Sample monthly load factor and bonus percent values
Monthly Load Factor Bonus Percent
<40% Nil
40% to 50% 20%
51% to 60% 50%
61% to 70% 80%
>70% 100%
A further performance incentive could be the adoption of good performance as a credential in
subsequent rounds of tenders. These future opportunities might incentivise contracts to perform
well even towards the end of their contract terms.
4.6.6 Access to finance under Hybrid GCC
As the hybrid contract has a strong element of assured income, it ranks well in terms of risk and
access to finance. However, if the cities undertaking reform has insufficient data on assured
26 The authority may change the Monthly Load Factor and Bonus Percent values, as per its needs
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 61 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
demand and future growth, it may be reasonable for the contract to shield operators from undue
revenue risk.
4.7 SALIENT FEATURES OF A NET COST MODEL
Under the Net Cost Contract, the city assigns to an operator, the permission to carry out business
through designated routes or service areas generally with a level of exclusivity and protection
from competition, in return for a monthly fee or payment of a grant, as the case may be. The
operator retains the fare box revenue collected from the passengers and has the economic
incentive to increase the ridership in the buses. The operator also needs to cross-subsidise non-
profitable routes from their profitable sectors. The model has been adopted in Singapore,
Barcelona, Budapest, and Amsterdam27 .
The operators in India on NCC type arrangements hold the permits for defined areas/routes and
under government fare regulations. However, in India, the major impediment to this type of
operation is that the operator provides services within the framework of a regulated fare scale
established by the city, and rarely revised due to socio-political factors. This situation causes
hardship to the operator and makes the model unsustainable from the operator’s perspective.
Consequently, operators reduce the service levels and leave the government powerless to
exercise any authority over the situation. As a result, these operations have been progressively
modified in various ways either by retendering of contracts or by negotiating with incumbent
operators with the government taking patronage risk in return for high standards of service
delivery.
In this guidance document, we offer an NCC as an option where the authority wishes to be less
involved, and rely more on the private sector to deliver services under an entrepreneurial model
despite evidence regarding the model’s downsides and its failure in achieving public objectives.
Under the NCC model, the operator conducts service planning but has to comply with conditions
set by the authority such as MSL, Quality, Fleet Deployment Plan, age of vehicles, and fare rules.
Typical features of a Net Cost Contract include:
Some level of exclusivity (reduces competition) to establish a viable business.
In return, the operators agree to abide by certain conditions (LOS / fare control/
quality/ fleet deployment plan)
Operators have maximum incentive to conduct service planning.
Quality/ performance not as easy to enforce, but strict penalty system exists in the
contract
Tends to be more successful where operators are profitable but conflicts arise
when risks such as revenue risk are high
Operators have captive market and poorly performing operators are removed
using the penalty system
In the Net Cost model, the operators secure the right to establish their own business to operate
public bus services and will cover investment costs, working capital costs, and carry the entire
revenue risks. The government regulates quality standards, public well-being issues, and
competition.
27 van de Velde, D., Beck, A., Elburg, J.-C. van, & Terschuren, K.-H. (2008). Contracting in urban public transport.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 62 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
The major risk associated with NCC are identified as follows:
Traffic congestion: Traffic congestion could lead to inefficient operation and thereby,
increase the cost of operation. While city authorities have the ability to control traffic,
the model does not offer them any incentive for the same. However, bus operators
suffer severe cost impacts when buses are stuck in traffic. As a general rule, if a bus
operator cannot reach 20 km/hour they will be losing money, and shall either require a
subsidy, or an increase in fares to compensate for the loss of efficiency.
Fare Policy: On the revenue side, a static and regulated fare set by the government
may not be sufficient to cover operating and investment cost, especially if costs
increase due to traffic inefficiency. Fare levels are often set to affordability levels, based
on an ‘affordable for the poor’ mind set, thus starving the system of funds to ensure
quality travel.
Revenue Protection: The inability of operators to control fare collection and protect
revenue is also a major risk issue for them
Competition in the market: Other modes of transport, especially informal modes of
transport, pose immense competition to the operators plying on routes and erode
operators’ revenue. Because of this, the operator tries to cut costs and the service
quality goes down. It may also lead to safety issues with operators competing with each
other for a limited set of passengers.
Based on the above, it follows that an NCC would be feasible if the city could work more closely
with operators in a practical way to make the business model work, particularly assisting in
managing risk. The NCC could be structured in such a way that the city gives certain concessions
and guarantees to reduce operator risk. This would include:
1. Enabling an operating environment that guarantees commercial operating speeds (as is
the case with BRTS)
2. Allowing operators to manage essential control levers such as service levels
3. Reviewing passenger fares at regular intervals
4. Linking fare revision with the quality of service offered by the operator would greatly assist
the viability of an NCC and promote the authority’s objective. Improved technology such
as e-ticketing may also assist in ensuring better protection of the revenue, improved
monitoring and a high level of data collection for efficient service planning.
This would create a situation where the city authority can ensure sustainable operations under
an NCC without taking the revenue risk.
4.7.1 Suitability to contractor and level of contract detail in an NCC
A Net Cost Contract requires an entrepreneurial operator willing and capable of taking the
revenue risk but would expect to be rewarded with an additional risk premium. While such Net
Cost Contracts are presently unpopular in India due to operators perceiving unmanageable risk,
operators may reconsider if they see a prospect where risks can be managed.
4.7.2 Operator input into service development in an NCC
As the operator takes full revenue risk, it assumes extensive responsibility for service
enhancement, and has the incentive to operate efficiently. Although the fleet deployment plan
may be set by the authority, the operator can submit a plan that is more demand responsive.
Where services are non-commercial e.g. late night services, there needs to be an
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 63 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
accommodation by offering compensation either in form or more profitable services. These
options fall under the purview of Hybrid NCC option and have been addressed in subsequent
sections.
4.7.3 Access to finance under an NCC
Compared to the other contract options, the NCC has the greatest difficulty in accessing finance
unless the operator has a sound track record and the business is known to the lender. The key
issue behind lenders’ hesitance is the uncertainty associated with passenger demand and
subsequent revenue projections. Accessing finance is easier for projects in cities that have
detailed information regarding demand patterns or have a stable demand pattern.
4.7.4 Control and Monitoring of an NCC
Due to the very nature of an NCC, monitoring by the authority can become difficult, especially
when services are spread across expansive city areas. Inspections of the services provided can
become difficult if the authority doesn’t have the personnel for inspections or for supervision of
third party inspectors.
A realistic approach would be to monitor passenger service outcomes through passenger
feedback via complaints, suggestions, etc. Any evident safety issues should also be quickly
investigated and remedied.
4.8 SALIENT FEATURES OF HYBRID NCC
Hybrid NCC is essentially the same as an NCC except that the authority may provide financial
support by undertaking the revenue risk for certain non-commercial and unprofitable routes, on
which the authorities require buses. The financial support is a financial supplement in addition to
fare box revenue retained by the operator. Typical examples of the model include routes in newly
developing areas where patronage is limited and where car ownership needs to be discouraged.
Another example could also include maintaining general service frequency in non-peak periods
as a social service.
A Hybrid NCC may be viewed as a strategy to make NCC more attractive to operators and reduce
operator risk while limiting the authority’s exposure to the full revenue risk.
4.8.1 The management capacity of the authority
A Hybrid NCC requires a higher level of involvement by the authority (as against NCC model) in
service planning as the model involves financial support on selected non-commercial routes. The
model also has an indirect benefit of creating conditions that facilitate closer partnership between
the authority and the operator, and fosters greater understanding towards joint effort in service
delivery. These benefits are in contrast to a pure NCC where there is often controversy around
the authority making the rules leaving the operator to manage the risks.
4.8.2 Operator input into service development
In routes where the operator takes full revenue risk, it will take full responsibility for service
enhancement, and has the incentive to operate efficiently. Although the fleet deployment plan
may be set by the authority, the operator can submit a plan that is more demand responsive.
For routes where services are non-commercial e.g. late night services, the city authority is
providing compensation and thus the operator has limited incentive to increase efficiency by
reducing the kilometres of operations since it is the basis for payment.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 64 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
4.8.3 Access to finance
The Hybrid NCC reduces the difficulty in accessing finance, as there is some government support
for loss-making routes. However, revenue risk for the majority of the network still exists, and any
uncertainty in passenger demand estimates may affect the finance proposal. Consequently, the
access to finance is greater than NCC but less than GCC and Hybrid GCC.
4.9 SELECTING THE ‘MOST SUITABLE’ CONTRACT TYPE FOR YOUR CITY
After the city has decided to adopt PPP in city bus operation, and based on the understanding of
the various PPP models, the next step is to decide which model is most suitable for the city. The
decision framework provided subsequently is an attempt to quantify qualitative parameters to
facilitate an informed decision for choosing a right contract for a city.
However, it is imperative to note the framework should be adopted as guidance, and not as a
prescription. It is equally important to involve UMTA or the larger permit issuing authority, apart
from the contracting authority, to undertake an unbiased assessment based on the framework.
The various parameters for such an assessment may be broadly classified into three headings:
Service Plan identifying the role of contracting authority vis-à-vis the operators, Financial
Capacity that deal with financing arrangements of contracting agencies for operations, and
Institutional Capacity that capture the ability of contracting authority to manage the contract.
Exhibit 4-6 Contract decision framework parameters
Parameter Definition
Load factor on routes This parameter takes into account the average load factor
cumulatively on all the routes.
Overlap of routes
This parameter pertains to the presence of multiple bus
operators in a city, often leading to deployment of multiple
operators on a route or overlapping of multiple routes.
Authority's control over
service and network plan
The contracting authority’s ability to make changes to the service
and network plan varies with the type of contract.
Integration of different
modes
There may be multiple modes of transport in a city. Integration
among these modes of transport and coordination among the
various agencies responsible for respective mode is important to
provide seamless public transport to users.
Competing Modes
Competing modes refer to the presence of multiple modes such
as metros, BRTS, intermediate public transport (IPTs), etc.
Higher number of competing modes lead to a higher score since
competition leads to less load factor on buses. However, as IPTs
are prevalent in every city in India, the minimum score will be one
(1).
Fund Allocation for the
entire term of contract
It is important to demonstrate the allocation of funds by the
contracting authority to undertake city bus private operation for
the entire term of the contract, which covers initial financing as
well as financing during the operational period. If the envisaged
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 65 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Each of the above parameters may be rated Low, Medium or High based on their relative
importance in contract selection and accordingly assigned a weight.
Rating Weights Score
Low 4% 1
Medium 10% 2
High 18% 3
Each parameter is further scored on a three-point scale (1-3) based on the assessment for that
parameter. For the purpose of illustration, a score of 1 signifies a “Low”, a score of 3 signifies a
“High”, and a score of 2 signifies a “Medium”. For some questions, the answer maybe “Yes” or
“No”. For such parameters, the value will be 0 if the response is “No” and 3 if the response is
“Yes”.
Exhibit 4-7 Decision Criteria for Contract Selection
Parameters Description Score Weightage (%)
Max. Score
Parameter Max. Score
A Service Plan Key questions to answer before assigning ratings
1 Average load factor 18 3 54
funds are to be provided by a government entity other than the
contracting authority, approval from such entity shall also be
obtained prior to initiating the bidding.
Provision of dedicated
funding
To provide an additional level of comfort to the operators and
their lenders, it is preferable to provide for dedicated funding
arrangements such as Urban Transport Fund or any other
alternative mechanisms to undertake the project.
Credit Rating
Credit Ratings assess the financial health including debt
repayment ability, ability to recover the cost of services and track
record of service delivery among other things.
This should cover the contracting authority, municipal body or
any other government entity responsible for financing city bus
operations, either in full or part. A higher rated agency is better
able to cover its liabilities.
Creation of SPV Incorporation of SPV that is fully functional to undertake public
bus transport in the city.
Adequacy of Staff for
Bus Transport
Adequate staffing of the contracting authority to undertake the
project for tasks such as contract management, monitoring the
project, technical staff to verify physical conditions at depot, etc.
A well-staffed contracting authority shall have employees for
control room functions, monitoring functions and project
administration functions.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 66 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Average load factor below 30%
What is the average load factor cumulatively on all the routes?
3
Average load factor between 30% and 60%
2
Average load factor more than 60%
1
2 Overlap of routes Are there significant overlap of routes?
10 3 30
More than 20% 3
Between 10% and 20%
2
Less than 10% 1
No overlap 0
3 Authority's control over network and service plan
Should the authority have more control over frequency, headway, selection and modification of routes? If yes, rate 3 or else 0
4 3 12
4 Integration of different modes
Is there a need to achieve seamless integration between different modes (metro, BRTS, water transport, trains etc.)? If yes, rate 3 or else 0.
4 3 12
5 Competing Modes Is there significant competition from other modes? If only one mode then give 1 score, two modes then give 2 score and three or more modes then give 3 score.
10 3 30
Metro/Mono rail
IPTs
Any other
B Financial Capacity
1 Fund Allocation for Project
Has the authority budgeted money for the entire duration of the contract? If yes, rate 3 or else 0.
10 3 30
2 Provision of dedicated funding
Is there any provision for funding for the project created such as Urban Transport Fund and/or is there a resolution from the Urban Local Body/State Govt. for funding? If yes, rate 3 or else 0.
18 3 54
3 Credit Rating What is the credit rating of the authorities financing the project?
4 3 12
BBB and above 3
Between B and BBB
2
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 67 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Less than B 1
No rating 0
C Institutional Capacity
1 Creation of SPV Is there a SPV created for this project? If yes rate 3, else score 0.
4 3 12
2 Adequacy of Staff for Bus Transport
Are there bus transport staffs dedicated to administer and monitor the project? If yes, rate high or else low
18 3 54
More than 10 employees
3
Between 5 and 10 employees
2
Between 2 and 5 employees
1
Less than 2 employees
0
Max. Score 300
Exhibit 4-8 Contract Selection Score
Certain factors have inflection points beyond which Gross Cost Contract is more suitable than
Net Cost Contract. A load factor less than 40% is generally not feasible under NCC, and a load
factor beyond 60% is generally feasible under NCC. Similarly, an overlap of routes beyond 25%
may incite significant “on the street” competition thus making NCC not feasible. A significant
presence of competing modes running parallel to city bus is also not conducive for NCC. The
total score for all the parameters is used to select a contract among Net Cost Contract and Gross
Cost Contract.
After selecting a contract between Gross Cost and Net Cost Contract, another decision needs to
be taken. The decision is whether to use the standard contract or its hybrid. The choice between
Gross Cost and Gross Cost Hybrid is driven by the authority’s need to have significant ridership
growth and innovation from the operator in service delivery. This need makes Gross Cost Hybrid
a more suitable option. The choice between Net Cost and Net Cost Hybrid is driven by the
presence of more than 20% routes with less than 30% load factor in off-peak hours and less than
60% load factor in peak hours. Standard Net Cost is generally unviable on these routes so having
Net Cost Hybrid is better in these cases.
Once the ‘right’ contract has been identified, cities shall refer to Annexure II to modify and
customise the Model Contract to a city-specific contract.
Total Score Contract Type
Equal and Above 210 Gross Cost Contract
Between 150 and 210 Selection depends on inflection points
Below 150 Net Cost Contract
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 68 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
5. DEVELOPING PPP CONTRACT PARAMETERS
Once the city has selected a PPP contract type most appropriate for its needs, various other
conditions and parameters need to be decided. The major ones as highlighted in the diagram
below are discussed in this section.
Exhibit 5-1 Addressing Contract Parameters
5.1 RISK IDENTIFICATION AND ALLOCATION
The main tasks in managing and mitigating risks are:
1) To identify them and assess their likely impact (consequence).
2) To conduct an assessment of likelihood (how likely is the occurrence of such an event)
An indicative list of risk in city bus operations is given in Exhibit 5-2.
Exhibit 5-2 Types of Risk in City Bus Operations28
Risk Explanation Consequence
Commissioning
Risk
Risk that the authority or the operator, or
both, might not receive all approvals needed
to provide the services
Additional Costs
Delayed Service
Revenue Risk Risk which affects the overall profitability or
viability of services, or the level of public
subsidy required to support services
Losses
Reduced revenue
28 Adapted from ADB Toolkit for PPP in Urban Bus Transport
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 69 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Procurement Risk Risk that the buses are not delivered on time
or as per specification
Delayed Service
Financial Risk Risk that the project isn’t able to raise debt or
achieve financial closure
Additional Funding
Costs
Delayed Service
Operating Risk Risk that adversely affects the day-to-day
operations
Reduced revenue
Losses
Additional Costs
Performance Risk Risk that the operator is not able to meet
availability and performance standards
Reduced revenue
Losses
Force Majeure Risk Risk that unanticipated acts delay the project
or destroy the assets of the project
Additional Costs
Reduced Revenue
Losses
Change in Law
Risk
Risk that legal framework of the project will be
affected
Additional Costs
Cost of compliance
with new regulations
Risk assessment can follow set processes that relate to consequence and likelihood as shown
in Exhibit 5-3 below, adapted from the Australian Standard, where the risk level increases when
a higher consequence aligns with greater likelihood.
Exhibit 5-3 Degrees of Risk
AS 4360:1999 Qualitative measure of CONSEQUENCE
LEVEL DESCRIPTOR DESCRIPTION
1 Insignificant Little negative impact on system operation or image
2 Minor Affects reliability and convenience of passengers and system
reputation
3 Moderate A compromise on service quality and system credibility
4 Major Major event requiring urgent attention, threatens system
integrity
5 Catastrophic Affects total system with massive financial or political impact, or
future of operations
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 70 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
AS 4360:1999 Qualitative measure of LIKELIHOOD
LEVEL DESCRIPTOR DESCRIPTION
A Almost certain Expected to occur
B Likely Will probably occur during normal circumstances
C Possible Could occur under certain circumstance
D Unlikely Would not be expected to occur under most circumstances
E Rare Could occur under unusual circumstances
Source: Australian Standard AS 4360:1999
Exhibit 5-4 Evaluating Risk
Exhibit 5-4 shows the rating for risk (low to extreme) where there is a progression of greater
likelihood and greater consequence. The numbers inside the boxes indicate individual risks
plotted according to the descriptors of likelihood and severity (please note that this is only an
indicative sample). For example, items which are evaluated to be in A4, A5, B5 are categorised
as extreme risks so the focus of contract design should to mitigate the risks; if that is not possible
then the option to discontinue PPP option may be considered. Revenue risk could be categorised
into B4 if there is a high likelihood of a new competing mode being operational during the contract
period reducing the revenue potential for the bus services. The contract could then include a non-
compete clause whereby the authority agrees not to grant permits to the competing mode or to
compensate the operator if there is an adverse impact on revenue because of the competing
mode.
The risks identified also needs to be classified into retained risks (with the authority), transferable
risks (transferable to the operator), and shared risks (shared by both parties). This identification
will ultimately guide the risk allocation which has been briefly covered in Section 2.1.3.2. The risk
allocation would then drive the risk management strategy within the contract, and ensure that
each risk is addressed in terms of contingency measures, management and mitigation
responsibility, and can even include provisions to ensure that both parties agree to work together
to resolve such an event if it should occur.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 71 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
An indicative risk allocation matrix is provided in Exhibit 5-5.
Exhibit 5-5 Risk Allocation Matrix
Risk Risk Allocation
Authority Operator
Commissioning Risk
Revenue Risk
Procurement Risk
Financial Risk
Operating Risk
Performance Risk
Force Majeure Risk
Change in Law Risk
5.2 TRANSITION PLAN
A transition plan is required to be in place to deal with a situation when the contract’s term is
completed, or it is terminated prematurely. In bus contracts, transition plans can be quite complex,
specifying the process to contract commencement.
The decision to incorporate existing directly affected road-based public transport operators in the
new undertaking can help in a smoother transition. This aspect is not considered in bus contracts
and comes under the city authority’s purview. Another consideration in the transition plan is to
ensure continuity of employment. The new entrant could be obliged to employ existing staff at a
similar remuneration level. Also, a transition period during which changes in work practices and
staff are permitted only following approval from the authority could be considered.
The transition plan typically:
includes details of separate mechanisms for dealing with ordinary exit (completion of
contract term) and emergency exit (termination of contract), the provisions relating to
emergency exit being prepared on the assumption that the operator may be unable to
provide the full level of assistance required by the provisions relating to ordinary exit;
includes details of the management structure to be employed during both transfer and
termination of the services for an ordinary exit and an emergency exit;
includes a detailed description of both the transfer and cessation processes, including
timetable applicable for both ordinary or emergency exit;
demonstrates how the bus services will transfer to the successive operator or the
authority, including details of the processes, documentation, systems migration, data
transfer, and security;
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 72 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
sets out procedures to deal with requests made by the authority or a successive operator
for information relating to any employees, agents, consultants or contractors of the
operator or any sub-contractor;
provides a timetable and identifies critical issues for providing the transition.
The authority may ask the operator to submit a Transition Management Plan within a period of 6-
8 months from the commencement of services. The Transition Management Plan shall also
include Transition Services which shall be accorded by the operator in Transition Assistance
Period which shall be for a period after the Termination or Expiry Date of the contract.
5.3 CONTRACT INSTRUMENTS
5.3.1 Payment mechanisms
The payment mechanism in the contract acts as a primary motivator of operator behaviour. For
example in Gross Cost Contracts, payment by kilometres provides no incentive for the operator
to cater to demand, while in Net Cost Contracts the motivation to maximise revenue can lead to
aggressive and competitive behaviour.
If the payment mechanism is misaligned with public service objectives, either the performance
will suffer or the system will fail. The payment mechanism options for each type of contract are
discussed in more detail in the sections detailing the contract types.
User Charges: In an NCC, the private operator is completely dependent on the revenue that it
collects from fares. User charges are often subject to fare controls by the government, and the
operator is also obliged to provide discounts or fare exemptions to special groups. The bankability
of the project is affected if revenues collected by the operator are insufficient to cover operation
and investments costs. The theoretical problem is that the social factors that determine tariff
levels bear no relationship to the cost of operation.
Exhibit 5-6 Revenue Protection in Santiago, Chile
Availability Payment (for the supply of service): Under this payment mechanism, the authority
pays the operator for providing a prescribed level of service (‘availability’ - mostly as a per km
value) as defined in the contract. It separates revenue collection from the cost of operation with
authority retaining revenue risk. Availability payments alone do not provide incentives for the
private operator to stimulate service usage and provide service quality. However, since service
availability is largely under the operator’s control, availability payments do provide strong
incentives to comply with availability targets. This methodology is often used when the authority
wishes to control unmanageable risk for the operator while having its input into levels of service
provided.
Usage Payments: It is possible for the authority to pay a ‘per passenger’ fee directly to the
operator (or supplement a discounted fare), where passenger numbers are insufficient to cover
costs and increasing fares is undesirable. Under this method, the operator takes no actual
revenue risk but may be incentivised to increase ridership.
Quality performance payments: These systems complement other payment schemes by
providing incentives to the private operator for meeting quality standards specified in the contract.
The payment system is according to the number of passengers carried. However, the payment was semi-guaranteed to reduce operators’ risk. If actual demand differed from reference figure, the operators only received a drop (or increase) in their income representing 10% of the demand change. A 10% drop in user charges would only impact operator’s revenue by 1%.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 73 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
The quality performance targets should be measurable and observable at a low cost to avoid any
dispute or controversy. A system of robust deductions for service underperformance and bonuses
for performance above the target level is crucial to ensure that the private operator complies with
quality performance targets.29
The theoretical basis for Quality Performance Payments is that higher service levels are willingly
provided only if revenue compensates for the additional costs required for providing quality. As
service quality is not something that can be specified contractually in all dimensions, an economic
mechanism built into the payment system to incentivise the operator to provide efficient and high-
quality service is useful. Quality aspects could include aspects like timeliness of service and
avoidance of missed trips, customer satisfaction indices, low accident rates, etc. London
Transport extensively uses these payment mechanisms.
Third Party and Secondary revenues: The private operator may be granted the permission to
collect secondary revenues from third parties by making available a part of bus transport facility
to them, whenever such permission does not adversely hamper the provision of bus service. An
example is leasing space for advertisements on buses, depots, terminals, or bus stops.
5.3.2 Control and monitoring
It is imperative to put an efficient performance monitoring system in place to uphold the incentive
structures underlying output specifications and risk allocations. Performance targets should be
designed so they can be monitored effectively at the least cost. Benchmarking emerges as an
effective tool to compare the operator’s service provision with standards set by other bus
transport providers. The authority may also delegate or outsource the task of monitoring to an
external organisation, with the payment to that organisation being linked to the failures reported
and verified. Self-monitoring by the authority may be possible by administering random audit
checks on the operator.
5.3.3 Penalty regime and sanctions for poor performance
While economic incentives promote better performance, financial penalties and payment
deductions deter service failures. Damages and performance security is used if the private
operator terminates the contract or fails to commence service. These contract safeguards may
incentivise the operator to invest and perform as per the ‘agreed upon’ standards. Sanctions may
be especially useful when the authority is in a weak bargaining position once the contract has
started, because of the need to deliver bus services. The amount of damages or penalties should
be specified in the bidding documents so that the operators can price the risk of incurring such
charges. In such cases, the city authority may impose penalties according to the list of infractions.
The parties should decide on the penalty for each level of non-compliance or service failure. It is
important that the level of penalty is commensurate with the severity of the event. Penalties can
be deducted from the next scheduled payment to the operator or demanded from the operator as the
case maybe.
A detailed list of infractions and applicable penalties has been provided in Annexure XII. These
are only indicative, and the authority may modify as it deems fit.
5.3.3.1 Capacity to monitor
The effectiveness of a penalty system relies primarily on the ability and capacity of the authority
to carry out sufficient monitoring and fair administration of these sanctions. This capacity requires
29 Good Governance in Public-Private Partnerships: A Resource Guide for Practitioners (2009). The World Bank
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 74 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
explicit clauses in the contract and sanctions that are commensurate with the severity of the
event.
5.3.3.2 Application of penalties
Penalties are generally applied for service failures, i.e., not complying with specifications, such
as missed trips, contravening a set rule or procedure; or for not maintaining quality standards. It
serves to give operators an economic incentive to comply. In a well-designed regime, penalties
make unscrupulous behaviour prohibitive for an operator. When operators have no economic
incentive for customer service (for example, by being paid for the supply of kilometres), the
contract will need to rely more heavily on sanctions and rewards to enforce performance and
quality.
There are several aspects of a penalty regime that need attention, including the following:
1. The exact service obligations need to be well-defined: While some service obligations are
straightforward (e.g. trip frequencies) others might be vague, such as customer service
behaviour.
2. Penalties are an efficient tool only where there is a capacity to monitor: While payment
systems have built-in incentives, the penalty regime relies on monitoring and enforcement
which is often costly and difficult to manage. Intelligent Transport Systems (ITS) such as
vehicle tracking can help but require a strong and effective authority that can continuously
monitor and enforce the contract. Penalties must be enforceable, practical and realistic.
Draconian penalties that place excessive burdens on the operator; or contract termination
conditions that the authority will find difficult to enforce are unrealistic and impractical as
a tool to improve performance.
It is evident that contracts must apply the correct balance of built-in incentives in the payment
mechanism and appropriate penalties to strike the correct balance for managing the contract.
5.3.4 Adjustments for variation in operations
It is important that mechanisms for handling variation in operational conditions or parameters are
provided within contracts.
In an NCC, the authority may require the operator to add new buses to increase the fleet if
overloading occurs. At the same time, the authority may want to change the fleet deployment
plan or add new routes to manage demand.
In a GCC, the contract needs to contain certain conditions that enable proper actions to address
variances in demand. These would include:
Flexibility to assign vehicles across the network
Where the network is managed by a single authority, the bus contracts should allow the authority
to assign vehicles across the routes to optimise capacity.
Adjusting fleet size to meet travel demand
Since overall passenger traffic can vary throughout the period of the contract, there need to be
mechanisms within the contract to adjust services and fleet strength accordingly. For this to be
managed, there needs to be a proper formula and process to vary fleet size with a mechanism
to reimburse the operator for the additional investment, and in cases of a declining fleet
requirement, to protect the operator by supporting financial commitments they may have incurred
in relation to the fleet. The contract needs to include a rational method for fleet expansion in the
contract. For example, one can define a maximum load factor (LF) above which operators will
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 75 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
have to increase fleet size proportionately. For illustration, if moving average LF calculated over
the previous quarter goes beyond 10% of the defined maximum limit for peak hour LF of 100%
or day-long LF of 85%, operators may be asked to increase the fleet size or supply capacity in
proportion to increased LF. The authority needs to make suitable provisions for dealing with such
requirements.
Network expansion
A situation may arise where new routes emerge due to spatial growth in the city. In such cases,
enabling provision needs to be made and flexibility rendered in assigning buses to new or
modified routes to accommodate this eventuality. Extending or altering existing routes of an
operator may be an option with commensurate cost adjustments. However, if a new route
emerges, the authority needs to decide whether to add it to an existing contract or tender the
additional route as a new contract.
Competition in the market affecting contract viability
While the contracted operator may have a level of exclusivity for a route or an area, there may
be an increase in intermediate public transport (IPT) modes, such as autos and rickshaws that
compete for passengers. Although city authorities cannot limit market competition contractually,
they can, however, take steps to abolish illegally operating IPTs.
5.3.5 Contract flexibility
While the contract design should be flexible, the flexibility should be limited to change in scope.
Anticipated changes such as varying demand may be managed within the contract mechanisms.
In the case of unanticipated changes, a change protocol may be included that spells the process
through which any contractual change is initiated, reviewed and approved. Contract flexibility is
easier to manage if there is a good sense of partnership between the authority and the
operator(s), and respect for mutual objectives and benefits.
5.3.6 Contract terms for safety assurance
Safety is an important element in the delivery of a contract and is a key aspect of the performance
monitoring framework. The contract must set conditions and specifications to ensure that safety
is an integral part of the system through proposed safety procedures, guidelines, specifications,
programs and reporting systems. It is assumed that the safety element is provided for in national
or state guidelines on fleet specifications (Automotive Industry Standards 052). Work practices
(particularly driving practice) and fleet specifications feature highly in the aspect of safe practice
and conditions. The passenger safety is also an important aspect of service quality and is crucial
for winning passengers to the use the system. Harassment, assault and pickpocketing are all
safety issues that the system must be able to monitor.
5.3.7 Conditions Precedent
The conditions precedents are the items and obligations the respective parties must fulfil prior to
the contract coming into effect. These typically have a material impact on the effectiveness of the
contract and could include necessary permissions, availability of facilities, necessary preparation,
etc. The contract must include penalties if condition precedents are not met. For example some
of the conditions precedents could be:
1) For the authority:
Hand over bus depot facilities/relevant permissions within [XXX] days of the
signing of the contract
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 76 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
2) For the Private operator
Sign the agreement within [XXX] days of acceptance of the letter of award
Submit a performance guarantee equivalent to Rs [XXX] in the form of a bank
guarantee
Certify that all representations and warranties are true and correct
Deliver the initial lot of buses according to the bus delivery schedule
If either party is unable to fulfil the conditions precedent, there is a provision to extend the period
to fulfil conditions precedent. But the party failing to achieve conditions precedent is liable to a
penalty. Further, if the party is not able to fulfil the conditions precedent even within the extended
period, the other party has the right to terminate the contract.
5.3.8 Dispute resolution mechanism
In tightly constructed contracts, dispute resolution processes are usually specified in detail. In
more loosely constructed concession contracts, dispute resolution is vague and much will depend
on a good working relationship between the parties. It is valuable in all types of contracts to
specify how disputes will be handled and a methodology outlined so that disagreements can be
aired and resolved. Similarly, a mechanism for resolution of the grievances raised by any
stakeholder of PT system (including passengers) should be developed. A timeline for resolution
of grievance must be agreed upon.
5.4 FLEET SELECTION AND PROCUREMENT
5.4.1 Fleet specifications and bus type
The decisions on the type of fleet selected and the party responsible for procurement are major
issues in the bus contract. These decisions will depend on the type of contract adopted, as well
as the operating environment.
Generally, when the private operator takes the greater operational risks, they would want a
greater input into fleet decisions and retain investment and ownership responsibilities. However,
it is within the realm of the authority’s mandate to specify characteristics and specifications of the
fleet to meet public service objectives and ensure efficiency in the city bus fleet.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 77 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
For general information about fleet selection, PPIAF/World Bank Urban Bus Toolkit and technical
specifications of buses issued by Ministry of Urban Development, Government of India30 may be
referred to.
Annexure V outlines the demarcation of responsibilities pertaining to bus fleet.
Factors that influence fleet selection would include:
1. Type of buses (ordinary/semi deluxe/deluxe/super deluxe/low floor/semi low floor/high
floor) suitable to service design and passenger expectations (air-conditioning, seat-layout
etc.)
2. Capacity of buses (micro/mini/standard/double decker/articulated) to operate efficiently
in managing the demand and service requirements. When a large number of passengers
need to be carried, the most efficient and economic vehicle is the largest one. For medium
to low passenger volumes, smaller size vehicles may be more suitable to maintain a
higher frequency of service and bus occupancy.
3. Emission compliance to meet applicable emission rules specified by Central Pollution
Control Board.
4. Design characteristics such as length and size of buses, seating layouts and door
dimensions to suit operating conditions and service types such as kerb side operation or
median BRTS, and within the Code of Practice for bus body design and approvals
(Automotive Industry Standards 052).
5. Technical and engineering specifications such as engine propulsion (e.g. CNG, LPG,
diesel, etc.), emission compliance, transmission type, suspension, ITS, and bus internal
arrangements, etc. Supply issues, availability, and manufacturers’ support are also
important considerations.
6. Fleet renewal policies including bus life limitations, bus scrapping norms and programs
to support new fleet acquisition.
7. Fleet size per operator: Generally, an operator should have a fleet size that is large
enough to be economically viable (providing some economy of scale), suitable to its
investment capacity (if the operator is buying buses) and in context of the facilities it
manages to park and maintain the fleet.
30 Recommendatory Urban Bus Specifications – II issued in April 2013
Availability of fleet
Manufacturer support
O&M cost considerations
Efficiency related to service design
Service life
Road characteristics
Financial capability
Fleet image
Selection of fleet
Passenger and Safety Features
Exhibit 5-7 Factors in selection of fleet
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 78 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
However, there are further implications on fleet selection and procurement; such as the cost of
operation, reliability/reputation, the cost of repair and maintenance, manufacturers’ after sales
support, etc. While the authority should have the mandate to draft general specifications for the
fleet, the details of specification should be sufficiently broad enough to allow operators to bring
their on-ground experience into the play and manage issues that affect their operations.
5.4.2 Compliance with Environmental Standards
Acquisition of new buses also provides an opportunity to introduce cleaner and more efficient
vehicles. In addition to complying with the governing legislation, the contract must define its
minimum environmental/ emission thresholds or standards. Generally, the following must be
considered in assessing the environmental quality of the system:
Emission levels;
Fuel quality, type and propulsion system;
Levels of interior and exterior noise;
Ventilation and temperature standards.
Exhibit 5-8 Frankfurt/M. (D): Tendering of bus route bundle contracts with environmental
incentives
TraffiQ, the organising authority responsible for local public transport services within the city of
Frankfurt, tendered a 6-year Gross Cost Contract with environmental incentives for a sub-
network (3.3 million timetable-km/year) in 2006. One main policy aim within the tendering
procedures was the reduction of air pollution by demanding high anti-pollution standards to
fulfil the European anti-pollution regime. The operator of this bundle now uses vehicles already
fulfilling the EEV-standards for gas emission.
While the authority may stipulate overall emissions standards, it is unwise to outright mandate
fuel type, as this has a large impact on operating risk. Before specifying a fuel choice, a careful
analysis is required, as this decision can have long lasting impact on system viability and service
quality. Sometimes, cheaper alternatives are costlier over the long term, and even the
environmental benefit claims may not hold true. For example, Jakarta’s TransJakarta system
found that buses using CNG31 could not complete a full daily shift without service interruption to
refuel. Moreover, the scarce and distant commercial fuelling stations negatively impacted the
system efficiency. As a result, additional fleets were required to meet service requirements.
Diesel engines have been traditionally used for bus systems as it is a robust technology and is
becoming more technically sophisticated to meet clean emission standards. Modern Euro 4 or 5
diesel engines require low sulphur fuel (less than 50ppm sulphur content32) and can be regarded
as ‘clean’ technology, equal to a CNG engine. However, diesel fuels are a non-renewable
resource, (as is CNG) and will become increasingly expensive. The risk of energy price and
security in the future is a major consideration for any transport system.
31 Natural gas is a mixture of hydrocarbons, mainly methane (CH4) stored on-board the vehicle in a compressed state (CNG) using
high pressure cylinders.
32 http://www.shell.com.sg/home/content/sgp/products_services/on_the_road/fuels/shell_diesel/faq/
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 79 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
CNG is widely promoted as a ‘green fuel’ but its environmental credentials are being questioned,
due to the issue of methane leakage, leading a World Resource Institute report33 to claim that
“where there is more than 1% leakage – no matter how efficient the vehicle is at the tail end -
natural gas is more polluting than diesel.”
Furthermore, CNG has a number of limitations, such as:
Although accepted as clean burning, CNG engines use spark ignition engines and
require more maintenance to keep engines performing at high efficiency. California Air
Resource Board, researching diesel and CNG buses ‘in-service’ concluded that while
CNG was marginally better in most cases, results varied according to the type of
service the bus operated34 and CNG delivered a less consistent result.
CNG emissions also rely on fuel quality. While diesel fuels are highly processed, the
content of Natural Gas may vary depending on source giving varying emission
results35.
Technical considerations must be taken into account36, such as limited on-bus storage capacity
requiring additional fuelling breaks, risk of gas explosions (Jakarta, Brisbane) and higher cost of
fuel dispensing equipment. Inefficiency also includes extra vehicle weight to carry large CNG
cylinders, requiring added vehicle strength and consequently resulting in a heavier vehicle. CNG
also has a lower fuel efficiency as it contains less energy than an equivalent amount of diesel (15
- 20% less). While CNG has a price advantage (per litre), it is offset by higher initial bus cost and
a much higher cost of CNG refilling stations.
Another technology alternative that is becoming increasingly popular is hybrid technology engine.
Hybrid-electric vehicles (HEVs) combine the benefits of gasoline engines and electric motors and
can be configured to obtain different objectives, such as improved fuel economy, increased
power, or additional auxiliary power for electronic devices and power tools. Hybrids use
conventional fuel and a battery driven motor which captures energy otherwise lost during braking
and decelerating. For example, the Volvo 7900 Hybrid series of hybrid bus model saves up to
37% of fuel cost and claims to lower exhaust emissions by 40 – 50 %. Tata Hybrid Star buses
(CNG-electric hybrid buses) offer a substantial improvement in fuel economy compared to
conventional buses. Currently in India, Delhi Integrated Multi-Modal Transit System (DIMTS) and
Mumbai BEST use diesel-hybrid electric buses.
This discussion is not to advocate one fuel choice over another, but to highlight the fact that fuel
choice has wide-ranging impacts on the operation of a contract and the bus service. This
discussion also emphasises the need for some flexibility in the choice of propulsion and
consulting with the operator in making this choice. However, overall parameters for emissions
can be set by the authority without mandating a particular fuel option.
33 Bradbury, J., Obeiter, M., Draucker, L. Stevens, A., Wang, W. (2013) Clearing the Air. Reducing Upstream Greenhouse Gas
Emissions from U.S. Natural Gas Systems . World Resources Institute. Source: http://www.wri.org/publication/clearing-air. Accessed: 30/11/2013
34 Holmén, B., Ayala, A., Kado, N., Okamoto, R. (2001) ARB’s Study of Emissions from “Late-model” Diesel and CNG Heavy-duty Transit Buses: Preliminary Nanoparticle Measurement Result. Source: California Air Research Board: Source: http://www.arb.ca.gov/research/veh-emissions/cng-diesel/eth-zurich-2001-ayala1.pdf Accessed 30/11/2013. Accessed 30/11/2013
35 Wong. W.L. (2005) Compressed Natural Gas as an Alternative Fuel in Diesel Engines. (Research Paper) Source: http://www.cleanairnet.org/infopool/1411/propertyvalue-17753.html. Accessed 30/11/2013
36 When CNG buses were introduced in Brisbane Australia, the lack of gas fitting technicians presented an unexpected problem as well as the heavy gas tanks roof mounted on a low floor bus caused excessive body roll.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 80 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Other environmental issues include:
Noise levels: Acceptable noise levels must be specified within the bus procurement
specifications. Excessively loud vehicles are a health hazard and a detriment to the image of the
public transport service. Steps must be taken to phase out older buses and encourage noise
dampening devices on buses.
Other waste products: Bus operations will generate a variety of liquid and solid waste. Waste
oil, other lubricants and solvents should be recycled or disposed of in an approved manner. Liquid
waste that is not properly treated can endanger water supplies. Solid waste such as worn out
tyres should also be disposed in a safe manner. Concession operators must follow waste-
disposal procedures stipulated in the agreements. In some cases, depots may also have an
infrastructure to facilitate recycling and proper disposal of waste.
It should be noted that the improved business model in a bus contract should allow the purchase
of a new fleet, and this in itself is the best mandate for improving the clean credentials of the fleet.
A sound business model that can afford new buses is a powerful instrument to remove old
polluting buses.
5.4.3 Responsibility for fleet procurement
A number of practical issues affect the decision of who procures the fleet, as illustrated below.
Exhibit 5-9 Decision framework for fleet procurement
1) Purchase and ownership by the authority
The authority is often in a better position to buy the fleet. The authority may avail government
funds to buy buses or may have the financial capacity to buy the fleet. Also, it may prefer to own
the buses and depots to ensure that it is not captive to the contractor. Specific risk issues such
as insurance and operators’ obligations need to be assessed.
The concern of operator not maintaining buses might be an overstated risk. The vehicles must
meet the performance standards specified in the contract thus the operator has an incentive to
maintain the bus. Poor maintenance results in breakdowns, poor bus condition and service
unreliability affecting the operator’s earning potential both in Net Cost Contract and Gross Cost
Contract.
A major issue in authority owning the bus is in after sales service. The bus manufacturer or
supplier's primary customer is the authority causing the supplier to ignore the operator’s needs
during after sales service, and not rectify service issues that arise. The solution lies in the
FLEET MAINTENANCE
AFTER SALES SERVICE
TYPE OF CONTRACTUAL STRUCTURE
FINANCIAL CAPACITY AND/OR GRANTS
DECISION ON
WHO
SHOULD
PROCURE
FLEET
Procurement of fleet
TIME CONSTRAINTS
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 81 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
formation of a tripartite contract with bus suppliers to place contractual obligations on them for
after-sales support.
In a BRTS system, there is a definite construction time and anticipated start date. In this situation,
it may be worthwhile for the authority to order the fleet to allow for the necessary ‘lead time’ for
supply, especially if contract negotiations with operators could cause delay. As buses are
delivered in around 10-12 months from the date of order, the authority may procure and finance
the buses and later transfer ownership (and financial obligations) to contracted operator to reduce
the lead time.
PROS:
Lower investment risk so the private operators can focus only on operations and
maintenance of the project.
More bidders will participate in the bidding process which allows the authority a
wider choice of operators.
Easier to terminate a failing private operator if it does not own the fleet.
Avoids delays in fleet delivery when aligning with system inauguration deadlines.
CONS:
The authority will have to bear the entire capital cost on its own or through loan or
grant.
The authority may lack skill in specifying the fleet.
Lack of after sales support for operators.
Authority needs to set and monitor maintenance obligations.
Ownership/operations issues have insurance implications – may cause a delay in
responding to claims.
CONSIDERATIONS:
The authority, where possible, should consult the operators when developing fleet
specifications.
2) Purchase and ownership by private operator
In many cases, the city authority prefers fleet acquisition by the operator and save themselves
from the financial burden and procurement processes. The bus operators are often assumed to
be in best position to make fleet decisions as the operation and maintenance of the fleet is their
responsibility. There is a strong case supporting this view, although the authority is still able to
stipulate fleet specifications as they relate to passenger service and quality.
In a Gross Cost Contract, it is feasible for either the authority or the operator to buy the fleet;
however, the advantage for the authority to be the fleet owner is that it is not captive to the
operator, and can more easily terminate a poorly performing operator.
In a Net Cost Contract, it is unusual for the authority to own the fleet, but the authority may offer
some financial incentives to assist operators to invest in the fleet. A common incentive is the
‘interest subsidy’ that compensates operators for the cost of finance. One-off payments for fleet
purchases tend to be unsuccessful as operators often arrange for the fleet cost to be inflated to
exploit the subsidy, and do not operate for long as they struggle with operational losses.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 82 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
PROS:
The authority carries no financial burden for the fleet.
Bus operators can select their preferred type, model and specifications (generally
under broad specifications set by the authority) and have a stake in the fleet (more
care).
Generally faster procurement by the operator.
Able to hold bus manufacturers directly accountable for after-sales support.
CONS:
Limits contract bidding to operators with sufficient financial capacity.
Authority is captive to the operators in case of severe contract conflict or
termination.
CONSIDERATION:
Fleet ownership by any party is less of an issue if a good contract relationship
exists.
Exhibit 5-10 Responsibility for fleet procurement
By the city authority By the operator
Authority is in a financially stronger better
position than the operator
Authority can avail government funded
schemes (funding from operator if
needed)
GCC: Preferably, procurement by
authority so that it is not captive to the
operator
Operator is in a financially stronger position
than the authority
NCC: Preferably, procurement by operator
so that it maintains the buses properly (with
financial assistance by authority if needed)
3) Authority owns buses and investment is shared by private operator
In a number of Indian cities, a more peculiar bus procurement model has evolved due to the
JnNURM scheme. In the JnNURM scheme, the central government provided a grant up to 50%
of bus procurement cost. The state government provided 20%, while the city provided the balance
30% amount. Some cities have transferred this 30% cost to the private operator. Typically the
scheme allows operators to raise finance using the bus as security up to 30% of the value of the
bus.
The validity of such a scheme is entirely reliant on whether operators find it attractive, as they are
financing 30% of the fleet that they do not own, as the authority has the ownership by having
majority investment in the fleet. However, in the larger picture of a business opportunity, operators
may find this preferable to bearing the entire cost of the fleet on their own (and the cost of the
bus share is reimbursed in earnings).
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 83 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
5.5 LENGTH OF CONTRACT
During the review of bus contracts both in India and internationally, it was evident that contract
length varied greatly, being based on a range of uncertain factors and often on what policymakers
considered the norm.
Life of the bus fleet is a predominant factor under an assumption that the operator would buy a
new fleet at contract commencement and would not need to replace vehicles during the contract
term. It is advisable to ensure that authority should decide upon the length of the contract most
suitable to its objectives and requirements, though the choice may be determined by local
circumstances, such as availability of bidders, costs, and favourable investment horizon. The
issues are highlighted in Exhibit 5-11.
5.5.1 Deciding on long term vs. short term contracts
In deciding the length of the contract, the city authority needs to weigh factors such as
competitiveness and cost effectiveness, balanced against practical issues such as service
continuity, disruption, and operator’s behaviour driven by contract conditions.
The ideal duration of a contract is indeterminate but needs to consider a period that is long
enough for the operator to cover investment costs and make a fair return, and also to provide
service consistency in the bus operations. Changing an operator too often or unnecessarily (i.e.
without gaining clear benefits) can be disruptive and incur unnecessary costs. However, at the
same time, too long a contract can make the contractor lethargic in performance. Where contracts
are shorter, operators may not see a value or may be unwilling to invest for long term gains,
especially if they contribute to service planning. The contract in Bogota, Colombia aims to balance
this by having contract length linked to vehicle mileage. A higher mileage every year leads to a
shorter contract while smaller mileage allows for longer contracts giving the private operator time
to recoup its investment.
Exhibit 5-12 Contract Length in Bogota, Colombia
The term of contract for Transmilenio in Bogota (Colombia) depends on the time the operator takes to recoup its investment. The regular operation period of the contract is between the start of regular operation as determined by Transmilenio S.A. and the time at which average mileage of fleet usage reaches 850,000 kilometres.
Level of disruption vs
benefits
Short term
objectives
Mid-point review Long term
investment horizon
Long term
commitment
Opportunity for
fleet upgrade
Level of bidder
interest
Exhibit 5-11 Challenges faced in deciding contract duration
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 84 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Continuity of employment is also a factor that needs attention when contracts often change.
The new entrant could be obliged to employ existing staff at a similar remuneration level. Also,
a transition period during which changes in work practices and staff are permitted only following
approval from the authority could be required.
A disadvantage of long-term contracts is that over time, conditions can change to such an extent
that the initial contract may become outdated and less relevant to changing circumstances.
Use of a Mid-Point Review
A good way to balance short term and long term considerations is by creating a mid-point at
which key contract elements such as subsidy support, fare levels, obligations, etc., are re-
negotiated. Alternatively, the contract can be made for a medium term with a renewal or extension
for good performance. Key elements of the contract may, however, be renegotiated. This practice
provides a mix of the benefits of longevity and adaptability.
Impact of asset life on contract length
A traditional approach for the length of the contract term is to align it with the asset life of the
vehicle. This approach may be useful when a large fleet is purchased for a set purpose (such as
BRTS), and contract renewal is scheduled to occur at the same time when the fleet expires. But
for many operations, fleets are changeable, and buses are added to the fleet over time, leading
to no common fleet expiration date, and thus negating the need to tie the contract term to bus
life. Bus life is also indeterminate in that some buses are expected to last seven years, while a
well-maintained and higher quality fleet could last ten years or more. These situations present
difficulty in developing efficient contracts when they are based on fleet life. Additionally, when a
contract changes hands, rules need to be established in the contract to manage the changeover
fleet. The existing operator may dispose fleet over a certain age, and a new operator may be
obliged to purchase the fleet below a certain age threshold.
Impact of infrastructure investment on contract length
The ownership of a depot is also an important factor impacting contract length. If an operator
provides a depot facility and incurs substantial investment, it will expect a contract term worthy
of such an investment. The contract termination in such a case needs to be clearly defined, along
with the conditions for an incoming operator. It needs to be specified in the contract whether the
incumbent would be forced to sell the depot to the city authority or incoming operator. Additionally,
the contracts need to capture the depot selling price, if applicable. The contract should be well
defined in this respect, leaving no space for ambiguity if such a situation should arise.
Exhibit 5-13 Pros and cons of short duration contracts
Pros Cons
Shorter contracts provide an opportunity
to test market prices frequently, to inject
new blood and renew the fleet and
technology
Short contracts are costly, disruptive, as
operators change often, and may not
deliver the anticipated benefits
Short term contracts are less attractive
from operators’ perspective and may
result in few bidders
Private operators remain motivated to The attitude of contractors to building the
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 85 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Pros Cons
maintain high standards of performance
and maintain the fleet at the end period
of the contract
business may deteriorate if they do not
see themselves secure as long-term
operators
Increases competition and the authority
may re-tender the project frequently to
get the best price
The value for money or lifecycle cost may
not meet the expectations of the
authority. Price benefits may be marginal
and not worth the disruption
Short contract is not suited where an
operator is required to invest in
infrastructure
5.5.2 Considerations for a short term contract (<5yrs)
Short term contracts have an extremely limited scope and few benefits unless they are used in
special circumstance as an interim service provision, with longer term prospects (or that sufficient
rewards are available for a short term operator). A short duration contract could be up to five
years, which may be less than the life of the fleet, but in this case, the fleet investment is better
managed by the authority. Short duration contacts are also useful if the authority intends to test
the model with a pilot project to test demand response and evaluate contract performance or the
authority owns a fleet that is part-way through its working life and seeks an operator for the
balance period. Based on the response and feedback, the authority may decide to extend the
contract duration.
5.5.3 Considerations for a medium – long term contract (5-10+ years)
Medium term contracts suffer from same issues as the short term contracts, though the benefits
increase with the extension of time periods. Any requirement for an operator to invest in large
infrastructure (depots, terminals or stations) will require a longer contract to align with life-cycle
costs.
Longer terms are more likely to align with asset life (fleet). Furthermore, operators may operate
buses for longer, thus, necessitating good maintenance and monitoring of fleet condition. It also
allows fleet renewal during the contract and the freedom for the operator to introduce a fleet
upgrade without necessarily being bound by the contract term.
Longer duration contracts make it worthwhile for private operators to invest in the fleet. If the
contract expires before the end of fleet life, the fleet can be sold at the market price though this
may be a challenge if the buses are designed for specific purpose like BRTS. In this case, the
new operator would be obliged to take over the vehicle, paying the market price or a pre-agreed
rate.
Long term contracts may elicit interest from more bidders as they offer continued business and
longer investment horizons.
Exhibit 5-14 Length of contract depending on contract type
Investment making Party/
Type of Contract GCC NCC
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 86 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Operator
Short term: there should be a
provision of transferring
ownership to the authority at
the end of contract.
Long term contract or
period should be equivalent
to asset life (if defined)
Authority
Short term contract with a
provision for extension based
on performance
Long term contract or
period should be equivalent
to asset life (if defined)
5.5.4 Methodology for contract extension
Each method listed below seeks to ensure that the capital and maintenance investment will be
appropriate and that service quality will be consistent throughout and between concessions.
Automatic renewal: In some agreements, the concession period is extended
automatically if a concessionaire’s performance has been acceptable. This
ensures that the company has an appropriate investment horizon and re-tendering
costs for both parties are eliminated.
Existing concessionaire negotiates a roll-over: This allows the authority to
maintain continuity of service and force a concessionaire to be efficient. It avoids
the re-tendering process, which may be costly, though the authority should be
aware that renegotiation is resource intensive. Also, the absence of competition
removes the concessionaire’s incentive to reveal its true valuation of the
concession.
Existing concessionaire is bought out: The conditions for such a transfer are
specified in the agreement, for example, a government pays a concessionaire for
the un-depreciated assets at the end of a concession.
Re-bidding: If incumbents are unsuccessful, they receive the value of their bids
from the successful bidder’s offer. The government receives the portion of the
successful bid which is not paid to the incumbent. The government, therefore,
does not have to buy the concessionaire out and the market sets the value of the
concession.
5.6 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES
Successful bus operations and contract viability are mostly reliant on key infrastructure facilities
and bus priority infrastructure like part-time or full-time bus lanes, stations, bus stops, bus
terminals, passenger information systems, bus depots with maintenance bays and overnight
parking facilities, and bus terminals. These facilities not only impact passengers’ comfort and the
perception of public transport but also result in tangible benefits regarding increased bus speed
and reliability.
The following sections discuss each of these components and who should be responsible for
their construction, operations and maintenance. Although some alternative scenarios have been
discussed, it is advisable that responsibility for planning, designing and construction of bus
infrastructure should remain with authority.
Annexure VI outlines the responsibility allocation for infrastructure planning.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 87 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
5.6.1 Bus depot facilities
All bus contracts require the facilities of a bus depot to manage
the functions of parking, fleet repair and scheduled
maintenance, fuelling, washing and cleaning administration, and
management of operations, etc. The depot houses
administrative workshops, and control centre facilities and
equipment.
Planning of bus depots and their locations is closely linked to
travel demand and fleet assignments around the route network.
A suitable depot location is one that minimises ‘dead mileage’ to
the start and end of routes and is sized appropriately. However,
a fundamental problem with availability of depots is the cost of
land. This forces the depots to be often located at city outskirts
owing to cheaper land and proximity to bus initiation and
termination points. Cities with traffic congestion, or dead
mileage, may consider a number of small sub-depots that handle parking and driver sign on/off
functions. In this model, main depots centrally manage core functions of repair and maintenance.
In some cases, multiple operators may need to share a depot which may require an independent
depot management facility. However, it is preferable to have enough depots so that each operator
controls its maintenance and parking facilities. Most private operators, if they own the buses, like
to have control over their depot so that they can take responsibility for the security, maintenance,
and repair of their buses.
The size of the depot depends on the amount of vehicle parking needed and the number of
vehicles likely to need repairs. Once location, size and number of depots are decided, various
activities including acquisition of land, preparation of depot layouts, building designs,
construction, provisioning of utilities, and commissioning follow besides planning for tools,
fixtures, plant and equipment - type, quantities, specifications in each case and their acquisition.
The entire value chain of the bus depot planning and requirement assessment is shown in Exhibit
5-16.
Establishing bus depots involves land acquisition, requires high capital investment and has a life
span much longer than that of movable assets like buses, so it is advisable that ownership of bus
depots remains with authority. This is especially valid for Gross Cost Contracts, where the
authority may change the operator at regular intervals. Leasing the depot to the operator will
ensure that the authority is not captive to the operator who holds strategic depot sites. It also
makes it easier for the authority to dismiss a failing operator and terminate the contract.
Number of
depots
Size
Number of operators
Travel demand
Facilities
Exhibit 5-15 Factors affecting
number of depots
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 88 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Exhibit 5-16 Planning for bus depot facilities
In the case of a concession where the contract term could be much longer (even to the point of
a quasi-permanent concession), it is feasible for the private operator to own the bus depot. While
it may require a huge amount of investment by the private operator, the investment horizon is
sufficient and allows the operator to be in control of its situation. Nevertheless, given that the
authority may have access to good depot locations and available sites, there is nothing to prevent
the operator to lease a city-owned depot site.
Maintenance of depots, its utilities etc. may either be undertaken by authority or by the operator
depending upon the decisions by the authority. If authority hands over the depot to a private
operator (PO) for operations and maintenance, the operator may be required to undertake repair
and maintenance of depot under a suitable agreement - detailing out duties, rights and obligations
of both parties. In the case of multiple operators, it may be preferable to utilise services of a third
party to manage the bus depot to avoid conflict between multiple operators particularly in sharing
of resources.
Though the title of land and ownership of depots remain with authority, liability towards taxes,
insurance for depot property, legal implications and compensation for accidents, etc. at the site
should be clearly defined by the authority. This definition is especially important, particularly when
depot is handed over to a private operator. Further, as legal cases may get settled long after
completion of a contract with a private operator, suitable mechanisms must be incorporated in
contracts to protect the authority against all liabilities arising out of finalisation of legal
proceedings.
While the authority may specify requirements for plant and equipment, the actual acquisition,
ownership, investment, etc. may depend on the type of equipment, its serviceable life, and the
operational arrangement, i.e., in-house by the authority and or by the private operator. While
major, heavy duty, costly and long life equipment may be owned and acquired by the authority,
movable plant and equipment like hand tools, fixtures, gauges, measuring instruments, small and
low life equipment may be procured, owned and maintained by the private operator. Equipment
Construction of Bus Depots
Authority: If GCC, as authority should not be captive to operator Operator: if the authority is not financially capable, in NCC (with assistance from
authority, only if contract length is long)
Exhibit 5-17 Responsibility for construction of bus depots
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 89 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
acquired by the authority may be handed over to the private operator for operation, maintenance
and returned to the authority in a predefined state on completion of the contract term.
5.6.2 Use of Intelligent Transport System (ITS) for contract management
ITS helps authorities and operators control and monitor the system to improve services and the
reliability and efficiency of operations. Through data analysis, authorities can provide better
information to passengers, improve resource allocation and make informed decisions on service
issues. ITS includes a variety of elements with applications in navigation and vehicle tracking,
collection of operational data, traffic management, parking, surveillance, etc. The following
components are particularly applicable to bus service operations.
Automatic Vehicle Location system (AVL): Automatic Vehicle Location enables the Control
Centre (managed by the authority or the operator) to know the location of the bus, detect route
deviations and schedule adherence. This technology allows the Control Centre to construct a
real-time view of the status of all buses as well as log the trips on the system to inform the
payment system if operations are on a ‘pay by km’ basis. For bus operators, ITS systems that
monitor driver behaviour are increasingly available and help identify bus maintenance costs that
are due to irresponsible and poor driving techniques.
Adaptive Traffic Signal Control (ATSC): Adaptive Traffic Signal Control enables dynamic
management of traffic signal timing. The system could be used to allow buses to receive priority
at traffic signals when running behind schedule, reducing the number of stops at intersections,
as well as the amount of delay experienced at traffic signals.
Passenger Information System (PIS): Passenger Information Systems provides static and
dynamic information about the bus transport system. AVL provides information about location of
the buses which is used to monitor their progress against the timetable which is passed on to the
passengers as estimated arrival times at specific locations, via variable message signs, mobile
phones (SMS), the Internet and mobile applications.
Automatic Fare Collection (AFC) systems are the key to streamlining the passenger interface
of fare collection and ticketing and also serve the critical purpose of capturing all the revenue.
The system offers a distinct advantage over other aspects of managing a contract primarily due
to its ability to capture wide array of operations.
A further benefit of AFC is the ability to capture passenger travel data which allows planners to
identify over and under-capacity services, and the nature of travel (also by time period) by the
passenger. For example, a high demand trip pattern that involves a bus transfer may be
deserving a direct service. Similarly, a high incidence of travel from point A to point B may warrant
an express service.
Planning and scheduling software is highly useful particularly if a city is focussed on cost
optimisation and cost control in its transport system. A high capacity planning and scheduling
software is a critical tool for optimising items like dead mileage, driver indexes, bus indexes, and
fleet optimisation. While such software is useful to manage the vast amount of data generated,
this is also possible through obtaining the right AFC data in an appropriate format. They may be
useful for highly advanced operations where good data is available, and a system-wide route
rationalisation is taking place.
5.6.3 Bus stops
From an operator’s viewpoint, bus stops are an important element in the contract because the
revenue is directly affected by the provision or the lack of bus shelters. Bus stops are also the
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 90 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
first point of passenger interface with the public transport system and are the key to accessibility
and ridership. Customer experience is provided through shelters, waiting facilities and travel
information, etc. Bus stops that are equipped with passenger information systems – PIS (next
bus arrival time, etc.) reduce the uncertainty of waiting and improve the perception of reliability.
While bus stops have long been neglected, there is now an increased interest in developing these
facilities, driven by an increased demand for quality bus services requiring better passenger
facilities, and also monetisation of the bus stops for advertisement revenue. While cities have
different models of ownership and maintenance of bus stops, these are usually owned and
maintained by ULBs either themselves or through a private operator (usually an advertising
agency).
Exhibit 5-18 Decision framework for bus stops
5.6.3.1 Planning of bus stops
Since bus stops involve land acquisition and they may be used by multiple operators, planning,
investing and ownership of bus stops should at all times remain with authority. The maintenance
and commercial leasing of advertising space can, however, be outsourced. Sometimes, a
commercial PPP venture allows the private sector to build and exploit the commercial
opportunities for a set period. As the title of land and ownership of bus stands is with authority,
liability towards taxes, insurance for asset, etc. would also be with authority.
Exhibit 5-19 Planning for bus stops
The authority should plan the locations of the bus stops, based on detailed route assessment
and other social and political considerations. Exhibit 5-19 outlines the process for the same.
5.6.3.2 Construction and maintenance of bus stops
For construction and maintenance of bus stops, the following three options are available:
Condition of bus stations
Length of contract
(payback)
Bus Stops
Investment required
Existing contractual obligations
Number of private bus operators
DECISION ON
DIVISION OF
ROLES &
RESPONSIBILITIES
Capacity & Role of
Authority
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 91 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
1) By the authority or a third party: In this case, the authority finances, constructs and
maintains the bus stops either on its own or appoints a third party. Since the contract is
with the authority, the third party operator may also be made responsible for PIS on bus
stops. In this type of option, the third party operator usually generates revenue through
advertisement, in some cases even shares revenue with authority, and this does not lead
to any financial burden on the authority. This option is ideal for cities where multiple private
operators are involved in city bus private operations as these facilities are shared. Such
a third party operator would need to be managed under a strict and enforceable contract;
otherwise, it will simply collect revenues without proper maintenance and care for the
public facility.
2) The private contractor/operator: In this case, the bus operator also finances and
maintains the bus stops. The operator will have an inherent incentive to maintain these
facilities as it affects their ridership. The problem is that the operator may not have the
power to police or enforce activities on public land, for example where hawkers or traders
disrupt or encroach on the facility.
Such a proposition will also need the close cooperation of the authority to facilitate the
construction process (permissions, relocation of utilities, relocation of existing structures,
etc.). This proposition also poses a risk for the operators as they may be constrained in
carrying out the responsibility while being contractually bound. The operator should also
have the freedom to sub-contract the construction, maintenance or advertising functions
if required. The operator would retain ultimate responsibility for the performance of this
activity.
As mentioned in the section on length of contract, the commitment to building
infrastructure requires a longer contract to ensure sufficient payback period for the
operator. However, this issue takes on less importance if the operator can receive
advertising revenue as it reduces the payback period. Similarly, if multiple operators use
the same route, an independent advertising revenue stream to the operator who owns the
bus stops will recompense them despite sharing the utility with other operators.
3) Shared by authority and private operator: A variation is where the city authority
constructs the bus station jointly financed with the private operator who maintains the bus
stops. The main advantage is that the private operator shares the cost, reducing the
chances that the authority delays building the facilities. Another advantage over the sole
private sector managing this is that it reduces the risk the operator faces in installing
facilities in public spaces (permissions/utilities etc.)
Conditions precedent clauses of the contracts should also address risk of delays impacting
negatively on the respective parties.
5.6.4 Bus terminals
A ‘terminal’ refers to large bus stops that are major points of interchange/ transfer between
different bus routes - such as trunk, feeder and intercity routes - or different modes of transport.
Bus routes often begin or end at terminals. They are larger than other bus stops in a system, and
may also provide auxiliary services to passengers such as food, ticketing, transfer facilities, and
so on.
The location and size of bus terminals are determined on the basis of route network structure
and function especially if multi-modal functions are needed, and are usually at places where a
number of routes and modes converge or intersect. Terminals do, however, generally have a
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 92 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
negative effect on traffic conditions in the surrounding areas due to a number of bus movements
in and out of the terminal. This negative effect is often an especially important consideration for
terminals located in central city areas. In such situations, it may be better to make transfer
facilities available at bus stops where multiple services connect, and these transfer points are
clearly indicated for passengers’ convenience.
Terminal size and requirement of facilities are worked out on the basis of demand, bus dwell
times and passenger amenities required. In urban bus operations, while one or more private
operators may use terminals, ownership of terminal and investment in its infrastructure is usually
under the authority. Operation and maintenance of terminal and its facilities including commercial
exploitation may be undertaken by the authority in-house or outsourced to private operator under
a separate PPP project.
Exhibit 5-20 Planning for bus terminals
5.6.5 Turnkey Option
The turnkey option is bus operator taking complete responsibility of the overall project including
design and construction of all infrastructure facilities as well as city bus operations. Such a
Infrastructure planning in a bus terminal at Gulbarga
In the Gulbarga transport network, a local transport hub was identified where 80% of passenger
trips originated or terminated, and 18% of passengers utilised the hub as a transfer point. It was
decided to upgrade the hub to a Supermarket Station, with the aim of integrating the terminal
facility with the existing urban setting, to accommodate the rise in demand. The following
infrastructure planning principles were established:
1. Terminal capacity was increased from accommodating 9 buses per hour to 30 buses per
hour, with a peak hour use of 2300 passengers. The new design incorporated two lanes
for parking and an overtaking lane at each platform.
2. To ensure passenger safety, the platform waiting area width and width of walking
pathways were increased.
3. The new design utilised traffic-calming measures to demarcate and create legible
spaces at pedestrian crossings.
4. It was observed that passengers preferred direct access to platforms, ticketing facilities,
transfers and convenient retail facilities. Non-passengers preferred access to a range of
peripheral activities such as retail, commercial, catering facilities, public spaces and
visitor information. These observations were incorporated into the planning design and
a commercial component was introduced in the terminal for better compatibility with
different types of users.
5. An attempt was made to integrate multiple modes such as auto-rickshaws, park-n-ride,
etc.
Exhibit 5-21 Example of Gulbarga Bus Terminal
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 93 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
proposition will need close cooperation with the authority to facilitate the construction process.
The turnkey option would require a much longer contract to ensure sufficient payback period for
the operator. Typical contract length for such an option is 20/25 years.
The main advantage of this option is that authority needs less coordination among the various
contractors for building assets required for city bus operations. The operator has flexibility in
building assets aligned with requirements of city bus operations without over provisioning. This
leads to efficiency and cost minimisation.
5.7 CONTRACT TERMINATION & ARBITRATION
Arbitration37
This section governs the situation where there are irreconcilable differences between the parties.
Although the dispute resolution clause in the contract prescribes the methods available to resolve
disputes, if the parties are not able to amicably resolve the claims on their own, then either party
may opt for arbitration. In case of arbitration, the clause prescribes the accepted procedures for
appointment of an arbitrator and the procedure of arbitration. It also mentions the courts of
applicable jurisdiction where the dispute can be filed. In many cases, the arbiter(s) are a mixture
of local authority staff and representatives of the operators, and this is the best and most cost-
effective way to deal with a dispute.
The clauses in the contract specify the appointment of the arbitrator, place of arbitration, the
procedure, and enforcement of award, fee to be paid to arbitrator, and performance during
arbitration.
Termination
During the implementation of the contract, a
situation may arise when it becomes
necessary for the parties to the contract to
terminate the contract. The termination of
contract may arise due to force majeure, due
to default or at the convenience of the
authority.
The contract clause should define the specific conditions on fulfilment of which the above
termination situations will be initiated. The clause will also list the consequences for the
contracting parties once the contract is terminated.
One very important component of the termination of contract is the rights and obligations of the
parties at termination. The obligation of the private operator on termination is usually to hand over
the project back to the authority in a specified condition.
Guiding Principles for Early Contract Termination Clauses38
The following key principles need to be considered while developing early contract termination
clauses
Reasons which trigger an early contract termination, and compensation each party is entitled
to, should be clear
37 For arbitration, the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 is followed
38 Yescombe, E. R. (2007). Public-Private Partnerships (1st ed.). Elsevier Ltd.
Sample Contract Termination Clauses
1. Termination for Private Operator’s Default
2. Termination for Authority’s Default
3. Termination Payment
a. Private Operator’s Default
b. Authority’s Default
Sample Contract Termination Clauses
4. Termination for Private Operator’s Default
5. Termination for Authority’s Default
6. Termination Payment
a. Private Operator’s Default
b. Authority’s Default
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 94 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
For authority’s default,
o the contract should specify the events of default that allows the operator to call for
contract termination
o the authority should compensate the operator in such a way that latter bears no
financial consequences from the breach
For operator’s default,
o the contract should specify the events of default that allows the authority to call for
contract termination
o any performance guarantees by the operator should be forfeited and costs
incurred by authority due to termination should be recovered from the operator
If both default, compensation provision for assets built by the operator should be clear and
the options available are fair value approach, book value approach and debt due approach
Fair Value Approach: In this approach, compensation is driven by the fair value of the assets as
assessed by the independent evaluator at the point of termination
Book Value Approach: In this approach, compensation is driven by the book value of the assets
at the point of termination
Debt Due Approach: In this approach, compensation is expressed as a percentage of senior debt
outstanding at the point of termination
Depending upon the project structure (usually the capital expenditure), the termination payment
will vary. Some sample termination payment clauses in the event of termination by the authority
are:
Liquidation of performance guarantee submitted by the private operator;
Payment by authority equivalent to the debt due by the private operator.
Some sample termination payment clauses in the event of termination by the private operator
are:
Return the performance guarantee to the private operator;
In addition to the payment of debt due, market expected return on the project
Payment equivalent to the market value, book value, or fair residual value of the
fleet
A transition plan during which the current operator continues to fulfil the services until a new
operator is signed, in order to ensure continuity, also needs to be considered.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 95 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Financial Implication of Termination
When buses have been procured by the operator, upon termination typically the buses are
transferred to the authority with payment being made to the operator. The authority needs to be
cognizant of the payment to be done in such cases.
Sample Calculation for the financial implication
Number of buses = 100 buses
Type and cost of bus = Low Floor Standard Size non AC diesel estimated cost INR 50 lakh
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Year 7 Year 8
Depreciation 12.5% 25% 37.5% 50% 62.5% 75% 87.5% 100%
Termination Outlay
for assets (in
Crores)
43.75 37.5 31.25 25 18.75 12.5 6.25 0
The authority may also have to return the performance security if it’s a case of authority’s default
which increases the liability of the authority.
Performance Security = 10% of (Cost of Bus + 20% for other capital expenses)
= 0.1 * (50 * 100 + .2 * 50 * 100)
= 6 crores
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 96 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
6. PROCUREMENT GUIDELINES
The objective of this chapter is to discuss the approach to procurement and various procurement
methodologies for contracts. This process has been shown in Exhibit 6-1.
Exhibit 6-1 Process for Procurement
6.1 CHOOSING THE RIGHT PARTNER
It is often beneficial to choose the end point - partnering arrangement and the partnering
arrangement that the contract achieves, at the inception of procurement planning.
The previous sections have constantly raised the issue of the partnership element of the PPP,
on the basis that the workings of a trusting partnership are far more effective than what can be
achieved through the tools available under contract enforcement. The real purpose of a contract
is to define the relationship between parties, set the tone of the partnership, and be a fall-back
position when things go wrong.
The nature and quality of the relationship and trust between the parties is an increasingly
discussed topic in contract development. Procurement cannot rely on price factors alone, despite
prices being a key criterion in competitive tenders. In competitive bidding, there is always a
danger of the ‘too-low’ a price being unsustainable. Also, a bus operator who has no control over
market costs of buses, fuel, finance, and can only reduce the wages to save costs, besides
efficient operation. This may translate in the lowest bidder underpaying staff and attracting low
skilled workers, a condition that is not a good prospect for a quality bus system.
This situation introduces the concept of including Partnership Criterion in contract procurement;
Partnership Criterion is a methodology for defining the type of partnership relationship in the
contract and can be used as part of the procurement process, and as an element of the
contractual offer. While it is not a partnership in the legal sense of a business, it is a partnership
in the general sense of a close and mutual working relationship between parties in a shared
endeavour.
‘Partnership’ has been a concept in use for over two decades and was initially used as a form of
alternative dispute resolution (by dispute prevention). Partnership is a process for building,
maintaining and evaluating relationships, and may be used with a wide range of formal structures
such as joint ventures, PPP, design-and-construct contracts, or any other form of arrangement.
It is most effective if introduced early in the relationship – even as early as the procurement stage.
The Partnership Criterion
Designing Bid Process Strategy
Preparation of Bid Documents & Concession
AgreementsBid Process Management
Selection of Preferred Bidder & Signing for
Concession Agreements
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 97 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
A major challenge in defining partnership is introducing the concept into procurement procedures
and inserting it as an element of the contractual offer. This may be achieved by using a structured
evidence framework, where profiles of the bidding organisations as potential partners are
developed from information gathered during the bid process. The profiles can then be used in
procurement decision making, and in the ongoing contractual processes to embed, evaluate and
continuously improve the partnership relationship. Some partnership attributes may also be
developed as the evaluation criterion in the bid evaluations.
This methodology creates a common language of partnership at the outset of a contractual
relationship, embeds the expectation of the desired form of interaction on both sides, and creates
an effective platform for the parties to reflect on, evaluate and improve their relationship over
time.
6.2 PROCUREMENT STRATEGY
The procurement strategies include the following four options:
Competitive bidding
Competitive negotiations
Negotiated contracts
Unsolicited proposals
6.2.1 Competitive bidding
Usually, public sector authorities prefer some form of competitive bidding when procuring any
private sector service. Additionally, most international lending and donor institutions require the
use of competitive bidding procedures as a condition for any loan or technical assistance granted.
Competition is expected to provide transparency to the process and provide a mechanism for
selecting the best-value proposal based on predetermined criteria. The competitive bidding
process can either be one stage (Request for Proposal - RFP) or two stages (Request for
Qualifying – RFQ+RFP). The latter allows short listing which is more efficient.
For competitive bidding, the bids may be open to international, national or limited bidding.
Depending upon the scale and complexity of the project, the authority may select either
international or national bidding. Limited bidding is by direct invitation without open
advertisement. This method is preferred if there are very few bidders for the product or service in
the market.
In the Indian context, competitive bidding is the most preferred procurement strategy.
6.2.2 Competitive negotiations
Competitive negotiations entail inviting a small group of bidders to a structured negotiation. The
bidders are aware of the presence of other bidders and there is pressure to obtain the best price.
This arrangement is quicker and less expensive than full competitive process and may yield good
prices. However, the selection of bidders to be invited could potentially be non-transparent and
may not yield the best bidder pool. There is also a greater risk of corruption in the process.
6.2.3 Negotiated contract
Negotiated Contract refers to contracts that are awarded on the basis of direct negotiations with
the contractor, without following the competitive bidding process. In certain situations, the method
offers distinct advantages over process discussed in the preceding sections. For example,
Competitive Bidding offers no methodology to manage losers, and this could be a problem in
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 98 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
contracts where the contract displaces incumbent operators. Authorities in such situation often
opt for a negotiated contract with affected parties who are removed from routes that fall under
the new contract. In some cases where BRTS is introduced, operators may be allowed to
continue but may not be able to compete, eventually leading to ceased operations.
Under a negotiated contract, affected and displaced operators can be offered new business
opportunities under the following guidelines:
To negotiate contracts based on known costs (more transparent) where the authority
proposes the operational plan;
As an inclusive process that engages existing operators as key stakeholders willing to
respond to commercial opportunities and more secure business arrangements;
To emphasise on transitioning to new business and employment opportunities without
wielding a ‘stick’ of regulation or offering compensation since the expectation of
compensation can distort the negotiation process. The ‘compensation’ offered is the
opportunity to take up new business and/or employment opportunities;
Government may seek to encourage the bus line committees to assist in facilitating the
transition process, to help unify operator representation;
A clear understanding of the operator’s business model, the contract conditions and
expectations on the government side will assist in convincing the operators of their future
viability. A level of trust building is likely to be required. Experience has shown that a good
trust-building initiative is when key decision-makers at government level engage with
operators’ representatives;
6.2.4 Unsolicited proposal
Unsolicited proposal is a self-initiated process where the private operator approaches the public
agency with a proposal to execute a project. The project idea is initiated and developed by the
private operator and the project development cost is passed on to the initiator. Entering into a
sole-source process can save the authority time and money and may alert the authority to an
unrealized opportunity for PPP. However, sole sourcing can encourage corruption through lack
of transparency and the cost benefits to competitive bidding are lost. Furthermore, the authority
have to be confident of their negotiation skills and information sources to ensure best value from
the deal.
A variation of the process involves putting the project to bid, after the initial proposal from the
initiator is approved, typically under a system of ‘bonus’, ‘Swiss challenge’, or ‘best and final
offer’39.
1) Bonus system
Chile and Korea use a system to promote unsolicited proposals that awards a bonus in the
tendering procedure to the original project proponent. This bonus can take many forms, but the
most common bonus involves additional theoretical value applied to the original proponent’s
technical or financial offer for bidding purposes only.
2) Swiss challenge system
The Swiss challenge system — most common in the Philippines and also used in Guam, India,
Italy, and Taiwan, is similar to the bonus system in using competitive tendering to determine the
39 Source: PPAIF, World Bank
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 99 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
project developer. But instead of a predetermined advantage, this system gives the original
proponent the right to counter-match any better offers.
3) Best and final offer system
In the best and final offer system, the key element is multiple rounds of tendering, in which the
original proponent is given the advantage of automatically participating in the final round.
6.2.5 Deciding between one-stage and two-stage bidding process40
A single-stage process comprises of only a Request for Proposal (RFP). An RFP document is
issued to interested bidders inviting them to participate in the bid process. The RFP is the formal
bid document issued by the authority and includes the project details and draft concession
agreement. A single-stage process is appropriate for projects when the scope of the project is
well defined, and there is a well-known and relatively small group of private entities that are likely
to bid.
A two-stage process has distinct ‘Request for Qualification’ and ‘Request for Proposal’ stages to
short-list bidders and to seek their financial quotes. This process is appropriate when the project
scope is not clear and discussions are required to finalise the service options, and the number of
bidders is large. The Ministry of Finance, Government of India has mandated the adoption of a
two-stage bidding process for central sector PPP projects.
The RFP may be preceded by an Expression of Interest (EOI) or a Request for Qualification
(RFQ) or sometimes both. The choice of whether to include EOI and/ or RFQ depends on how
much uncertainty there is about the project definition and about the bidders that are likely to be
interested and qualified.
An EOI is used to identify firms that are interested in bidding and that are available to bid for a
project. It is a ‘market sounding’ exercise that can be used by the authority to test the level of
interest and availability of potential private operators and to identify a preliminary list of firms who
40 PPP Toolkit, Ministry of Finance, Government of India
Exhibit 6-2 Bid Processes
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 100 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
will be sent RFQs or RFPs. Typically, no evaluation is carried out on an EOI as it just lists all the
interested firms who may subsequently be contacted for RFQs or RFPs.
An RFQ is used to narrow down the list of qualified firms that will be invited to bid. Unlike an EOI,
the RFQ submissions are evaluated, and some firms are eliminated on the basis of pre-
determined qualifying criteria. The aim is to reduce the number of potential bidders to include
only the technically and financially qualified bidders possessing the requisite skill set for
implementation of the project. The result of the RFQ stage is a shortlisting of bidders. These
potential bidders are then invited to submit their proposals for the project at the RFP stage.
An RFP invites technical and financial proposals from interested entities (in case it follows an
EOI) or qualified entities (in case it follows an RFQ) or from the market in general (in case of a
single stage process).
The two steps in the procurement process may be merged, and still retain the essence of two-
stage bidding process, as the scope, type of bidders and criterion are clear beforehand. In this
model, only RFP is issued to the bidders. The bidders are required to submit two envelopes i.e.
one for technical and financial capacity, and the other for financial bid. The financial bid for only
those bidders who meet the minimum technical and financial criteria is opened. The bidder
quoting the minimum or maximum fees, as the case may be, will be the selected bidder.
A defined scope and limited number of bidders has led single stage bidding to be preferred for
city bus operations.
6.2.6 Type of bid evaluation
Quality Based Selection: This method of bid evaluation is often seen in projects where technical
inputs required are important, and highly specialised. The budget of the project is usually fixed or
negotiated on unit costs. In such cases, the evaluation of bids is done based on technical
soundness of the bid. The bidder getting the highest technical score will be the preferred bidder.
This evaluation method would fit well with a partnership criterion.
Quality cum cost based selection (QCBS): This method of bid evaluation scores the technical
capacity, skill and experience of the bidder (sometimes called the ‘beauty contest’). Usually, a
minimum technical score is required for the bid to be considered for financial bid evaluation. The
bidder quoting the minimum financial bid is awarded 100 marks, and the score of the remaining
bidders is proportionately reduced, in ascending order of financial bid. Weights are assigned to
both the technical and financial score. The bidder scoring the highest combined score is selected
as the preferred bidder. In India, this is the most preferred mode of selection of bidder for PPP
projects.
Least cost method: This method involves selecting the bidder that quotes the least cost. The
method is useful for projects which are standardised in nature and require limited technical input.
The projects fit for such type of bid evaluation usually include outsourcing contracts. A modified
version of least cost method strategy may also be followed in which, the bidder is required to
furnish his bid in two/three envelopes i.e. one to showcase technical and financial capability, and
the other for financial bid. The financial bid of only those bidders who meet the technical and
financial criterion shall be considered.
The Least Cost Method and the Quality cum cost based selection have a danger of bidders, and
especially the less experienced bidders, offering prices that are ‘too low’ to be viable. It is useful
for the authority to test these prices against known benchmarks and question the bidders, if
necessary. In the case of no satisfactory explanation, the matter may be forwarded to a panel for
evaluation that may choose to either accept or reject the bid.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 101 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
In India, QCBS and least cost method are the most common evaluation strategies followed across
sectors. For city bus private operations, two/three envelope least cost method is the most
common evaluation strategy.
6.3 PREPARATION OF BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENT
The final implementation structure will be translated into a legally enforceable document, the PPP
agreement. This document must be drafted before the start of procurement, as prospective
bidders will need to know the terms and conditions of their contracts. The agreement would make
bidders aware of their roles, as well as all the risks and obligations involved in the transactions.
A typical contract would contain the following:
Recitals,
Definitions and Interpretations,
Period of the contract,
Rights of The Contracting Parties,
Obligations of The Contracting Parties,
Contract Considerations,
Payment Mechanism,
Performance Management,
Defaults and their Consequences,
Dispute Resolution,
Termination of the Contract, And Effects of Termination (Terminal Payment
Arrangements and other Issues Related to the Termination).
Exhibit 6-3 Advance information to operators during the bidding process
6.3.1 Bidding and contract documents
Prequalification Process – RFQ stage
Preparation of RFQ Documents: The RFQ is a document for pre-qualification of the interested
bidders with the objective of narrowing down the field to select bidders capable of implementing
the proposed project. Minimum qualifying technical experience could include: experience in
similar projects (in its sole capacity or as a consortium), technical skills, and operating experience
that best help judge suitability for undertaking the project. Similarly, minimum qualifying financial
parameters help judge the ability of the bidder to raise the required finances.
The indicative contents of an RFQ are given below:
Disclaimer
Terms and conditions of the request for qualification
Bath and North East Somerset and South Gloucestershire were both praised by local bus operators for
the amount of information they provide with their tenders and the timescales they work with. They offer
the current operator the opportunity to comment on forthcoming tenders several months in advance,
including adopting the approach of stating how much funding is available and then inviting proposals
from operators. This approach has worked very well and allowed operators to offer innovative solutions
that make the most of the existing commercial network.
Bath and North East Somerset and South Gloucestershire were both praised by local bus operators for the amount
of information they provide with their tenders and the timescales they work to. They offer the current operator the
opportunity to comment on forthcoming tenders several months in advance including adopting the approach of
stating how much funding is available and then inviting proposals from operators. This approach has worked very
well and allowed operators to offer innovative solutions that make the most of the existing commercial network
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 102 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Outline of the request
Brief statement of intent of the Transport Authority in issuing the request
Detailed information about the project (description, background, performance
parameters, financing structure, risk allocation, etc.)
Description of the procurement process, along with the evaluation criteria
Instructions to respondents
Information required from bidders, along with the prescribed format for its
submission
Description of the evaluation process
Bid Process – RFP stage
The RFP is the second stage of the two-stage bidding process. The RFP is issued and responses
prepared as per the provisions of the RFP, and “Bids”, shall be invited from the pre-qualified
bidders. The Bids shall consist of two parts: Technical Proposal providing certain compliance
related documents and other details as prescribed in the RFP and a Financial Proposal containing
its price/commercial quote for the Bid Parameter. The Bid Parameter shall be a single parameter
and shall be the only quantitative parameter based on which the preferred bidder would be
selected. While a single quantitative Bid Parameter is recommended, in particular circumstances,
qualitative aspects may also be included in the Bid Parameter, provided the same can be
objectively scored and methodology for such scoring is provided in the RFP. The Bid Parameter
can also be in the form of, among others, grant required, annuity required, user charges, revenue
share, upfront System Management Fee, annual System Management Fee, term of Project
Agreement, etc. depending on the project structure.
The RFP shall also have provision for Bid Security and a Performance Guarantee to be sought
from the Bidders at the time of submission of the Bid and before signing of the Project Agreement,
respectively. The amounts of such guarantees may vary based on the level of the project outlay.
Financial proposals shall be opened only after evaluation of technical proposals and only for
those bidders who comply with the requirements of the technical proposal and achieve the
minimum score specified in the RFP, if applicable.
The Draft Agreement, which is the project contract shall necessarily form a part of the RFP
document. It shall clearly spell out the rights and obligations of the concerned authority, the
Government (if applicable), and of the private entity involved. The Draft Agreement shall also
capture other aspects such as:
Term of Project Agreement, if any;
Performance specifications;
Monitoring mechanisms;
Penalties and Incentives associated with various obligations of the entities;
Mechanism for dealing with risks due to Force Majeure, Termination, Change in
Law, Change in Scope, etc.;
Procedures relating to Dispute Resolution, claims, information sharing & reporting;
with associated timelines; and
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 103 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Process for handing over of the assets, if any, and if such handover is part of the
PPP structure.
Thus, the objective of the RFP stage is to:
Specify all the provisions of the Draft Agreement;
Set out clearly the evaluation criteria, terms and submission requirements for the
evaluation process; and
Invite proposals with specific technical and financial details that enable the
selection of the “Preferred Bidder”.
In this stage, all pre-qualified bidders, to whom the RFP has been issued, shall be given an
opportunity to ask queries and seek clarifications. The same shall also be discussed in a pre-bid
meeting. In case of more complex projects, more than one pre-bid meeting can be organised.
6.3.2 Criteria for qualification
The criterion for qualification has two parts – technical and financial.
Technical criteria
The authority should define relevant experience in the bidding documents. The criterion has to
be stringent enough to ensure that only serious bidders qualify, at the same time it should not be
so high such that very few bidders qualify. Usually, relevant experience is a good qualifier
especially having performed similar services previously, or with a skill set that clearly qualifies
their involvement; for example previous experience in logistics and customers service, could be
a relevant qualification.
It is also important to consider the experience of the previous 3-5 years, and not just the
immediately preceding year as the bidder may not have sufficient experience if the project started
only last year.
The bidder shall, over the past 3-5 financial years preceding the Bid Due Date, have:
a. Experience of operating Buses,
b. Experience of operating Trucks, and/or
c. Experience of operating Taxis
An experience weight may be granted to each of the categories, as shown in Exhibit 6-4:
Exhibit 6-4 Experience Weights
Category Experience Weight
Buses 1.00
Trucks 0.40
Taxis 0.80
Higher weightage is granted to buses (both contract and stage carriage) as compared to trucks.
Suitable conversion shall be made based on size of the vehicle in terms of the details set out in
Exhibit 6-5:
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 104 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Exhibit 6-5 Multiplying Factor
Category Passenger Capacity Multiplying Factor
Buses < 22 passengers 1.50
23 – 34 passengers 2.00
35 and above 3.00
Trucks 3.00
Taxis 1.00
Experience Score for a given category = Number of vehicles x Experience Weight x Multiplying
Factor x Number of months of operations in the last five years/60= XX
Sample calculation is provided in the table below.
Category Passenger
Capacity,
if
applicable
No. of
vehicles
(a)
Multiplying
Factor (b)
Experience
Weight (c)
Number
of months
of
operation
(d)
Total
(Experience
Score)
(a*b*c*d/60)
Buses 42 40 3.0 1.0 40 80
Buses 20 15 1.5 1.0 12 4.5
Truck 60 3.0 0.4 56 67.2
Taxis 50 1.0 0.8 24 16
Total Experience Score 167.7
Total Experience Score for each Bidder shall be calculated based on submissions made by the
Bidder. Such Total Experience Score shall be compared with the Minimum Experience Score.
The Minimum Experience Score is the score calculated for Experience Score considering 50%
of the number of buses to be Operated and Maintained by the operator. For example, if 100 buses
are to be Operated and Maintained by the operator, then the Minimum Experience Score shall
be 50*3*1*60/60 = 150. The Bidder shall be deemed to meet the Technical Capacity, when the
Total Experience Score is greater than the Minimum Experience Score.
Financial criterion
After verifying the technical credentials of the bidder, the financial credentials are checked. The
bidder should have sufficient capability to undertake the financial burden of the project. Usually,
it is checked on the basis of average annual turnover and net worth. Authority should consider
both turnover from relevant experience and other services, but higher weightage should be given
to turnover from relevant experience. As in the case of technical criterion, in this case also the
criterion is defined as a percentage of total project cost. The average annual turnover of the
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 105 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
previous 3 to 5 years and net worth of the immediate preceding year are considered (net worth
of the years prior to the preceding years is not relevant).
For demonstrating financial capacity and experience, the bidder shall have:
i. Minimum Net Worth of [insert in rupees (in words)]41 at the close of the preceding
financial year
ii. Minimum Average Annual Turnover equivalent to [insert in rupees (in words)]42 in the
previous 3-5 years
Only for those bidders meeting both technical and financial criteria should the financial bid be
opened.
6.3.3 Bid parameters
For each type of contract, the bid parameters may vary as shown in Exhibit 6-6.
*This is for illustration; the variable percent may vary from city to city
The details are as follows:
Fee payable per kilometre to the private operator (GCC) – In this type of model,
the private operator is paid the quoted amount per km by the authority over a set
period. The authority usually specifies the minimum number of kilometres the private
operator has to ply as part of MSL. The bidding parameter is ‘cost per km’. Dead
mileage should be specified as included or excluded.
System Management Fee paid to the authority/Grant payable to operator (NCC)
– The private operator agrees to pay to the authority, a fixed amount or share a part
of the revenue it collects (system management fee), or the operator demands a grant
from the authority. This method is most suitable where there is considerable and
assured demand or where the operator is fully protected from competition, else in
case of shortfall the operator may demand a grant. The bidding parameter is usually
a fixed amount.
Revenue is linked to ridership (Hybrid GCC) – The authority supplements fixed
payments with bonus payments linked to ridership increase. This payment
mechanism will require the necessary technology to collect ridership data. As these
ridership payments are supplementary, it avoids negative competition for passengers.
41 This amount should be [15-25%] (fifteen to twenty five per cent) of the Estimated Project Cost of the project for which bids are
being invited 15
42 This amount should be equivalent to 25% of the Estimated Project Cost
GCC
Fee per kilometre, to be paid by the authority
Hybrid GCC
Fee per kilometre, to be paid by the authority
NCC
Monthly System Management Fee payable to the authority or grant payable to Operator
Hybrid NCC
Monthly System Management Fee Payable to the authority/Grant payable to Operator
Exhibit 6-6 Bid Parameter by type of contract
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 106 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
The bidding parameter could be the fixed portion costs (km-based) and the variable
fee per passenger for additional ridership over base figures. This method requires
base revenue to be set, and good data on ridership growth.
Supplementary payments for certain non-commercial routes (Hybrid NCC) -
Where a non-commercial route is within an operator’s contract area, and the authority
wishes to subsidise its operation, the fee would be fixed and stated in the RFP. The
fee per km shall be calculated based on total cost of operation less the amount of cost
recovery through revenue collected. As in NCC, the bidding parameter in this case
shall be system management fee or a grant.
Refer to Annexure III to customise and modify the model RFP to a city-specific RFP.
6.4 PROCUREMENT MANAGEMENT
Once the bidding and contract documents have been drafted, the authority would commence the
procurement process (as discussed earlier).
The following sections describe the procurement process based on the two-stage procurement
process (request for qualification [RFQ]–request for proposal [RFP]) that is extensively followed.
The authority can, however, select another process that fits the unique characteristics of the
project. If the authority selects the one stage procurement process, then RFP follows immediately
after the pre-bid activities.
6.4.1 Pre-bid activities
The first pre-bid activity pertains to reinforcing the links between the feasibility and procurement
stages of the project. The following will be reviewed and analysed:
Project Scope, Definition, and Objective;
Timelines, strategies, processes, deliverables in the procurement plan;
Project type and structure, and sources of funds;
Mechanism of payments to and from the authority;
Risk matrix updated after the PPP; and
Third-Party Contracts
The subsequent pre-bid activities relate to the major decisions to be made in the procurement
process:
Defining the bidding period (when bidders must prepare and submit their bids).
According to the size of the bid, the allowed time of preparation will affect the
quality of the bid;
Disclosing all relevant information to bidders including those related to the assets
of the bus transport undertaking, including their condition and maintenance
schedules, in the RFP;
Engaging in pre-bid meetings to discuss queries and ensure bidders and the
authority are aligned in their expectations;
Dealing with labour issues in the RFP; staff information pertinent to the project,
such as the displacement of existing staff, must be communicated to bidders along
with the implications;
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 107 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Providing enough time for compliance with regulatory requirements.
6.4.2 Request for qualification (RFQ)
The process includes:
Press notification & issuance of RFQ: This includes marketing the project to the industry. The
prepared RFQ is issued along with a notification.
Pre-bid meeting and responses: Bidders may wish to seek clarifications on the RFQ. All
clarifications have to be responded to, with changes made in the contract document accordingly,
and revisions shared with the bidders.
Evaluation of responses: The bidders’ responses to the RFQ are evaluated according to the
evaluation and selection criteria in the RFQ. The evaluation criterion considers the technical and
financial capability of the bidder, their understanding of the project, and their skills and experience
to deliver the project. Bidders that meet the RFQ criteria are notified by the authority and invited
to bid. The notification indicates the terms and conditions for obtaining the RFP, and the
document date and cost.
6.4.3 Request for proposal
Issuance of RFP: The RFP document is issued to the pre-qualified bidders. Bids from only such
pre-qualified bidders will be accepted.
Pre-bid meeting and responses: Bidders may wish to seek clarifications on the RFP and draft
contract document. All clarifications have to be responded to, with changes made in the contract
document accordingly, and revisions shared with the bidders.
Evaluation of responses: The evaluation of bids is an extremely important stage in the PPP
project life cycle. The bids received are assessed based on the specific compliance and selection
criteria, as specified in the RFP issued. Assistance of external advisers/ consultants may be
sought by the concerned authority for evaluation of bids. Opening of technical and financial
proposals should be done in separate meetings in which those bidders must be invited, whose
technical or financial proposal is going to be opened.
6.5 SIGNING OF CONTRACT
After evaluation of the bids and selection of the Preferred Bidder, the authority may issue a “Letter
of Award” to the Preferred Bidder. The letter shall specify the formalities to be completed, if any,
by the Preferred Bidder before signing the contract. The Preferred Bidder shall accept the Letter
of Award by issuing a Letter of Acceptance within the specified time limit, subsequent to which
the Preferred Bidder shall be declared as the Successful Bidder. The draft contract provided at
the RFP stage shall be finalised and signed between the Successful Bidder or a company
constituted by the Successful Bidder (as the private entity), as per the provisions of the RFP, and
the authority.
There shall be no modifications in the draft contract at this stage, except changes which have
been agreed prior to bid submission date, with all bidders, and except some administrative
changes for finalisation of the contract.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 108 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
7. POST AWARD CONTRACT MANAGEMENT
This chapter discusses the various processes in post award contract management, including
developing a sound monitoring framework to ensure smooth functioning of the project during its
lifecycle.
7.1 THE MONITORING FRAMEWORK
After developing a sound understanding of the functioning of a performance monitoring process,
a framework for implementing the same needs to be developed. This framework should be
comprehensive and should take care of all issues that might arise in the project lifecycle and with
due provision for review and update at any point of time.
Development of an ideal framework should consist of the following steps:
Step I: Collection & analysis of information needed
Step II: Analysing existing processes and tools for project quality measurement throughout the
project lifecycle
Step III: Setting the output requirements based on the terms agreed in the Concession
Agreement
Steps I-III are carried out during the development of the contract.
Step IV: Designing the performance review mechanism against the output requirements
including the KPIs
Step V: Reviewing the performance monitoring mechanism and updating the same
Steps IV-V are carried out during the monitoring period.
Exhibit 7-1 Performance Monitoring, Reporting & Review Framework
Step I: Collection & analysis of information
The authority needs to determine all parameters on which the private operator will be evaluated
for the quality of the project. Both qualitative and quantitative data are included. The authority
may need to also consider:
Which data sources are present and can be used for performance monitoring;
What other data sources need to be obtained;
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 109 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
In what form is information available or to be specified.
Step II: Evaluate existing processes and tools
The authority should decide what level of monitoring is most efficient considering the cost and
availability of resources. While the ITS generated data is generally the most effective way to
collect quantifiable data, there is no replacement for physical inspection, to experience and draw
conclusions on the qualitative aspects of the system.
Step III: Set the output requirements, design KPIs
In the context of managing a contract to deliver service quality, the main KPI aspects are:
Follow route assignment and operating schedule as set by the contract
specifications;
Failure to perform a service, or each incident where a service is cancelled, and
the Control Centre is not advised;
Comply with operating rules and service specifications;
Meeting vehicle standards of cleanliness and condition;
Following set procedures;
Meet reporting requirements;
Safe operation and driver performance.
Step IV: Design the performance monitoring mechanism
ITS and the agreed reporting structure should provide all the necessary data to enable sufficient
monitoring. However, it is essential to ensure that the primary task of the operator is not to furnish
the data for the authority, but to operate the business. ITS and computer data should make this
reporting relatively easy, but should not be used as a substitute for physical inspections to
evaluate qualitative aspects of customer service.
Regular meetings of all concerned officials must be conducted at agreed intervals to discuss any
performance related issues. These meetings must also include representatives from the side of
the private operator as well as any other related parties, to discuss the situation with them and
seek their opinion.
Step V: Review & update the performance monitoring system
Regular evaluation of the monitoring procedures, as well as the level of monitoring, will assist the
authority to assess its effectiveness.
7.2 MONITORING DURING THE COURSE OF OPERATIONS
The monitoring and control function will vary according to the type of contract. In a GCC, this
control is more stringent. In an NCC, outcomes are monitored and the authority would respond
to service issues that arise.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 110 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Exhibit 7-2 Monitoring and supervision London (GB): Financial incentives in a Gross
Cost Contract
7.2.1 Daily service monitoring
The daily monitoring will invariably require a Control Centre which, with the aid of ITS, can be
abreast with the daily service performance. This Control Centre may also be involved in service
planning, both the strategic service plan (setting overall parameters) and may also govern the
daily scheduled service. Other daily monitoring tasks will include monitoring and managing shift
start up (all scheduled buses arrive for service), AFC functions (managing faults and
breakdowns), responding to and managing emergency, accident or incident procedures, handling
lost property and responding to complaints and service failures. The Control Centre will have in
place standard operating procedures to cover all areas such as:
Control procedures
Vehicle breakdown response
Emergency or accident response
Malfunctions and technical support for support systems
Safety and security protocols and response procedures
Reporting procedures
Quality inspection procedures
Inspection and audit of contract items
Disciplinary procedures
7.2.2 Contract Management Procedures
For contract management, the authority will have to develop a comprehensive and agreed set of
procedures and processes under which it will administer the control and management of the bus
operator contract. It could be named as Contract Management Procedures Manual (CPM). It
would aim to provide explicit and clear guidance to reduce the amount of ‘ad hoc’, and arbitrary
Monitoring for Gross Cost Contract for buses is done by TfL as follows:
The “Quality Incentive” contract payments are based on a monitoring regime that primarily
measures the reliability of the buses. The contract dedicates an entire detailed section to
reliability. It states for example at which location and what frequency monitoring will take place.
In addition, customer satisfaction surveys are carried out, measuring waiting time & riding,
driving standard, cleanliness, information at bus stops, etc.
Other monitoring mechanisms include: Mystery travellers, driving standards reporting, accident
& incident reporting and environmental reporting.
Operator league tables are published for reliability and excess wait time. Other quality indicators
are reported at network level only.
Presently, monitoring is undertaken manually with a hand held device. However, TfL is in the
process of introducing GPS in the future. This tracking system would have additional benefits,
such as passenger information.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 111 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
decisions that need to be made with individual operators and to build confidence in the regulatory
process.
This manual would address control and monitoring issues not contained in the contract, and may
be changed and adapted as new situations arise. It would be valuable to consult operators in
these changes, so that there is a consensus on the fairness of such procedures.
The content of the manual could include:
Guidelines for ethical and ‘good’ practice
Responsibility of operators (items not detailed in the contract) rights and
obligations
Penalties for not meeting obligations
Rights and obligations of the authority
Reporting obligations of both parties
Driver conduct and sanctions
Enforcement protocols and procedures
Right of reply and redress for penalties challenged by the operator
Management of incidents
Management of safety standards
Dispute resolution procedures
Updating procedures for CPM.
Exhibit 7-3 Enforcement in Amsterdam (NL): Direct award with competitive threat
The authority awarded a Net Cost Contract for the management of the urban public transport
network of Amsterdam directly to the municipal operator. The contract was awarded for the
period 2006-2011 in direct award with a threat of a competitive tendering procedure if the
existing municipal operator was not able to deliver a bid under market conformity. Monitoring
controls operation of the agreed number of timetable hours per route, punctuality, the number
of realised planned connections, occupancy rate, and passenger satisfaction. A bonus/penalty
system is also in place.
The authority awarded a net-cost contract for the management of the urban public transport network of Amsterdam
directly to the municipal operator. The contract was awarded for the period 2006-2011 in direct award with a threat
of a competitive tendering procedure if the existing municipal operator was not able to deliver a bid under market
conformity. Monitoring controls the operation of the agreed number of timetable hours per route, punctuality, the
number of realised planned connections, the occupancy rate and passenger satisfaction. A bonus/penalty system
is also in place.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 112 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
8. IN LIEU OF A CONCLUSION
The advent of the private operator in effecting delivery of city bus services in India for public
transport is very recent and it would not befit to conclude the guidance document with crystallised
recommendations or directions. The guidance document does, however, provide the user with
necessary insight into the type of the long-term contract that would suit a city best and appropriate
the risks equitably, with an adequate mechanism for monitoring delivery of service. International
experiences in city bus operations offer a rich and varied source of instructive lessons for India’s
cities. Cities across the globe have had a variety of starting options; while some began with a
loosely regulated system (Santiago and Quito), some had already formalised operations
(operator franchises Curitiba) and some were specially designed to engage private operators in
public transport, replacing public bus systems (London and Adelaide). From such beginnings,
these cities have generally evolved on similar patterns of private and public involvement in city
bus services.
The global trend also presents a milieu of dominant informal, and unorganised private sector
followed by an increasing degree of public involvement and eventually culminating in a structured
system of private sector participation in well-defined concession contracts. Even in concession
contracts, variations exist in contractual parameters depending upon the context and
environment in a specific city. For example, contract durations have ranged from five years to
fifteen years; the roles of authority and operators have witnessed various variations. Adelaide
showcased partnership approach, where the authority engaged with operators before initiating
the bid process. While the provision of bus depots has remained with the authority in a majority
of the cities, some cities have also explored private ownership of bus depots. Each of the
alternatives for the provision of bus services came with its own advantages and limitations as
well, but the underlining endeavour was to deliver bus services at the lowest cost and meet or
surpass expected quality level. One key lesson from these diverse set of experience is that in
order to be able to assert control, the authority needs to accept such risks which the operators
cannot be expected to manage.
The model contracts are best appreciated along with perusal of the guidelines document which
recommends practices aimed at accelerating adoption of public-private partnership in city bus
operations. These documents have been prepared against the backdrop of state of the art review
of the practice of public transport delivery from city bus private operators. Practices of 10 Indian
and 5 international cities were studied and findings were discussed with different stakeholders
including senior officials from government departments, state agencies and municipal
corporations from various states & union territories, bus manufacturers, city bus operators and
various urban transport consultants.
In Indian context, city bus private operations are yet in a nascent stage and will evolve and mature
as both authorities and operators gain experience. Individual cities themselves are at varied
starting points of their journeys towards full exploitation of private participation in city bus
operations. While some cities are dominated by informal private operators or even have informal
private operators operating in tandem with public operators, other cities have had experience in
formalised private operators’ participation. As the sector evolves, certain practices which may
seem impracticable now would become viable options and win-win strategies for both, the
authority and private operator.
For example, a common perception in Indian experience is that inadequate planning before
commencing private city bus operations have resulted in complications that led to eventual failure
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 113 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
of contracts. To avoid this pitfall, the guidelines document has recommended that cities first
assess the prevalent business environment and then prepare the business model for bus
operations before considering contracting out bus operations. As cities adopt this practice, city
bus operations would provide the operators and the authorities a better understanding towards
making services sustainable and customer friendly.
Some other methods and models that could evolve in future, but haven’t been included as model
contracts at present are touched upon briefly in following paragraphs. These practices could be
incorporated into the existing model contracts by the authorities as and when cities mature in the
delivery of urban bus transport through private participation over long-term contracts; the
adoption could be through discussion with potential bidders, or with the help city-specific
transaction advisor to be appointed separately.
1. Depot Sharing
The model contracts have been prepared assuming each operator shall be the sole user of depot
facilities since the prevailing business environment and trust deficit between different operators
prevent the sharing of a common depot. Authorities, as well as, private operators have also
expressed reservations with shared depots, and accordingly, sole depots have been
recommended.
However, some cities, post experience of one or two model contracts, may find the model option
of sharing depots feasible as the requirement for buses increases and additional land for depots
becomes a challenge. This option of multiple operators working together has been exercised in
several cities (Adelaide, Curitiba) and a partnership approach could reasonably be expected to
evolve in Indian cities as well. Alternatively, multiple operators could also share a depot that is
managed by a third party.
2. Depot provided by operator
Establishing bus depots involves acquisition of land, requires high capital investment, and has a
lifespan much longer than that of movable assets like buses. Public authorities are generally
more capable of providing depot facilities as they control planning permissions, and often have
available land or land resumption powers. In this context, the model contracts provide for the
ownership of bus depots to remain with the authority.
However, as the sector matures in India, operators may develop the ability to provide their own
depot. At this stage, cities could consider the option of depots being provided by operators, while
ensuring that they are not captive to the operator holding strategic depot sites.
Cities might also consider leasing depots that have been constructed by operators with a leasing
period that is long enough for the operator to recoup its investment.
3. Step-In Rights
The provision of step-in rights for the authority in situations where the operator is unable to
continue service has not been recommended in the model contracts, assuming that authorities
currently do not have the capability to run the service on their own and procurement of another
operator may be quite time-consuming. However going forward, cities may build capability for
running services on their own and may want to have the ability to step-in if the operator fails to
provide bus services.
Step-in rights for the lenders could also be explored by the cities. Further, the model contracts
have provided the provision of asset transfer value in case of termination irrespective of the
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 114 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
responsibility in the event of default. However, cities may consider including the provision for the
lenders to step-in and provide a substitute operator.
4. Longer bus life
The service life of buses currently being utilised in India for city bus operations is generally around
eight years (around 750,000 kilometres) and is much lower than European buses that are
expected to perform beyond ten years (at least 1,000,000 kilometres). In future, buses with
performance similar or exceeding those of European buses could be introduced, necessitating
longer contract lengths and stricter performance standards.
Furthermore, with increased operational knowledge, cities may opt for much stringent
maintenance processes that would result in increasing the service life of present buses. These
changes would result in cities maintaining much higher performance standards throughout the
contract period. Another change is the possibility of extension of contract as buses are still
available for full service at the end of current proposed contract length of eight years.
5. Fare collection by operator
The provision of fare collection by the operator is provided in NCC as it is assuming the revenue
risk. With the introduction of newer fare collection technologies like contactless smartcards,
smartphone payment, etc., the operator doesn’t have to bear additional costs for revenue
collection and protection. In this situation, cities can explore fare collection by the operator even
when they are not assuming revenue risk. For example, in the London bus system, Oyster card
is used with card readers inside the bus for revenue collection. The card readers are connected
directly to the central server, thus, there is no involvement of a conductor for revenue collection.
6. Newer technologies
The model contracts have an implicit assumption that buses will continue to utilise fossil fuel.
However, with rapid technological advances, electric drivetrains could emerge form an emerging
to a mainstream technology in the near future. There is also possibility of automated public
transport system, on the likes of automated driving that is being pursued actively in passenger
car space. These changes could introduce significant changes in operating costs, and might
require modifications in the fare structuring, fare escalation formulas, and other operational
parameters.
The model contracts have considered probable changes in technology in the near future such as
the introduction of integrated fare, smart ticketing, etc. In line with this, roles and responsibilities
of the authority and the operator have been delineated. However, other practices which have not
been foreseen at present may also evolve and requires suitable modification in the contract.
City authorities are thus encouraged to create a forum where alternate practices / models could
be discussed and evaluated for adoption based on city environment. City authority can also take
help of Transaction Advisors in developing and evaluating alternative options suitable for the city
and also customise the relevant clauses of the contract accordingly.
With the above background, it is important to note that a sudden and massive change carries a
high implementation risk. It might be better to opt for a process that is more gradual, and leaves
room for trial and error in the journey. This would also require flexibility in contracts in the event
of changed circumstances or unanticipated outcomes. Each city must take stock of the local
situation, its strengths and weaknesses, threats and opportunities to assess its course of action
and methodology for finalising various contractual provisions.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 115 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
ANNEXURE I - DRAFT STRUCTURE OF MODEL CONTRACTS
COMMON ELEMENTS ACROSS FOUR MODEL CONTRACTS
Item
Scope of the project
Provide bus services under an area or a route contract, as specified by authority
[Procure a lot of buses as per specifications defined in the contract]43
Provide a driver for each bus, as per the bus procurement schedule
Operate and maintain the bus services according to the performance and quality standards specified
Maintain bus depot (for bus maintenance and repair)
Supply and maintain adequate consumables as required for regular upkeep of fleet
Establish a control room to respond to any vehicle breakdown or accident
Maintain a detailed daily log of the performance of each bus
Redress customer complaints and issues, in accordance with the provisions of the contract
Maintain LED display system on buses
Procure clearances for the operations of the project, as required
Ensure assured fleet availability as per the fleet deployment plan
Submit to authority, monthly reports in formats as provided in the contract
Information list to be
prepared by the
authority/ Preparatory
work to be done by the
authority
Comprehensive mobility plan for the area/township: current scenario of urban transport, expected growth in
traffic, recommendations
Technical specifications of buses
Performance and quality standards for the services to be provided
Design of the route system where applicable, or the demarcation of major areas for area contracts
Format of roadworthiness and fitness certificates (certificates attesting to the operable condition of the
buses) to be submitted, quality and performance standard checks on buses
Formats of documents to be submitted at the end of each month
Conditions precedent Private operator
Sign the contract within specified number of days after acceptance of letter of award
43 Delete: If procurement of buses is done by the authority
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 116 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Item
Execute depot license agreement
Execute the tripartite escrow agreement with authority and bank
Furnish performance security
Facilitate in procuring water supply and electricity connection
Procure all operator clearances that may be required for the project
Appoint duly licensed and trained drivers, and other staff members as required
Provide and install any necessary movable infrastructure such as equipment and machinery in bus depot.
Such equipment and machinery generally having life span equivalent to the project duration and/ or where
the cost of each such consumable, equipment and/ or machinery is less than Rs. ---- Lakhs
[Install ITS and other tracking system in lot of buses handed over by the authority]44
Authority
[Handover a lot of buses to the private operator]45
[Ensure activities related to road worthiness such as registration of buses, bus permit, payment of taxes etc.,
are completed before handover of buses to the operator]46
Handover depot for parking, maintenance, and regular upkeep of the buses
Execute depot license agreement
Execute the tripartite escrow agreement with operator and bank
Roles and
responsibilities of the
private operator
Furnish performance security to the authority
[Procure lot of buses as per specifications defined in the contract]47
[Procure bus license from RTO, registration of buses, payment of taxes etc.]48
Operate and maintain buses and depot facilities at its own cost
Ensure the LED system (on buses) is in working condition
Allow access to buses to all members of public
44 If buses are handed over by authority
45 If procurement of buses is done by authority
46 If procurement of buses is done by authority
47 If procurement of buses is done by the private operator
48 If buses procured by operator
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 117 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Item
Ensure that buses pick and drop at designated stops
Make arrangement at its own cost to tow-away dysfunctional buses without causing disruption of traffic and
provide stand-by buses to ferry stranded passengers within a period of 2 hours
Maintain a control room to monitor movement of buses and respond in an event of emergency
Provide adequate number of drivers and helpers
Provide training to drivers and technicians on regular basis
Maintain cleanliness on buses
Maintain adequate level of inventory for repair and maintenance of buses
With prior approval of authority, construct and maintain temporary structures within depot premise
Allow authority to undertake inspections as and when it deems fit
Procure, install and monitor communication devices on the buses to allow authority to monitor the bus
operation, as well as any other devices deemed necessary for the smooth operation of the system
Shall not tamper with such communication system/ITS and/or cameras installed
Comply with all Laws
Be liable for claims made and compensation awarded by Court of Law
Ensure safety of buses and depots against theft and vandalism
May collect revenue from advertisements inside and outside the buses and bus depot
Pay penalties as imposed by authority
Be joint holder of the escrow account along with the authority and bank
Arrange the capital funds and financing for the day-to-day operation of the bus services
Address consumer complaints forwarded by authority
Designate and appoint suitable officers to run the day-to-day activities of the transport system
Maintain harmony and good industrial relations with the authority
Pay the Employees State Insurance Corporation and Provident Fund contributions for the employees of the
private enterprise
Maintain the confidentiality of the contract
Bear the cost of premium, for each of the buses in the fleet, but the premium payment will be given to the
authority
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 118 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Item
The operator shall have obligations to assist in and abide by directions/queries by statutory government
bodies such as traffic police, CVC, CAG etc. with regard to the project
Roles and
responsibilities of the
authority
[Procure buses and handover to the private operator to carry out operations as per bus procurement
schedule]49
[Procure bus license from RTO, registration of buses, payment of taxes etc.]50
[Arrange for a comprehensive insurance policy, in the capacity of co-insurer along with the operator, for
each of the buses in the fleet. The authority will use the proceeds received from operator to take
insurance]51
Issue fitness certificate on buses procured by the private operator, to carry out operations
Handover and permit the operator to make use of the project facilities to carry out its roles and
responsibilities,
The bus depot or any other site identified for parking should have adequate parking facilities for buses
Grant all approvals, permissions, and authorisations, to be accorded by the authority on its own without
consulting the third party, that the private operator requires to complete the services satisfactorily
Regulate and oversee the management, planning, and control activities of the authority with respect to the
routes
Appoint project officer and/or independent engineer to monitor functioning of the operator, maintain record
of consumer complaints and forward to private operator, and maintain records
Conduct regular inspections of buses, from time to time
Levy penalties on private operator on account of non-performance
Monitoring mechanism
Private operator
Maintain project facilities in an orderly manner as per minimum service standards
Report any breach in service quality to the authority with explanation
Authority
49 If buses procured by authority
50 If buses procured by authority
51 If buses procured by authority
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 119 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Item
In the event of breach of minimum service quality standards, notify the private operator, who shall be liable
to pay penalty
In the event of the same breach in service quality of a serious nature (such as safety) occurring more than
three times, declare an event of default
Safety provisions The private operator should prudently follow, nationally accepted safety practices generally and reasonably
expected of a skilled and experienced private operator.
Performance standards
• Utilisation of rolling stock
o Fleet utilisation: No. of buses deployed for operation in time *100 / no. of buses in fleet (92-96%)
o Roadworthiness Fleet: No. of roadworthy buses*100/No. of buses in fleet (92-96%)
• Regularity of service
o Trip efficiency: number of trips/number of trips scheduled (>98%)
o Kilometre efficiency: number of kilometres operated/number of kilometres scheduled (>98%)
Punctuality of operations: number of trips on time/total number of trips (>98%); No. of trips on time at
destination / Total no. of trips(>98%) operated
Reliability of buses (per 10,000 km):1/ (number of breakdowns× 10,000/total kilometres operated) (>95%)
Safety of operations (per 100,000 km): 1/ (number of accidents× 10,000/total kilometres operated) (>99%)
Cleanliness of buses (per 1,000 trips): 1/ (number of buses reported dirty× 1,000/total number of trips
operated) (>95%)
User satisfaction (per 1,000 trips): 1/ (number of complaints × 1,000/ total number of trips operated) (>98%)
Deficiencies or defaults in service: total penalties levied × 1,000/total trips operated (XXX)
Defaults and
deficiencies
Bus-related defaults and deficiencies
o Damage to bus components like tyres, seats, rails, saloon lights, indicator lights, wiper system, wiper
blades, holds
o Damaged headlight/ front/ back brake light/ side marker light
o Unclean bus
o Loosely hanging bumpers
o Modification of colour /design paintwork
o Defective/damaged wheelchair ramp (if any)
o Missing/loosely hanging seatbelts
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 120 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Item
o Damages floor/step/hatches or hatch covers.
o Visible dents that are more than 5 mm in depth and 200 sq. Mm in area.
o Damaged, broken, loosely fitted, incomplete or missing passenger seats
o Defective operation of entry /exit doors, emergency exit doors/ hammer for breaking the glass
o Defective and or inoperative PIS partly or fully
o Installation of any type of decoration or non-functional items inside or outside the vehicle, not
originally installed in bus.
o Application of opaque films / paints etc. on side, front or back windows / glasses
o Excessive emission of visible smoke / abnormal noise of high intensity
o Non availability of specified fire extinguishers, lack of charge of same, expiry date due or no
specification of expiry date
Bus driver–related defaults and deficiencies
o Reckless driving
o Improper uniform
o Running of red lights and signals
o Failure to carry on-board personal identification and / or vehicle registration book / any other vehicle
identity
o Failure to carry first aid kit
o Refusal to provide information to authorised staff / passengers
o Park bus dangerously / at away from earmarked space in depot
o Disobedience to lawful instructions / orders of designated authorities
o Drunk while on-duty
o Irresponsible behaviour causing an accident
o Invasion of zebra crossings
o Carrying companions in driver work area
o Bus running out of fuel
o Delayed reporting of bus breakdowns / incidents en-route (reaction time < 30 minutes)
o Verbal or physical misbehaviour with passenger
o Failure to follow or acknowledge instructions of authorised staff
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 121 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Item
o Non submission of defect / route incidents reports etc. on completion of work shift but before leaving
depot premises
o Not carrying complaint book and or not presenting complaint book to passengers when demanded
Bus operator–related defaults and deficiencies
o Not following/ changing route
o Operating un-authorised hours or services/ routes.
o Parking in places other than those established by authority
o Not stopping at earmarked station en-route as scheduled
o Stopping at a station and/or place not earmarked for route service and or in a manner to cause
obstruction to other traffic.
o Picking or setting down passengers at points other than the scheduled bus stops.
o Delaying operation without cause
o Abandoning and/or alighting from vehicle without cause and or without informing Authority
o Stopping on / ahead of Zebra Crossing
o Not submitting roadworthiness certificate
o Not permitting transport authorities access to project facilities
o Damage to fixed infrastructure like roads and bus stops
Management information System (MIS) and ITS related infractions
o Delayed / incomplete / erroneous submission / non-submission of any / all of the prescribed MIS reports
o Applicable operations related reports e.g. vehicle productivity data - vehicle wise, route and trip wise; Data
about incidents / accidents / fatalities en-route along with cause-wise details
o Revenue data, way bill data, pox boarding- alighting details; concessional travel data, cost details
o Ticketing machines quantum in use, functioning, / serviceable / under repair and maintenance data
o PIS systems – serviceable / under break down repairs
o ITS equipment on–board and their serviceability status – daily bus wise and consolidated
o Bus fleet maintenance related data as per details and formats prescribed by the authority from time to time
- a few requirements are Fuel, oil and lubricants consumption data, Break down related data, Accidents
related data ,Pollution under control certification details, Noise checking data related to average life of
aggregates
Any other violation of rules prescribed by the authority
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 122 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Item
Events of default –
private operator
Non-compliance with performance standards
Non-adherence with safety norms
Using the project facilities other than the permitted activities
Refusal of ply buses as per fleet deployment plan
Generating revenue from the project facilities, other than payment by the authority
Material breach of contract
Insolvency of the private operator
Non-replenishment of performance security
Failure to pay utility bills
[Delay by more than 30 days in procurement of lot of buses]52
Events of default –
authority
• Non-transfer of project facilities required for maintenance and parking of buses to the operator despite
satisfactory completion of all conditions precedent
• [Delay in procurement of lot of buses]53
Consequences of
default
• In the event of default, either party will issue notice to the other party and indicate a suitable time period, but
not less than 15 days, to cure the defect.
• Failure to Cure the defect may lead to termination of the contract
In case of private operator default
• The performance security will be encashed
• The authority will also make good from the private operator any costs, expenses, or losses it may have
incurred because of breach or failure on the part of the private operator
• Clear all dues pending to the private operator
In case of authority default
• The authority will release the performance security
Qualification criterion
Technical criterion
• Experience of operating Buses,
• Experience of operating Trucks, and/or
52 If procured by operator
53 If procured by authority
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 123 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Item
• Experience of operating Taxis
An experience weight may be granted on each of the categories, as shown in the exhibit below:
Experience weights
Category Experience Weight
Buses 1.00
Trucks 0.40
Taxis 0.80
Higher weightage is granted to buses (both contract and stage carriage) then weightage to trucks and buses.
Suitable conversion shall be made based on size of the vehicle in terms of the details set out in exhibit below:
PCU Factor54
Type PCU Factor
Bus 3.00
Mini/Midi Bus 1.50
RTV 1.50
Taxi 1.00
Truck 3.00
Experience Score for a given category = Number of vehicles x Experience Weight x PCU Factor x Number of months
of operations in the last five years/12= XX PCU Years
Score for each category shall be added to arrive at the Total Experience Score. If the Total Experience Score is
more than the minimum Experience Score only then the bid shall meet the technical criterion.
Financial criteria
• Minimum Net Worth of [insert in rupees (in words)]55 at the close of the preceding financial year
• Minimum Average Annual Turnover equivalent to [insert in rupees (in words)]56 in the immediately preceding
last 3-5 years
54 RFQP for cluster no. 2, 3, 4, and 5: Operation of Private Stage Carriage Services
55 This amount should be 15% (fifteen per cent) of the Estimated Project Cost of the project for which bids are being invited
56 This amount may be equivalent to 25% of the Estimated Project Cost
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 124 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Item
Handover of assets
On termination of the contract, the private operator will hand over to the authority the project facilities which
were handed over to it, in good working condition, subject to wear and tear.
[Handover buses to authority at the end of the concession contract, in good working condition]57
Three months prior to the end of the contract, joint inspection by authority and Operator shall be undertaken
and any defects should be rectified
MODEL CONTRACT I – GROSS COST CONTRACT SPECIFIC ELEMENTS
Item Model I – GCC
Roles and
responsibilities of
the private operator
Provide additional bus trips, as mutually agreed, on occasions, after getting written instructions from the
authority
Timely submit invoice to authority as per prescribed format on monthly basis
Roles and
responsibilities of
the authority
Collect all revenues (from fares and passes) accruing from the project and deposit them in an escrow
account
Timely make payment of O&M fee to the private operator
In writing, ask the operator to provide additional buses
Provide conductors in each bus to collect ticket fare
If the operator is not able to complete the route due to some en-route incident such as demonstrations,
then it will not be considered as a default on operator’s part
Terms of payment
Receive the payment (per km) with tax deducted at source and any other taxes that are applicable from
the authority
Private operator shall provide a detailed breakdown of the amount payable per km.
The payment will be subject to review depending upon the provisions in the contract.
Detailed breakdown
of payment terms
A detailed breakdown of the amount payable per km must be provided in terms of the following:
Staff labour costs per kilometre
Fuel, oil, and lubricant costs per kilometre
Tyre costs per kilometre
57 If buses were procured by the authority
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 125 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Item Model I – GCC
Repair and maintenance costs per kilometre
Depreciation and interest amount per kilometre
Taxes, fees, and insurance per kilometre
Other amount per kilometre (including equity rate of return for the operator)
Events of default –
authority
• More than a month’s delay in depositing the payment due to the private operator
Consequences of
default
In Case of Authority Default
Clear all dues pending to the private operator
Bidding parameter The fixed fee of Rs XXX per kilometre, to be paid by the authority. The private operator quoting the lowest fee
will be selected as the successful bidder
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 126 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
MODEL CONTRACT II – HYBRID GROSS COST CONTRACT SPECIFIC ELEMENTS
Item Model II – Hybrid GCC
Roles and
responsibilities of the
private operator
Provide additional bus trips, as mutually agreed, on occasions, after getting written instructions from the
authority
Timely submit invoice to authority as per prescribed format on monthly basis
Roles and
responsibilities of the
authority
Collect all revenues (from fares and passes) accruing from the project and deposit them in an escrow
account
Timely make payment of O&M fee to the private operator
In writing, ask the operator to provide additional buses
Provide conductors in each bus to collect ticket fare
If the operator is not able to complete the route due to some en-route incident such as demonstrations, then
it will not be considered as a default on operator’s part
Terms of payment
Receive the payment (per km and bonus payment based on ridership growth) with tax deducted at source
and any other taxes that are applicable from the authority
Private operator shall provide a detailed breakdown of the amount payable per km.
The payment will be subject to review depending upon the provisions in the contract.
Detailed breakdown of
payment terms
A detailed breakdown of the amount payable per km must be provided in terms of the following:
Staff labour costs per kilometre
Fuel, oil, and lubricant costs per kilometre
Tyre costs per kilometre
Repair and maintenance costs per kilometre
Depreciation and interest amount per kilometre
Taxes, fees, and insurance per kilometre
Other amount per kilometre (including equity rate of return for the operator)
Events of default –
authority
• More than a month’s delay in depositing the payment due to the private operator
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 127 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Item Model II – Hybrid GCC
Consequences of
default
In Case of Authority Default
Clear all dues pending to the private operator
Bidding parameter The fixed fee of Rs XXX per kilometre, to be paid by the authority. The private operator quoting the lowest fee will be
selected as the successful bidder
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 128 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
MODEL CONTRACT III – NET COST CONTRACT SPECIFIC ELEMENTS
Item Model III – NCC
Scope of the
project
Collect fare-box revenue from passengers travelled
Roles and
responsibilities of
the private
operator
Collection of fare box revenue
Roles and
responsibilities of
the authority
If the operator is asked to change route by a competent authority due to some en-route incident such
as demonstrations, then the operator will be compensated by the authority for that route.
Monitoring
mechanism
Private operator
Share MIS reports and any other data generated through ITS with authority
Terms of payment Private operator shall retain fare box revenue
Timely payment of route authorisation fee to the authority
Events of default
– private operator
More than a month’s delay in depositing the payment due to the authority
Bidding parameter The System Management Fee payable to the authority or receive grant from authority. The private operator
quoting the highest fee/lowest grant will be selected as the successful bidder.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 129 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
MODEL CONTRACT IV – HYBRID NET COST CONTRACT SPECIFIC ELEMENTS
Item Model IV –Hybrid NCC
Scope of the
project
Collect fare-box revenue from passengers travelled on all routes. In addition, on select routes, receive per Km O&M
Fee. (The O&M will be fixed by the authority)
Information list to
be prepared by
the authority/
Preparatory work
to be done by the
authority
Prepare a list of routes, and separately mention the routes on which bonus payment is applicable.
Roles and
responsibilities of
the private
operator
Collect fare box revenue on all routes, and per Km O&M fee on Class II routes.
Roles and
responsibilities of
the authority
For Class II routes, pay the operator per km O&M fee
If the operator is asked to change route by a competent authority due to some en-route incident such as
demonstrations, then the operator will be compensated by the authority for that route.
Monitoring
mechanism
Private operator
Share MIS reports and any other data generated through ITS with authority
Terms of payment Private operator shall retain fare box revenue from all routes, and receive per km O&M fee on selected routes
Timely payment of System Management Fee to the authority or grant to the operator
Events of default –
private operator
More than a month’s delay in depositing the payment due to the authority
Bidding
parameter
The System Management Fee payable to the authority or receive grant from authority. The private operator quoting the
highest fee/lowest grant will be selected as the successful bidder.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 130 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
ANNEXURE II – GUIDANCE NOTE ON USE OF
MODEL CONTRACT
Introduction
The model contract is a template contract for use in public procurement for city bus operations.
The purpose of this annexure is to serve as a link between the guidelines document and model
contracts. It describes the process to be followed by city managers to customise the model
contract to city-specific contract. This annexure assumes that city managers are familiar with the
procurement process.
As detailed out in this guidelines document, the process starts with assessing the business
environment. In this stage, the external environment for providing public transport including profile
of the city, competition, review of planning transport system and planning documents, and review
of policy, regulatory, and institutional framework. The assessment of business environment has
been discussed in detail in Chapter 2 of this guidelines document.
After assessing the business environment in the city, the next step is to plan the business model.
This involves network and service planning, setting service standards, planning infrastructure
requirement, revenue collection, monitoring and control, dispute resolution, and marketing and
branding for the project. The assessment of business environment has been discussed in detail
in Chapter 3.
Now comes the stage to determine which Contract suits the city. Deciding the ‘right’ Contract is
one of the most critical aspects. Various types of contract types have been discussed in Chapter
4. On the basis of a scoring-based decision framework provided in the chapter, the Contracting
Authority shall select a contract type suitable for the city.
Once the contract type is selected, contract parameters need to be finalised. These contract
parameters include procurement of fleet, contract duration, etc. The guidelines for selection of
contract parameters have been discussed in detail in Chapter 5. After selecting the contract
parameters, the city managers need to customise the model contract document to a city-specific
contract. The exhibit below represents this process.
Contract Timeline
In order to provide a broad overview of activities from issuance of Letter of Award to the operator
to return of the Performance Security after expiry of the Contract, the major milestones dates or
stages or periods in the Project have been represented on a timeline. The exhibit below provides
this Project timeline.
Finalisation of contract document
Selection of contract
parameters
Choosing the right contract
Planning the business
model
Assess the business
environment
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 131 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Contract Description
The contract is divided into six parts namely Preliminary, Operations, Financial Covenants, Force
Majeure and Termination, Other Provisions, and Schedules. The parts are further subdivided into
33 Articles and 18 Schedules. This note provides the purpose of each Article, brief description of
various clauses in each Article and changes to be made by the authority to make it specific to
their city. However, cities should use their judgment while making specific changes in the model
contract document.
Recitals
The Recitals contains variable elements including:
▪ The date of Contract;
▪ Details of the Contract parties;
▪ Area of jurisdiction of the authority
▪ Description of tender documents;
▪ Performance Security
Date
The date of execution of the Contract should be inserted here.
Parties
The parties to the Contract must be accurately set out here. The full legal name of both the
Contracting Authority and the Private operator should be inserted here.
Area of Jurisdiction of the authority
The area of the jurisdiction in terms of city and state should be inserted here.
Description of tender documents
The description of tender documents particularly the Request for Proposal and Submission
should be clearly identified by title, date and any reference number.
Performance Security
The Performance Security amount and details of the bank guarantee should be inserted here.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 132 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Exhibit II-1 Coverage of Model Contract
Preliminary
Article 1 Definitions & Interpretations
Article 2 Performance Security
Article 3 Scope of Work
Article 4 Grant of Contract
Article 5 Conditions Precedent
Article 6 Obligations of the operator
Article 7 Obligations of the authority
Article 8 Representations and Warranties
Article 9 Disclaimer
Operations
Article 10 Buses
Article 11 Bus Depot
Article 12 Entry of Respective Lot of Buses into Commercial Service
Article 13 Operations
Article 14 Maintenance
Article 15 Monitoring of Operation and Maintenance
Financial Covenants
Article 16 Payment to the operator
Article 17 Escrow Account
Article 18 Insurance
Article 19 Accounts and Audit
Force Majeure and Termination
Article 20 Force Majeure
Article 21 Change of Scope
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 133 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Article 22 Termination
Article 23 Divestment/Handback on Termination
Article 24 Defect Liability after Termination/Expiry
Other Provisions
Article 25 Assignment and Charges
Article 26 Change in Law
Article 27 Liability and Indemnity
Article 28 Rights and Title over the Project Facility
Article 29 Dispute Resolution
Article 30 Disclosure
Article 31 Redressal of Public Grievances
Article 32 Miscellaneous
Article 33 Definitions
1. Definitions & Interpretations
a. Intent
This article specifies what constitutes defined terms and the general principles that
will apply while interpreting this Contract.
b. Brief Description
Words and expressions beginning with capital letters and listed in Article 33 constitute
defined terms. This article also describes the principles which shall be used while
interpreting the Contract and how any ambiguities and discrepancies in the Contract
shall be dealt with.
c. Changes to be made
This article shall not need any changes.
2. Performance Security
a. Intent
The Performance Security is provided to mitigate the risk of the operator failing to
perform its obligation under the Contract. This article specifies the details of
Performance Security including amount, duration of the security, and the conditions
under which it shall be appropriated and released.
b. Brief Description
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 134 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Performance Security has to be maintained by the operator, valid and in full force and
effect at all times during the Contract Period to guarantee the performance of its
obligations as per the Contract. The Performance Security guarantee shall be
furnished by the operator to the authority in the format specified in Schedule IV at
least 3 days before the signing of the Contract.
This Article also covers the details on the conditions under which Performance
Security may be appropriated. The amount of the performance security is calculated
as 5% to 10% of the estimated project cost which includes the capital cost as per
General Financial Rules 2005 Rule 158 issued by Ministry of Finance, Government of
India. In a situation in which buses are procured by authority the Performance Security
amount shall be higher in comparison to a situation in which buses are procured by
operator.
c. Changes to be made
The amount of the Performance Security as per Schedule IV – Performance Security.
3. Scope of Work
a. Intent
The Operator’s primary responsibility is to provide bus services. However, this shall
require the operator to also perform activities which support this endeavour and this
Article specifies the work that the operator agrees to undertake in this Contract.
b. Brief Description
The Scope of Work of the operator shall mean and include the activities outlined in
this Article and Schedule I.
The authority shall prepare Schedule VIII – Fleet Procurement Schedule and
Schedule IX – Fleet Deployment Plan before this Article can be customised.
The Fleet Procurement Schedule provides the number of Buses and dates on which
the respective Lot of Bus will be procured and put into service. These dates have been
linked with the Effective Date (fulfilment of Conditions Precedent).
The Fleet Deployment Plan shall be prepared as per the format given in Schedule IX
using the methodology described in Section 3.4 in the guidelines document. The Fleet
Deployment Plan provides a detailed route-wise plan including the number of buses
per route, and the frequency and headway time periods.
c. Changes to be made
If procurement of buses is done by the authority then sub-clause (c) to be deleted
from Schedule I – Scope of Project.
4. Grant of Contract
a. Intent
This Article specifies the provisions under which this Contract shall be awarded. The
start and end date of the Contract (Contract Period) and the start and end date of
commercial operation (Operation Period) has also be defined.
b. Brief Description
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 135 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
The details on what the operator is consenting to fulfil under this Contract and details
on the Contract Period including when the Contract shall come into effect are covered
in this Article.
c. Changes to be made
The length of Operation Period shall be added following the guidance provided in
Section 5.5 in the guidelines document.
5. Conditions Precedent
a. Intent
This Article specifies the conditions that both Authority and Operator need to fulfil
before the Contract becomes effective. Such conditions are collectively termed as
“Conditions Precedent”.
b. Brief Description
A list of conditions along with the time period has been mentioned in the Article. Some
major ones are described as below:
i. Depot License Agreement – this agreement guides both the parties on how
the depot facility has to be used throughout the Contract Period. The Depot
License Agreement has been provided in Schedule V. The authority shall also
determine the annual rental amount the operator shall pay to the authority.
This rental amount shall be a nominal amount such that it does not create
undue financial burden on the operator.
ii. Further, in Schedule VI, a list of equipment to be installed, operated and
maintained either by authority or Operator at the bus depot has been provided.
Most common and important equipment has been listed in the Schedule,
though, the authority may modify this list as per its needs.
iii. Authority and Operator shall sign an agreement with the Escrow Bank. The
format of the agreement is provided in Schedule XII. All cash inflows and
outflows pertaining to the project are to be carried through this Account.
The number of days within which these conditions need to be fulfilled is
recommended to be between 45 and 60 days. The selected bidder needs to
incorporate an SPV before the signing the contract so this time period needs to
be given to the successful bidder. The damages payable for delay or non-fulfilment
of conditions precedent is also provided in this Article.
c. Changes to be made
i. The number of days from the Execution date within which the conditions need
to be fulfilled.
ii. The number of days between progress reports on fulfilment of conditions
precedent.
iii. The damages payable per bus for each day’s delay in fulfilment of conditions
precedent.
6. Obligations of the operator
a. Intent
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 136 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
This Article details out the obligations that the operator has to fulfil as part of this
Contract throughout the Contract Period.
b. Brief Description
The Article is divided into multiple parts. The first part discusses the obligations related
to the operator’s Scope of Work, then those related to the all the Agreements under
and including this Contract, and the remaining parts cover obligations relating to
change in ownership structure of the operator, and employment of staff.
The major obligations of the operator are:
i. Operation and Maintenance (O&M): This clause describes the O&M
obligations of the operator specifically pertaining to buses, bus depot, annual
maintenance contract, compliance with warranty terms, record and reporting
requirement, repair and replacement, inspection, and co-operating with the
authority or a Third Party appointed by the authority and allow it to discharge
its respective obligations
ii. Project agreement: The clause details the obligations pertaining to all other
agreements as part of the Contract
iii. Change in Ownership: This clause describes Operator’s obligations
pertaining to Change of Ownership of the operator during the Contract Period
iv. Employment of staff: This clause describes the obligations pertaining to
appointing drivers and other staff by the operator. It also includes the minimum
qualification of staff. The minimum experience for drivers is considered 3 years
as that gives the drivers sufficient experience to operate the buses in a safe
and efficient manner while adhering to a schedule.
c. Changes to be made
i. Clause 6.1.1 (a), (b), (z), (aa) requires change depending on whether the
operator or the authority is procuring buses.
ii. The duration each bus halts to pick up and allow passenger(s) to get off/board
the bus at the nominated Bus Stops. The duration called dwell time is
recommended to be 20 seconds. Dwell time is proportional to the boarding
and/or alighting volumes and the amount of time required to serve each
passenger. 20 seconds assumes 2 door channels, 9 passengers at the busiest
door in each bus, 2 second passenger service time and 2 second for door
opening and closing. The times are as per Transit Capacity and Quality of
Service Manual 2nd Edition.
iii. Clause 6.1.1 (n) requires change depending on whether the authority is
sharing advertisement revenue with the operator.
iv. Clause 6.1.5 (d), (e) requires change depending on whether the operator or
the authority is procuring buses.
v. The stipulated time period for notifying defects in any bus component or
equipment. The recommended time is 1 day.
vi. Clause 6.1.6 (a), (b) requires change depending on whether the operator or
the authority is procuring buses.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 137 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
7. Obligations of the authority
a. Intent
Though the operator has to undertake the project, but there are many obligations that
the authority has to undertake for effective implementation of the Project. This Article
specifies the obligations of the authority with regard to this Contract.
b. Brief Description
The obligations in addition to the terms and conditions of this contract and rights of
the authority is detailed out here. The major obligations of the authority are
i. The authority shall construct, equip, operate and maintain the Control Centre
at the Bus Depot. The Control Centre is equipped with ITS to monitor the
performance of the operator. On the basis of data analysis of the data
generated by the ITS, the authority will impose penalty on Operator and make
performance payment.
ii. Regulate and oversee the management, planning and control activities with
respect to the network and service plans.
c. Changes to be made
i. Clause 7.1.1, 7.1.2, 7.1.17, 7.1.19 needs to be changed depending on whether
the operator or the authority is procuring buses.
ii. In Clause 7.1.17, name of the city has to be added.
8. Representations and Warranties
a. Intent
A warranty is a representation by one party in respect of certain facts. Breach of a
warranty gives rise to a right to recover damages but does not entitle the injured party
to repudiate the Contract. This article specifies the assurances that one party gives to
another party.
b. Brief Description
The assurances provided by the operator to the authority and those by the authority
to the operator is given here. The major representations from both parties are
i. It has full power and authority to execute and perform its obligations under
this Contract
ii. It has the financial standing and capacity to undertake the Project
iii. It has no prior actions, suits, or proceedings pending whose outcome may
result in the default or breach of this Contract
c. Changes to be made
i. The name of the city and the State to be added in Clause 8.1 (e).
ii. If the operator is not a consortium, make changes in Clause 8.1 (g), (k), (q),
iii. If the operator is a consortium, then names of all Consortium Members be
mentioned in Clause 8.1 (l), (m), (q).
9. Disclaimer
a. Intent
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 138 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
This article specifies the statements which are intended to limit the liabilities of the
authority.
b. Brief Description
The major statements which limit the liabilities of the authority are
i. The Operator acknowledges that it has made a complete and careful
examination of the risk and hazards that are likely to arise in the course of
performance of its obligations and shall have no claim against the authority in
this regard,
ii. All risks relating to the Contract shall be borne by the operator unless
otherwise provided in the Contract.
c. Changes to be made
This article shall not need any change.
10. Buses
a. Intent
This article specifies the details for buses to be used under the Contract. This includes
standards and specifications of the buses, who will make investment in the buses,
how procurement or handover will occur, damages for delay in either procurement or
handover, what is required for readiness for the commencement of bus services, and,
damages due to an accident.
b. Brief Description
The major details of the buses included here are
i. The Buses of pre-defined standards and specifications shall be put into Bus
Service. The detailed standards and specifications have been specified in
Schedule VII. Schedule VII – Bus Specifications shall be prepared before this
article can be customised. The Bus Specifications shall follow from Ministry of
Urban Development Urban Bus Specifications.
ii. The owner of Buses shall achieve Readiness for Commencement of Bus
Service. The Readiness for Commencement of Bus Service means the
activities that need to be undertaken to ensure Buses are roadworthy. These
activities include joint inspection of Buses, procuring certification of
registration, fitness, insurance, etc.
c. Changes to be made
i. In Clause 10.2 replace the word “Operator” with the word “Authority” if bus is
being procured by the authority.
ii. Clauses 10.3 and 10.5 are applicable only if procurement of Bus is being done
by the operator. Otherwise replace it with words “Intentionally left blank”
iii. Clause 10.4 and 10.6 are applicable only if procurement of Bus is being done
by the authority. Otherwise replace it with words “Intentionally left blank”
iv. If Clause 10.5 is applicable the amount of damages payable for each day of
delay in procurement of buses. This is recommended to be around Rs. 1000
per day of delay for each Bus.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 139 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
v. If Clause 10.6 is applicable the amount of damages payable for each day of
delay in hand over of buses. This is recommended to be around Rs 1000 per
day of delay for each Bus.
vi. In Clause 10.7, delete sub clauses identified in the footnote if procurement is
done by the authority.
vii. In Clause 10.7.6, the amount of damages payable for each day of delay in
attaining Readiness for the Commencement of Bus Service. This is
recommended to be around Rs. 1000 per day of delay for each Bus.
viii. In Clause 10.8.3, delete part of the clause if Bus is being procured by the
operator.
11. Bus Depot
a. Intent
The intent of this Article is to detail the usage of the Bus Depot throughout the Contract
Period. It details about the ownership, how handover is to occur, what equipment and
facilities are to be made available, etc.
b. Brief Description
The major details of the Bus Depot provided here are:
i. Details of the hand over process
ii. Equipment and facilities to be made available by the authority at Bus Depot
and those to be arranged by the operator.
iii. Obligations of the operator for security and safety at the Bus Depot
iv. Details on hand back process including what equipment the operator is
allowed to take away
c. Changes to be made
The number of days within which Authority shall address any deficiencies in
equipment and facilities at the Bus Depot.
12. Entry of Respective Lot of Buses into Commercial Service
a. Intent
Before buses can enter into commercial service, several actions need to be taken by
both the operator and the authority. These actions which ensure roadworthiness of
the bus include inspecting buses, obtaining insurances, etc.
This article specifies the actions required by both parties before buses can come into
commercial operation. Furthermore, the damages payable in case of delay from either
party is also specified.
b. Brief Description
The major actions to be fulfilled are:
i. Activities that ensure roadworthiness of buses is completed
ii. Obtain and maintain all Applicable Permits in accordance with the Applicable
Law and as specified in Schedule III. Applicable Permits are necessary to
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 140 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
initiate the project. They should be procured by the operator in accordance
with Schedule III.
iii. Ensure that all requisite insurances under Applicable Law in accordance with
Article 18 has been procured.
c. Changes to be made
i. In Clause 12.1.1, delete sub-clause as applicable if procurement is by the
operator
ii. In Clause 12.1.2 a, delete sub-clause if procurement is by the authority.
iii. In Clause 12.2.1, the extension allowed for obtaining COD and damages
payable for each day of delay.
13. Operations
a. Intent
For providing bus service, the responsibility for various aspects such as fare
determination, fare collection, route setting etc. should be clear. This article details
these various aspects of operations of the bus services.
b. Brief Description
The various aspects covered are
i. Obligations and Responsibilities of the operator while operating the buses
ii. Responsibility allocation in determining routes, frequency and schedules and
in the Fleet Deployment Plan
iii. Responsibility allocation for passenger fare determination and passenger fare
collection
iv. Procedures to be followed in the event of incident en-route
v. Permissible advertisement and the revenue sharing arrangement. There is no
straightforward answer to whether Authority shall contract advertising through
an outside agency. However, experience has demonstrated that most
Authorities engage an outside agency as they receive a guaranteed minimum
or anywhere from 50 to 60 percent of ad sale revenue, without having to get
into another line of work.
vi. Details on the training provided to staff employed by the operator including
content, duration and location of training
c. Changes to be made
Clause 13.11 is applicable only if advertisement revenue is shared with the operator.
14. Maintenance
a. Intent
For reliable bus operations, the buses as well bus depot have to be regularly
maintained. This Article specifies the responsibilities of both parties for maintenance
of buses and bus depot.
b. Brief Description
The various aspects covered are:
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 141 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
i. Activities which are respective responsibility of the operator and the authority
as part of the maintenance of buses
ii. Activities to be undertaken by the operator for maintenance of bus depots
iii. O&M schedule that the operator has to follow
iv. Damages payable for breach of maintenance obligations
v. Process of reimbursement in case of damages due to vandalism
c. Changes to be made
This article shall not need any changes.
15. Monitoring of Operation and Maintenance
a. Intent
The Operator has to maintain a minimum performance standard in the delivery of bus
operations. This Article specifies the details on how monitoring of operation and
maintenance is to take place.
b. Brief Description
The various aspects covered are:
i. Real-time data (captured through ITS) and monthly status reports to be
submitted by the operator to the authority
ii. Circumstances that warrant submission of reports of unusual occurrence
iii. Parameters considered for inspection and evaluation of performance of the
operator
iv. Remedial measures for any deficiencies found
c. Changes to be made
This article shall not need any changes.
16. Payment to the operator
a. Intent
This Article specifies the payment to be made to the operator as per this Contract.
b. Brief Description
The various aspects covered for Gross Cost and Gross Cost Hybrid Contract are:
i. O&M Fee payable to the operator including what constitutes bus kilometres,
basis for payment, schedule for payment and formula for revision of O&M Fee
ii. Formula for service quality evaluation and schedule for the same
iii. Penalty payable for delay in payment of O&M Fee
iv. Conditions under which penalties are levied on the operator
The various aspects covered for Net Cost Contract are
i. Details on the System Management Fee that the operator shall pay or Grant
that the authority shall give
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 142 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
ii. Responsibility for deciding Passenger Fare and schedule for fare revision
including its formula
iii. Formula for service quality evaluation and schedule for the same
iv. Conditions under which penalties are levied on the operator
The various aspects covered for Net Cost Hybrid Contract are
i. Details on the System Management Fee that the operator shall pay or Grant
that the authority shall give
ii. Responsibility for deciding Passenger Fare and schedule for fare revision
including its formula
iii. Monthly bonus payment for routes classified as Class II routes in the Contract
iv. Formula for service quality evaluation and schedule for the same
v. Conditions under which penalties are levied on the operator
c. Changes to be made
i. In Gross Cost and Gross Cost Hybrid Contract, the number of days within
which payment shall be made from the receipt of the invoice.
ii. In Gross Cost and Gross Cost Hybrid Contract, % share for wage rate and fuel
rate in the PKOMF revision formula. In Net Cost and Net Cost Hybrid Contract,
% share for wage rate and fuel rate in the Passenger Fare revision formula.
iii. The number of years the Operation Period can be extended and the requisite
service quality.
iv. In Net Cost and Net Cost Hybrid Contract, either of Clause 16.1 or Clause 16.2
shall be applicable if Operator pays System Management Fee or receives
Grant. For both cases, the amount received or paid shall be added.
v. The weightage of each parameter in service quality evaluation shall be
modified as per the specific requirements of the city.
17. Escrow Account
a. Intent
An Escrow Account is used to manage inflows and outflows of cash specifically for
revenue receipts and disbursements along set payment guidelines. This is done so
that both parties have assurance that neither would default on its obligations. This
article specifies the details on the Escrow Account to be opened for the Contract.
b. Brief Description
The various aspects covered are:
i. Opening of Escrow Account and the minimum amount to be maintained in this
account. An amount equivalent to 2 months O&M Fee shall be maintained in
the Account as the payment cycle to the operator in full is of 2 months.
ii. Deposits to be made in the Escrow Account
iii. Withdrawals to be made from the Escrow Account during Contract Period and
on Contract termination
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 143 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
c. Changes to be made
i. The number of days from the Execution Date within which the Escrow Account
shall be opened.
ii. The minimum amount to be maintained in the Escrow Account (measured in
the number of months). The number of months should be minimum 2 months
as the operator realises the full revenue only towards the end of 2nd month for
services rendered.
iii. Clause 17.2.1 (c), 17.3 (e), 17.4 (e) shall be deleted if Buses are procured by
the operator.
iv. Clause 17.2.1 (f) shall be deleted if advertisement revenue is not shared with
the operator.
18. Insurance
a. Intent
This article specifies the insurance to be taken by the authority as well as the operator.
The Contract requires all insurances required by Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 to be
maintained and documentation on that to be provided to the authority in a timely
manner.
b. Brief Description
The various aspects covered are
i. Insurances to be taken include but are not limited to third party insurance
cover, standard fire and perils policy for any loss and damages to the Buses,
Bus Depot and Parking Space, and workmen’s compensation insurance
ii. Timeline for insurances to be taken by the operator and furnish proof to the
authority
iii. Process of claiming insurance and application of insurance proceeds
c. Changes to be made
i. In Clause 18.1, the word “Authority” shall be replaced by “Operator” if Bus is
being procured by the operator.
ii. Clause 18.4 shall be deleted if Bus is being procured by the operator.
19. Accounts and Audit
a. Intent
This Article details the accounting requirements for the operator including when
audited accounts are to be provided to the authority.
b. Brief Description
The Operator shall maintain accounts in accordance with standard accounting
practices and statutory requirements under Indian Law and shall provide audited
copies of such accounts within 90 days from the date of close of each Financial Year.
90 days is a reasonable time for the operator to close its books of account and audit
them.
c. Changes to be made
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 144 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
This article shall not need any change.
20. Force Majeure
a. Intent
Force Majeure are circumstances beyond the control of both the operator and the
authority. This article specifies what constitutes Force Majeure and what shall be the
consequences of Force Majeure Event.
b. Brief Description
The various aspects covered are:
i. Acts or events that shall be considered Force Majeure situation including
classification of those into Non-Political Events and Political Events
ii. Responsibility of reporting Force Majeure Event
iii. Effect a Force Majeure event has on the Contract including cost allocation for
costs arising out of a Force Majeure
iv. Conditions for Contract termination following Force Majeure and the payment
to be made in such a situation
v. Conditions under which affected party is excused from performance of
obligations on account of Force Majeure
c. Changes to be made
Clause 20.8.1 (b) shall be applicable only if procurement of buses is by the operator.
21. Change of Scope
a. Intent
The operating conditions envisioned for the Contract may change during the Contract.
This might require both parties to consider amending the Contract. This article
specifies what constitutes change of scope and procedure for initiating change of
scope both by the authority and the operator.
b. Brief Description
The various aspects covered are:
i. Events that shall result in Change of Scope
ii. The details on who may initiate change of scope and limits on scope change
iii. The procedure for change of scope initiation either by the authority or the
operator
iv. The responsibility for payment in case of Change of Scope
v. Payment to be made in case of Change of Scope.
c. Changes to be made
In Clause 21.6.1, the word “Operator” shall be replaced by “Authority” if the Buses are
procured by the authority.
22. Termination
a. Intent
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 145 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
The Contract envisions both parties to fulfil their obligations. However, if there is wilful
disregard of these obligations, the Contract should have provisions which allows for
termination of the Contract. This article specifies what constitutes Operator Event of
Default, Authority Event of Default, and the termination payment for these events of
default.
b. Brief Description
The various aspects covered are
i. The events which shall lead to Operator Event of Default and Authority Event
of Default
ii. Termination Payment under both Operator and Authority Event of Default
iii. Additional Payments for Assets defined as Asset Transfer Value if Buses are
procured by the operator
iv. Rights and obligations of Authority upon Termination of Contract
v. Rights and obligations which shall survive termination of Contract
c. Changes to be made
i. Clause 22.3.1 a, 22.3.1 c, 22.3.2 b, 22.3.2 d shall be applicable only if Buses
are procured by the operator.
ii. Clause 22.3.3 shall require change if Buses are procured by the authority.
23. Divestment/Hand back on Termination
a. Intent
Bus Operations should go on smoothly regardless of the operator providing it. A plan
to ensure orderly transition from the operator to the authority and/or any successor
Operator should be present. This article details the obligations of the operator during
the Transition Phase and the handover of assets upon termination of Contract.
b. Brief Description
The various aspects covered are
i. The obligations of the operator during the Transition Phase so as to ensure
orderly transition from the operator to the authority and/or any successor
Operator
ii. The assets which are to be handed over to the authority upon Termination and
the procedure for this
c. Changes to be made
i. Clause 23.2.3 shall require change if Buses are procured by the operator.
ii. Clause 23.2.8 shall be applicable only if Buses procured by the operator.
24. Defect Liability After Termination/Expiry
a. Intent
This article specifies the duration after Contract termination till which the operator has
an obligation to repair or rectify defects or deficiencies observed in the Buses.
b. Brief Description
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 146 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
The Operator shall have an obligation to repair or rectify at its own cost all defects and
deficiencies observed in the Buses for a period of 45 days after Termination
Date/Expiry Date.
c. Changes to be made
This article shall require no change.
25. Assignment and Charges
a. Intent
The Contract is not a saleable commodity. Assignments are possible only if there is
written permission from the authority. This article thus specifies the rights and duties
that can be transferred to a third party by both the authority and the operator.
b. Brief Description
The various aspects covered are
i. The restrictions on assignment and charges and permitted assignment and
charges
ii. Conditions under which assignment can be done by the authority
c. Changes to be made
Clause 25.1.3 (a) shall require change if Buses are procured by the operator.
26. Change in Law
a. Intent
The Operator is obliged under the Contract to comply with all applicable legislation.
The cost of complying with legislation which is current or foreseen at the time of
Contract is the responsibility of the operator. However, the operator may not be
capable of including in the price specific costs arising from changes in law which are
not foreseeable at the time of entering into the Contract. This article specifies what
constitutes change in law and what is not included in it.
b. Brief Description
The various aspects covered are
i. Events which shall be considered change in law and which shall not be
considered
ii. Process for modification of Contract if such change has a material adverse
effect
c. Changes to be made
This article shall require no change.
27. Liability and Indemnity
a. Intent
This article specifies the instances under which the operator and/or the authority shall
be indemnified against suits, proceedings, actions, demands and claims from third
parties for any loss, damage, cost and expense arising out of breach of the Contract.
b. Brief Description
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 147 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
The various aspects covered are
i. General indemnities against all liabilities or losses incurred
ii. Specific instances where the operator indemnifies the authority
iii. Process if there is any notice or contest of claims
iv. Rights available to Indemnified Party to defend against any claims
v. Limits to indemnities specified
c. Changes to be made
This article shall require no change.
28. Rights and Title over the Project Facility
a. Intent
This article specifies the rights the operator and the authority have over the Project
Facilities.
b. Brief Description
The various aspects covered are
i. Rights of the operator and that of the authority over the Project Facilities
ii. Restriction on Operator from sub-letting any Project Facility
c. Changes to be made
This article shall require no change.
29. Dispute Resolution
a. Intent
This article confirms a willingness by the parties to engage in dispute resolution
amicably and specifies the procedure for dispute resolution under this Contract.
b. Brief Description
The various aspects covered are
i. Basic process in case of any dispute
ii. Specifics on the process of conciliation, arbitration and adjudication
c. Changes to be made
This article shall require no change.
30. Disclosure
a. Intent
The Operator is required to allow access to the authority documents and records
relating to the bus operations especially those relating to safety of the Buses. This
article mentions the specified documents that the operator has to make available for
inspection.
b. Brief Description
The Operator shall make available for inspection “Specified Documents” which shall
include copies of this Contract and data relating to safety of the Buses.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 148 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
c. Changes to be made
This article shall require no change.
31. Redressal of Public Grievances
a. Intent
This article describes the procedure of recording and resolving public grievances
related to bus operations.
b. Brief Description
The various aspects covered are
i. Process of recording public grievances which shall include maintaining public
relations office with a complaints register open to public access
ii. Process of redressal of complaints which shall include inspecting complaint
register every day and taking prompt action for redressal of each complaint
c. Changes to be made
1. This article shall require no change.
32. Miscellaneous
a. Intent
This Article discusses various legal, commercial and technical aspects of the Contract.
b. Brief Description
The major aspects covered are
i. Obligations which shall survive Termination of Contract
ii. The laws which shall govern the Contract and place for jurisdiction of Contract
iii. Details on communications given by both parties including the language to be
used in notices given by one Party to other Party
c. Changes to be made
i. The name of the city shall be added in Clause 32.1.
ii. The name of the authorised officer shall be added in Clause 32.14
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 149 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
ANNEXURE III - GUIDANCE NOTE ON USE OF
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
OBJECTIVE
A Request for Proposal (RFP) is issued at a stage in procurement process, where an invitation
is presented to the potential bidders, to submit a proposal for city bus private operations. The
RFP process brings structure to the procurement decision and is meant to allow the risks and
benefits to be identified clearly upfront, so that the bidders can factor in the same while
responding to the invitation.
The RFP is aimed towards selecting the most competent bidder with the economically
advantageous price.
STRUCTURE OF THE RFP
This RFP document for the “Selection of Operator for City Bus Private Operation” for Authority
comprises of the following:
a. Instructions on the Bid process for the purpose of responding to this RFP. This broadly
covers
i. General Instructions for Bidding process
ii. Bid evaluation process including parameters for Technical and Financial
Evaluation to facilitate Authority to determine bidder’s suitability as the operator
iii. Financial Bid and Other Formats
b. Functional and Technical Requirements of the Project. The contents of the document
broadly cover the following areas:
i. About the project and its objectives
ii. Scope of work for the operator
iii. Functional and Technical Requirements
DATASHEET
The bidders shall be provided with the Data Sheet comprising of important factual data on the
tender.
The information required herein are:
i. Name of the authority
ii. Date, time and venue of the Pre-Bid Conference
iii. Contact Details for requesting clarifications
iv. Bid Security Amount: The objective of submission of Bid Security Amount is to establish
the earnestness of the bidder so that it does not withdraw, impair or modify the offer within
the validity of the bid. This amount has been set at 1% of the Estimated Project Cost as
per Model RFP issued by the Planning Commission.
v. Selection Criteria: The criteria shall be “Per Kilometre O&M Fee (PKOMF)” for Gross
Cost and Gross Cost Hybrid Contract and “System Management Fee (SMF)”/”Grant” for
Net Cost and Net Cost Hybrid Contracts. The project will be awarded to the Bidder quoting
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 150 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
lowest PKOMF for Gross Cost and Gross Cost Hybrid Contracts. In case of Net Cost and
Net Cost Hybrid Contracts, the project will be awarded to the bidder quoting the highest
SMF and in the event no bidder offers SMF, then to the Bidder seeking lowest Grant.
vi. Date and Time for last day of submission for Proposal
INTRODUCTION
This section provides details on the background of the project, brief description of the bidding
process and the schedule of bidding process.
Background
The project background provides the following project details.
i. Background and need of services to be provided
ii. Project particulars including the estimated project cost, and duration of contract. The
duration of contract has been discussed in detail in section 5.5 of the guidelines
document. The estimated project cost shall be the capital cost of the project.
iii. The scope of work envisioned for the operator
Brief Description of Bidding Process
The Bidding Process envisioned is a single-stage three envelopes process. The procurement
process has been discussed in detail in section 6.2.5 of the guidelines document. The three
envelopes process include the following.
i. Test for Responsiveness: This includes a set of minimum documents that the Bidder
shall submit to express willingness to bid for the project. If the Bidder fails to submit any
of these documents then the Bid is rejected at this stage itself, without evaluating the
Technical Bid.
ii. Technical Bid: This shall determine whether each Bid meets the Technical Capacity and
Financial Capacity for the Project. The Technical and Financial Capacity is discussed in
Eligibility Criterion section below.
iii. Financial Bid: The Bidder shall quote the Financial Bid as discussed in the section above.
On the basis of which a Bidder shall be selected.
Schedule of Bidding Process
This section details the schedule of the Bidding Process. The schedule includes:
i. Last Date for receiving queries: D(Date of issue of RFP) + 25 days
ii. Date of Pre-Bid Conference: D + 30 days
iii. Bid Due Date: D + 45 days
iv. Opening Dates: Within 15 days from the Bid Due Date
v. Letter of Award
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS
General
The general instructions including the scope of the bid, the eligibility of bidders, etc. are detailed
in this section. The Scope of the Bid provides details on who is eligible to bid .i.e. single entity or
a group of entities (Consortium) including the maximum number of members in a consortium.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 151 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
The Scope also clarifies that the bidder shall submit only a single bid for the project and if applying
individually or as a member of consortium shall not be entitled to submit another bid.
Documents
The documents which constitutes the bidding documents is detailed in this section. This includes
RFP along with all Appendices, Draft Contracts and Schedules. Any clarifications and
interpretations that maybe issued by the authority in due course of the bidding process will also
be deemed part of the RFP.
Preparation and submission of bid
The format, signing, sealing and marking along with language is detailed in this section. The Bid
Due Date and procedure for modification/withdrawal of bids is also detailed in this section.
BID CONTENTS, ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA AND EVALUATION
Contents of the Bid
The bidders shall submit their bid in 3 separate envelopes put together in one single outer
envelope:
i. Envelope 1: Test of Responsiveness
a. Power of Attorney
b. Bid Security
c. Details of Vehicle Permits
d. Jt. Bidding Agreement in case of Consortium
ii. Envelope 2: Technical Bid
a. Technical Capacity of the Bidder
b. Financial Capacity of the Bidder
iii. Envelope 3: Financial Bid
Eligibility Criteria
Technical Capacity: The Technical Capacity criteria demonstrates the technical capacity and
experience of the bidder. Experience in performing similar services as well as skill set gained
from experience in logistics and customer service is considered. The criterion has been discussed
in detail in section 6.3.2 of the guidelines document. The criteria considers the following:
a. Experience of operating buses: Similar service
b. Experience of operating trucks: Experience in providing logistics services, and
scheduling, operations and maintenance of fleet
c. Experience of operating taxis: Experience in customer interface, and scheduling of
fleet
However, all experiences are not considered equally important. Higher weight is granted to
buses. The weightages for trucks and taxis are kept such that the product of weight and
Passenger Car Unit (PCU) factor is less than the same product for buses.
Category Experience Weight
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 152 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Buses 1.00
Trucks 0.40
Taxis 0.80
Passenger Car Unit (PCU) Factor is utilised to convert all experiences to a single unit.
Type PCU Factor
Bus 3.00
Mini/Midi Bus 1.50
RTV 1.50
Taxi 1.00
Truck 3.00
Experience Score for a given category = Number of vehicles x Experience Weight x PCU
Factor x Number of months of operations in the last three years/12
The Experience Score calculated for each bidder shall be compared with the Minimum
Experience Score. For calculating the Minimum Experience Score, the number of buses shall be
50% of the buses to be Operated and Maintained by the operator over a period of three years.
For example, if 100 buses are to be Operated and Maintained by the operator, then the Minimum
Experience Score shall be 450 (50 * 1 * 3 * 36/12) Years.
Financial Capacity: The Financial Capacity criteria demonstrates the financial capacity and
experience of the bidder. This intention of putting this criterion is to ensure that the Bidder has a
minimum size and experience to deliver the project. The criteria considers:
a. Net Worth at the close of the preceding financial year: The Net Worth should be 15% of
the Estimated Project Cost. This qualification ensures that the bidders have sufficient
financial strength to raise the equity and debt necessary for undertaking the project.
b. Average Annual Turnover in the immediately preceding last 3 years: The average
Annual Turnover should be equivalent to the 25% of the Estimated Project Cost. This
factor is an indication of Bidder’s cash flows and financial health
2. The minimum percentages have been decided keeping in mind that the Bidder may be
involved in multiple projects at the same time.
In case of Consortium, the Consortium members on whose strength Bidder shall be selected
should hold at least 26% of the equity in the project SPV. This would ensure that members with
small equity holdings are not included for the sole purpose of achieving qualification. In other
words, only the experience and net worth of consortium members with a substantial stake is to
be counted as they alone can be expected to implement the project successfully and bear the
project risks. Qualifying a consortium on the strength of a member who has a small equity holding
can lead to unintended outcomes and jeopardise the assurance of success that is offered by a
member who has a substantial stake.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 153 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Evaluation
The evaluation shall follow the procedure described below
i. Step 1 – Responsiveness of Bid
Envelope 1: Test of Responsiveness shall be opened for evaluation and the authority
shall determine whether each bid is responsive to the requirements of the RFP.
ii. Step 2 – Evaluation of Technical and Financial Capacity
Envelope 2: Technical Bid shall be opened for evaluation for bidders who qualify in Step
1 and the authority shall determine whether the Bidder has met the Minimum Experience
Score and meets the Financial Capacity requirements.
iii. Step 3 – Evaluation of Financial Bid
Envelope 3: Financial Bid shall be opened only for Bidders who qualify in Step 2. The
evaluation criteria here is as below.
3. Contract Type 4. Selected Bidder
5. Net Cost Contract 6. Highest “System Management Fee”. If no bidder quotes
SMF then lowest “Grant”
7. Net Cost Hybrid Contract 8. Highest “System Management Fee”. If no bidder quotes
SMF then lowest “Grant”
9. Gross Cost Contract 10. Lowest “Per Kilometre O&M Fee”
11. Gross Cost Hybrid Contract 12. Lowest ‘Per Kilometre O&M Fee”
The Bidder selected as per the exhibit above will be issued a Letter of Award
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 154 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
ANNEXURE IV - RESPONSIBILITY ALLOCATION MATRIX This Responsibility Allocation Matrix should be taken as a guidance rather than a prescription.
Sr. No. Parameter Gross Cost Gross Cost
Hybrid Net Cost Net Cost Hybrid
1. Planning
a. Route planning Authority
b. Infrastructure planning Authority
c. Passenger fare Authority
2. Buses
a. Procurement of Bus Either – Authority or Operator
b. Ownership Party procuring the Buses
c. Operations and Maintenance Operator
3. Revenue risk Authority Shared between
Authority &
Operator
Operator Operator
4. Infrastructure
a. Bus Stops
i. Land acquisition Authority
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 155 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
ii. Construction58 Authority
iii. Procurement of plant and equipment Equipment which has life greater than the contract duration and/or cost more than
a certain amount, to be procured and installed by authority. Remaining plant and
equipment is to be procured by the operator.
iv. Ownership, and operations and
maintenance59
Authority
b. Bus Depot
i. Land acquisition Authority
ii. Construction60 Authority
iii. Ownership, and operations and maintenance Operator
c. Bus Terminal
i. Land acquisition Authority
ii. Construction61 Authority
iii. Ownership, and operations and
maintenance62
Authority
58 Authority on its own, or a third party appointed by it
59 Authority on its own, or a third party appointed by it
60 Authority on its own, or a third party appointed by it
61 Authority on its own, or a third party appointed by it
62 Authority on its own, or a third party appointed by it
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 156 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
5. Monitoring and control
a. Control centre
i. Civil construction Authority
ii. Equipping Party by authority & Operator
iii. Ownership and Operations and maintenance Party procuring the equipment
b. On-board ITS equipment
i. Procurement and ownership Operator
ii. . Operations and maintenance Operator
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 157 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
ANNEXURE V – FLEET
Responsibility Allocation for Fleet Planning
Legend:
Ao - Authority (outsourcing)
PO- Private operator for bus operation
Pr – Private agency for revenue collection
Pi- Private agency for ITS / IT
Authority – Activities essentially by authority
‘A’ – Authority for information / ensuring compliance / activity by choice
Yellow highlighting – to be decided
Sr.
nr Activities Sub activities / Sub-components
Responsibility
Options
Authority (A)
/ Ao
Private
operator (P)
Authority &
private
operator
1.
Buses Planning bus fleet requirement - quantitative - category and capacity
wise A / Ao
Setting Policy for serviceable life of buses, scrapping and disposal A / Ao
Setting up depreciation policy and depreciation fund A / Ao
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 158 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Setting standards and specification of buses A / Ao
Acquisition of buses – RFP, bid process management, ordering A / Ao PO A & PO
Inspection, approval and receipt A / Ao PO A & PO
Ownership and Investment in buses A PO A & PO
2.
Bus operations Service planning, setting trip schedules and headways –
route wise and service category-wise
Manpower planning – drivers
Arranging revenue collection
Financial Planning
A / Ao
Preparation of bus and driver schedules PO
Deployment of buses with drivers on routes PO
Tracking bus operation en route A PO
Checking bus operations en route for service quality, commuter
complaints, presentation of buses
A / Ao PO A & PO
Deployment of replacement buses for buses failing on road PO
Recovery of broken down buses to depot PO
Arranging for repair of buses at site PO
Attending to commuter complaints, incidents en-route, etc. A PO
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 159 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Attending to accidents, organising removal of damaged vehicle,
medical aid to accident victims, preparing accident reports, etc.
A PO
3.
Bus fleet
maintenance
management
Planning for fleet repair and maintenance requirement - Laying down
bus maintenance standards and specifications;
A PO A & PO
Laying down policy about process for scrapping of buses and bus
aggregates, disposal of Scrapped buses, aggregates, etc.
A PO A & PO
Acquiring / developing periodic and preventive, condition based
maintenance schedules - their contents and periodicity; Identification
and Segregation of all repair and maintenance activities for bus fleets
on the basis of complexities involved, nature of plant/equipment and
staff skills required; assessment of quantum of workload and critical
mass for each group of activities plant wise, etc.
A PO A & PO
Setting up bus fleet maintenance management system e.g. A Two tier
Unit replacement based maintenance management system; Setting
unit wise (aggregate wise) norms for quantum of float of assemblies;
Firming up activities to be carried out at two tiers - viz at central
workshop and at depot workshops;
A PO A & PO
Requirement planning for stores and spares by developing
consumption standards of spares, etc. for reconditioning and repair /
maintenance of buses;
A PO A & PO
Acquiring /developing specifications for materials / spares, etc. for
procurement and quality assurance;
A PO A & PO
Laying down inventory management policies, norms, etc. A PO A & PO
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 160 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Procurement, storage, distribution of spares amongst user depots,
accounting of stores, disposal of obsolete and scrap items
A PO A & PO
Planning for repair and re-treading of tyres - quantum in each
category, process for re-treading and cut repairs, storage and
distribution system, scrapping and disposal of scrapped tyres,
A PO A & PO
Planning processes for repair and maintenance requirement / loads of
various activities at Depots and Central workshops;
A / Ao A & PO
Planning for and Identification of plant and equipment, machinery and
tools, etc. for depots;
A / Ao A & PO
Acquisition, installation and commissioning of such items at depot
workshop;
A / Ao A & PO
Repair and Maintenance of plant and equipment at depots A PO
Planning for and Identification of plant and equipment, machinery and
tools, etc. for Central workshop;
A / Ao A & PO
acquisition, installation and commissioning of such items at CWS; A / Ao
Repair and Maintenance of plant and equipment at Central workshop A / Ao
Staff requirement assessment category wise- skill level wise
separately for depots and central workshop;
A / Ao A & PO
Setting staff requirement norms for depots and central workshop;
planning for training and career development, etc. of workshop staff; ,
A / Ao A & PO
Planning for training and career development, etc. of workshop staff; , A / Ao PO A & PO
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 161 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Recruitment, induction and training of technical staff at depot
workshops
A / Ao PO A & PO
Recruitment, induction and training of technical staff at Central
workshops (CWS)
Reconditioning of aggregates, repair and retrieval of worn out items,
testing / calibration of repaired and reconditioned aggregates, etc. at
CWS
A / Ao
Repair of major accidental buses; fabrication of bus body items and
their fitments including, repair and maintenance /replacement of
seats / upholstery, body panels, glasses, etc.
PO
Monitoring and control of maintenance activities and functions, setting
performance parameters and bench marking their standards of
achievement, collection of data for various activities / functions
consumption levels including those of spares, fuels, lubes, tyres, etc.;
their analysis, identification of deviations / defaults compared to
benchmarks for corrective action.
A / Ao PO A & PO
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 162 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Identification of activities and decision making
Sr.
nr
Activities /
decision
area
Sub activities / Sub-
components for as part of
business process / decision
matrix / contracts
PT service contract options
Preferred
option
Why preferred? Action /
decision
by GCC NCC Combin
ation
1
Fleet size per
Depot / per
operator
Maximum fleet size per depot GCC NCC GCC+N
CC GCC
To be limited to about 100 buses
for optimal management and use
of resources
Fleet size, travel demand and
depot land / space guided.
While NCC faces Issues in
expansion, GCC conveniently
accommodates such
requirements.
Minimum / maximum fleet per
operator GCC NCC
GCC+N
CC All
For operational, maintenance and
managerial convenience /
improved performance, fleet size
per operator be planned in
multiples of depot capacity in
terms of fleet size.
One operator per depot, one
make /model of buses in a depot
fleet
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 163 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Requirement assessment process
Sr
nr Item Description Process / remarks / comments etc.
1 13. Buses
Process of assessment of bus fleet size
Basis of assessment of fleet requirement:
spatial, temporal and category wise travel
demands – daylong & peak period;
Service levels – span of operations, trip head
ways route wise, - demand directed and policy
directed
Overall city wide travel demand, route wise
Average pax trip length
Assess overall requirement of standard buses inter-
alia considering:
o city wide travel demand in terms of pax km
and
o supply capacity of standard buses in terms of
carrying capacity km (seated + standees)
Set acceptable range of operational head ways
Identify bus sizes /capacity corresponding to travel
demand and range of headways
Select bus size/capacity that meets the demand at
minimal headway
Allocate fleet route wise
Group buses around prominent origin- destinations for
allocation to depots
2
Fleet size per
operator – type of
permits and
general suitability
for NCC or GCC
Authority as operator – entire fleet with the authority /
operator
Private operator – on area permits - NCC as an
option :
Clearly demarcated operational area essential with
minimal inter-area operations
Entire fleet to one operator per area.
‘Competition for market’ possible basis for Area
allotment
Further depending upon fleet size and operator’s
capacity for investment and management of larger
fleets.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 164 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
For lack of capacity as above - allot large fleets to
multiple operators in multiples of up to about 100
buses – though fraught with all the ills of
‘competition in the market’ and hence not a
preferred option.
NCC- could be considered for area permits and
single operator though still fraught with problems of
incorporating variations in services, etc.
Private operator –on ‘route permits’ :
Entire fleet for each route to one operator - NCC
‘Competition for market’ possible basis for Area
allotment
Yet dangerous and unsafe competition ‘in-market’
unavoidable particularly on overlapping portions of
routes and also fraught with problems of
incorporating variations in services, etc.
NCC generally unsuitable for route contracts - ‘in-
market competition’ being almost always
unavoidable
GCC - the preferred option for route permits
Fleet size as per route demand and capacity of
operator to invest and optimally manage
Fleet size per operator normally synchronising with
depot capacity and further allotment in multiples of
one or more depot capacity.
No ‘in market competition’ even if more than one operator
on a route and or extensive overlapping of routes
Asset ownership investment, operation and maintenance
Assets Responsibility Remarks
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 165 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Sr.
No.
Description / assets /
activities
Possible Options as who / which
agency suitable / should do
Preferr
ed
option
Decisio
n by
Authority Private Joint –
Authorit
y +
Private
1. Bus
fleets
Operation A Po A+Po Po A
Acquisition A Po A+Po Po
Investment A Po A+Po Po
Fleet ownership A Po A+Po Po
Insurance A Po A+Po Po
Long term legal liability in
case of accidents including
after completion / termination
of contracts
A Po A+Po Po
Scrapping and disposal of
buses at the end of contract Po Po
Phasing out of buses
prematurely, if warranted, A Po A+Po A+Po
Maintenance at depot level A Po A+Po Po
To be considered for large fleets
forming a critical mass for the
workshop
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 166 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Terms and condition for such
arrangement, cost of repaired
aggregate, revision of costs, warranty,
etc. to be specified
For smaller fleets – arrangement by
operator and acceptance by authority
to be firmed up.
Heavy repairs /
reconditioning at Central
Workshop (CWS) level
mainly related to bus
aggregates
A Po A+Po A, Ao
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 167 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
ANNEXURE VI – INFRASTRUCTURE
Responsibility allocation for infrastructure Planning
Legend:
Ao - Authority (outsourcing)
PO- Private operator for bus operation
Pr – Private agency for revenue collection
Pi- Private agency for ITS / IT
Authority – Activities essentially by authority
‘A’ – Authority for information / ensuring compliance / activity by choice
Yellow highlighting – to be decided
Sr.
nr Activities Sub activities / Sub-components
Responsibility
Options
Authority (A)
/ Ao
Private
operator (P)
Authority &
Private
1
Infrastructural
facilities
14. Infrastructure and other Facilities planning A / Ao
Depots
Identification of depot activities, Planning depot location, size,
facilities, etc.
A / Ao
Preparation of depot layout plans, designs, facilities, etc. A / Ao
Land acquisition A / Ao
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 168 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Construction, provision of all utilities, etc. A / Ao
Maintenance of depot buildings, utilities, etc. A PO
Planning for depot plant and equipment, its lay- out, equipment specs
and standards, etc.
A / Ao
Acquisition of plant and equipment, installation and commissioning A / Ao PO A & PO
Maintenance of Plant and equipment A PO A & PO
Terminals
Identification of terminal activities, Planning terminal location, size,
facilities, etc.
A / Ao
Preparation of terminal layout plans, designs, facilities, etc. A / Ao
Land acquisition A / Ao
Construction, provision of all utilities, etc. A / Ao
Maintenance of terminal buildings, utilities, facilities, etc. A / Ao
Bus Stops
Identification of Bus Stops location, size, facilities, design, etc. A / Ao
Land acquisition A / Ao
Construction, provision of utilities, etc. A / Ao
Maintenance of Bus Stops sheds, utilities, facilities, etc. A / Ao
2 MIS MIS system design
MIS reports for management, monitoring and control,
A / Ao PO A & PO
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 169 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Data compilation for future growth and PT services planning
Operations related info for monitoring and control of operations
performance and service quality delivery
A / Ao PO
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 170 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Identification of activities and decision making
Sr.
nr
Activities /
decision
area
Sub activities / Sub-
components for as part of
business process /
decision matrix / contracts
PT service contract
options Preferred
option Why preferred?
Action /
decision
by GCC NCC Combin
ation
1
15. Information
and
communicatio
n/
16. ITS-IT
Information is generated,
communicated and
processed using ITS/ IT –
normally installed ‘on –
board’, on bus terminals /
shelters and in control rooms
in each depot as well as at a
central location,
Clarification needed about
division of responsibility and
the process of utilisation of
data / information and
coordination amongst a
number of operators, service
providers, agencies, etc.
In a multi-cornered NCC
or GCC systems – better
to have ownership of
control rooms by authority
-- design, procurement,
operation and
management by out
sourced agency (Pi),
Operators to share costs
to seek assistance of
control rooms / use info
/data.
Recovery equipment –
owned by each operator
and suitably located –
deployed on obtaining
alerts from control rooms
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 171 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Requirement Assessment Process
Sr
nr Item Description Process / remarks / comments etc.
1
17. Infrastructure –
quantum and
locations
Bus Depots
Assessment of no. of depots, their locations, facilities and
equipment, etc.
Depot locations near clusters of route ends /origins –
destinations for least dead km operation
Depot size - one depot of about 5 acres land per 100
buses for optimal utilisation of assets and for efficient
management of resources / operations –
Depot facilities on the basis of all activities envisaged
in depot, frequency of occurrence and cycle time of activities
Plant and equipment planned similarly.
Bus terminals
Terminal locations at transfer intensive stops en route
and or at trip origin / destination clusters
Terminal Size and facilities worked out on the basis
of quantum of operations, bus dwell times, bus terminal times
at route ends, etc.
Bus stops/ shelters
On both sides of the route at an average distance of
about 350 to 750 meters adjusted to traffic concentrated
demand locations
Facilities to meet commuter needs
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 172 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Asset ownership investment, operation and maintenance
Sr.
No. Assets
Description / assets /
activities
Responsibility
Preferred
option Remarks
Decision
by
Possible Options as who /
which agency suitable /
should do
Authori
ty Private
Joint –
Authori
ty +
Private
1 Depots
Land acquisition A A
Design, construction,
provision of utilities and
commissioning
A, Ao A, Ao
Investments A A
Ownership A A
Insurance A Po Po
Use of depot facilities A Po A+Po A+Po
Maintenance of buildings
and yard – civil assets A, Ao Po
A,
Ao+Po
Po /
A, Ao
Po to do this activity to the
satisfaction of Authority
assessed through outsourcing.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 173 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Arrangement conducive to avoid
blame game.
Maintenance of utilities A, Ao Po A,
Ao+Po
Po /
A, Ao As above
Long term legal liability in
case of accidents including
that after completion /
termination of contracts as
legal cases take long periods
till settlement
A / Po
Clearance or indemnity bond /
security / bank guarantee
required by authority till
finalisation of case.
Treatment at the contract
end:
Given to operator / Retained
by authority
A A, Ao
Likely condition of the depot
/utilities, etc. at the end of
contract be handed over to the
authority in prescribed condition
and accepted by operator;
condition to be verified by
outsourcing
2 Plant &
Equipment
Operation Po
Acquisition A Po A
Investment A Po A
Ownership A Po A
Insurance A Po A
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 174 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Maintenance A, Ao Po Po
AMC and its administration by
authority with equipment
suppliers - but blame game
possible between operator and
authority
Po be made a party to AMC and
responsible for administration of
AMC and for payments
Long term legal liability in
case of accidents including
that after completion /
termination of contracts as
legal cases take long periods
till settlement
A / Po
Clearance or indemnity bond /
security / bank guarantee
required by authority till
finalisation of case.
Treatment at the contract
end:
Given to operator / Retained
by authority
A Po A, Ao
Likely condition of the equipment
at the end of contract be specified
by authority and accepted by
operator; condition to be verified
by ‘Ao’ before taking over by
owner
3 Moveable
equipment
Operation Po
Acquisition Po Po
Investment Po Po
Ownership Po Po
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 175 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Insurance Po Po
Maintenance Po Po
Long term legal liability in
case of accidents including
after completion /
termination of contracts
Po / A
Clearance or indemnity bond /
security / bank guarantee
required by authority till
finalisation of case.
Given to contractor /
Retained by authority
Po Po
4 Terminal
Land acquisition A A
Design, construction,
provision of utilities and
commissioning
A, Ao A, Ao
Investments A A
Ownership A A
Insurance A, Ao A, Ao
Operations / management A, Ao A, Ao ‘A’ through ‘Ao’ - outsourcing
Use of terminal and its
facilities A, Ao Po A+Po A+Po+Ao
‘Ao’ may be allowed commercial
exploitation of terminal assets
Maintenance of buildings
and yard, bus shelters, street A, Ao A, Ao
‘A’ to do this activity through ‘Ao’
- to the satisfaction of Authority.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 176 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
furniture, etc. – all civil
assets
Maintenance of utilities A, Ao A, Ao As above
Long term legal liability in
case of accidents including
that after completion /
termination of contracts as
legal cases take long periods
till settlement
A, Ao
Clearance or indemnity bond /
security / bank guarantee
required by authority from ‘Ao’ till
finalisation of case.
Treatment at the contract
end:
Given to operator / Retained
by authority
A A, Ao
Likely condition of the terminal
and its facilities at the end of
contract be specified by authority
and accepted by Ao;
Condition to be verified by third
party outsourcing before handing
over to ‘A’
5 Bus stops
Land acquisition A A
Design, construction,
provision of utilities and
commissioning
A, Ao A, Ao
Investments A A
Ownership A A
Insurance A, Ao A, Ao
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 177 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Operations / management A, Ao A, Ao ‘A’ to do this activity through ‘Ao’
outsourcing
Use of bus stops / shelters
and its facilities A, Ao Po A+Po A+Po+Ao
‘Ao’ may be allowed commercial
exploitation of assets
Maintenance of bus shelters,
street furniture, etc. – all civil
assets
A, Ao A, Ao
‘A’ to do this activity through ‘Ao’
-- to the satisfaction of Authority.
Maintenance of utilities A, Ao A, Ao As above
Long term legal liability in
case of accidents including
that after completion /
termination of contracts as
legal cases take long periods
till settlement
A, Ao
Clearance or indemnity bond /
security / bank guarantee
required by authority from ‘Ao’ till
finalisation of case.
Treatment at the contract
end:
Given to operator / Retained
by authority
A A, Ao
Likely condition of the terminal
and its facilities at the end of
contract be specified by authority
and accepted by Ao;
Condition to be verified by third
party outsourcing before handing
over to ‘A’
6 Control
room
Provision of built up space,
utilities and commissioning
in depots and at a central
location
A, Ao Po A+Po A, Ao
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 178 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Investments A A
Ownership A A
Insurance A Po Po
Use of Control room and its
facilities A Po A+Po A+Po
Maintenance of civil assets /
utilities A, Ao Po
A,
Ao+Po
Po /
A, Ao
‘Po’ to do this activity to the
satisfaction of Authority
assessed. Arrangement
conducive to avoid blame game.
Long term legal liability in
case of accidents including
that after completion /
termination of contracts as
legal cases take long periods
till settlement
A / Po
Clearance or indemnity bond /
security / bank guarantee
required by authority till
finalisation of case.
Treatment at the contract
end:
Given to operator / Retained
by authority
A A, Ao
Likely condition of the control
room /utilities, etc. at the end of
contract be handed over to the
authority in prescribed condition
and accepted by operator;
Condition to be verified by
outsourcing before handing over
to ‘A’
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 179 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
7
ITS / IT and
Control
Room
ITS / IT equipment in
control rooms Pi
- Private operator for IT/ITS
System design, setting
standards, equipment
specs, acquisition,
installation and
commissioning of all control
room equipment, hardware,
software and facilities
A,Pi Po A,Pi+
Po A,Pi
Integration of control room
equipment with ITS / IT /
communication items on
board
A,Pi Po A,
Pi+Po A,Pi
Operation A,Pi Po A,Pi+P
o A,Pi
Provision be made for ‘Po’ to
position its staff in control room
and accessibility for data
acquisition, attending to alerts,
etc.
Acquisition A,Pi Po
A,
Pi+Po A,Pi
Investment A Po A+Po A+ Po ‘Po’ to share investments for use
of facilities and or pay usage fees
Ownership A Po A A
Insurance A Po A,Pi A,Pi
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 180 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Maintenance A,Pi Po A,Pi+P
o Pi
Long term legal liability in
case of accidents including
that after completion /
termination of contracts as
legal cases take long periods
till settlement
Pi
Clearance or indemnity bond /
security / bank guarantee
required by authority till
finalisation of case.
Treatment at the contract
end:
Given to operator / Retained
by authority
A Po A, Ao
Likely condition of the equipment
at the end of contract be specified
by authority and accepted by
operator;
Condition to be verified by
outsourcing if IT/ITS systems to
be given to ‘A’
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 181 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
ANNEXURE VII– OPERATIONS
Responsibility Allocation for Operations
Legend:
Ao - Authority (outsourcing)
PO- Private operator for bus operation
Pr – Private agency for revenue collection
Pi- Private agency for ITS / IT
Authority – Activities essentially by authority
‘A’ – Authority for information / ensuring compliance / activity by choice
Yellow highlighting – to be decided
Sr.
nr Activities Sub activities / Sub-components
Responsibility
Options
Authority
(A) / Ao
Private
operator (P)
Authority &
Private
1 Bus operations
Service planning, setting trip schedules and headways –
route wise and service category-wise
Manpower planning – drivers
Arranging revenue collection
Financial Planning
A / Ao
Preparation of bus and driver schedules PO
Deployment of buses with drivers on routes PO
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 182 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Tracking bus operation en route A PO
Checking bus operations en route for service quality, commuter
complaints, presentation of buses
A / Ao PO A & PO
Deployment of replacement buses for buses failing on road PO
Recovery of broken down buses to depot PO
Arranging for repair of buses at site PO
Attending to commuter complaints, incidents en-route, etc. A PO
Attending to accidents, organising removal of damaged vehicle,
medical aid to accident victims, preparing accident reports, etc.
A PO
2
Monitoring and
control of
Operation
Monitoring and control of PT services A / Ao P A & PO
Planning for setting up a control room A / Ao A & PO
Provision of land, building and utilities for Control room, acquisition
and maintenance of the same
A / Ao
Equipping of control room with IT, ITS, Communication systems,
fixtures and furniture,
A / Ao P
Maintenance of control room facilities / equipment, systems,
software, etc.
A / Ao
Staffing, operation and management of Control room A / Ao P A & PO
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 183 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Acquisition of emergency service equipment, e.g. recovery van fully
equipped, man power, telecom system
A P A & PO
Incident alerting - whom and how? A / Ao PO A & PO
Data mining and data analysis A / Ao PO A & PO
3
Marketing and
Branding of PT
services
Branding of PT services, design of logo, A / Ao
Marketing PT services - responsibility A / Ao PO A & PO
4
Dispute resolution
and grievance
handling
Planning for and instituting a dispute resolution mechanism - A / Ao PO
Planning for and instituting a Grievance handling system A / Ao PO
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 184 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Identification of activities and decision making
Sr.
nr
Activities /
decision area
Sub activities / Sub-
components for as part of
business process / decision
matrix / contracts
PT service contract
options
Prefer
red
option
Why preferred? Action
/
decisi
on by GCC NCC Combin
ation
1
Growth/
variations in
operations
Mechanism for handling
growth / variation of:
Travel demand- temporal
and spatial
fleet for an operator and
or in a depot
Routes
o fixed routes,
o route extension / truncation
o re-routing /variation in
route length/pattern
o Services
o Variation in services –
trips, headways
GCC NCC GCC+N
CC GCC
Details of mechanism to handle
needs related to growth / variations
during contract operational periods
be decided as part of business
process planning
GCC handles such issues better
A
2
Socially relevant
revenue related
issues
Mechanism for dealing with
subsidised operations / tariff
concessions for :
Certain categories of
travellers, variations in
categories, quantum of
concession, etc.
GCC NCC GCC+N
CC GCC
NCC
o Calls for an accurate
assessment of concessions
and quantum of revenue losses
– difficult to predict /assess
o Very difficult to:
A
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 185 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Quantum of subsidy and
mechanism – accurate
assessments
Operation of socially relevant
but un-economic routes or
trips
Revenue compensation
mechanism for above
- accurately assess loss of
revenue on account of
concessional tariffs
- accommodate variations in
categories of such travellers /
quantum in concessions/
operations of such trips / routes,
etc.
GCC easily handles these
requirements.
3
En route -
Operational
environment
Route condition / behaviour:
Congestion on account of
increased traffic,
Diversions due to repairs
etc.,
Bus speeds impacted,
Addition of bus stops /
terminals
Travel demand variation
requiring fleet size variation
–Increase / decrease
Privately operated PT
buses / mini buses / micro
buses / auto-rickshaws,
etc. :
o Sharing of bus stops
o Addition of above PT
vehicles and their
impact on revenues,
GCC NCC GCC+N
CC GCC
GCC
Route speed at initial bidding
along with a mechanism for
assessment and the periodicity
during contract period
Impact of speed variation on bus
fleet productivity and bus fleet
size
Compensation mechanism for
above variations along with
triggers if any
Similarly a mechanism for other
variations such as varying bus
stops /routes / terminals / other
PT vehicles, etc.
A
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 186 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Addition / removal of IPTs,
existing PT buses / bus
operators
In GCC – comparatively easier to
make objective assessment of
impact and compensation if any,
In NCC
Very difficult to accommodate
above aspects
4 Accidents
Implications of accidents –
on road and in depots
Legal and other expenses
during and after contract –
almost all cases take much
longer legal process to
settle than the contracts
duration
Workmen compensation
for in-depot accidents
MACT compensation
Insurance of buses,
passengers, crew, etc.?
Insurance of depots and its
assets by whom?
GCC NCC GCC+N
CC All
In NCC and GCC:
- Responsibility clearly of bus
fleet owners
- Investment and ownership of
buses preferably be of and by
the bus fleet operators
- In- depot accidents –
responsibility of depot lessee
/operator
- Security deposit /
indemnification for the
authority?
- Insurance by operators/ lessees
in all cases
A
5 Performance
Performance parameters-
quantifiable and qualitative
(non quantifiable):
Service quality
Physical
Financial
Benchmarking,
GCC NCC GCC+N
CC GCC
In all types of contracts--
Service quality parameters, their
benchmarking, monitoring and
control essential-- by authority
Easier to obtain data, monitor
and control in GCC –payment
system provides a possible
leverage
A
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 187 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
monitoring,
defaults, treatment of
defaults
Data acquisition,
compilation, analysis
evaluation, report
generation, monitoring
and control
Very difficult to do so in NCC –
no leverage
In GCC, acquisition, processing
and monitoring of revenue data
by authority
Physical performance in all
types of contracts to be
monitored and controlled by
operator – need for suitable
arrangement with IT- ITS
system provider / authority /
control room
Financial performance in NCC
by Pvt Operator and in GCC by
authority / Revenue collection
by private agency
6 Reconditioning
of aggregates
Division of responsibility
amongst multiple service
providers / operators for
development of facilities,
management and accounting
w.r.t reconditioning of bus
aggregates, and procurement
of spares, etc. – an issue
Creation of facilities for
reconditioning, usage in a multi
operator scenario, deciding
and charging rates of
overhauled items; assessing
Various aspects related to
reconditioning of aggregates, etc.
need to be addressed for various
types of contracts as none of the
private agencies would have critical
mass to establish facilities.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 188 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
residual values of repairable
items, etc. – another issue
Requirement planning of
spares, procurement of
spares, those common for
depots and CWS use, their
costing / pricing mechanism, -
yet another issue
7 Competition
No competition GCC
GCC –
‘No
compe
tition’
Issues associated with ‘on road’
competition eliminated.
Unit rates for services obtained
through a competitive transparent
open bidding process
NCC –issues as brought out earlier
A
Competition ‘for the market’
NCC
NCC
part of
combina
tion of
NCC
and
GCC.
NCC –
compe
tition
‘for the
market
.
Issues associated with ‘on road’
competition eliminated.
Selection of service provider
through a transparent open bidding
process for each of the operational
areas.
Fraught with some of the issues
discussed earlier w.r.t NCC
A
Competition ‘In the market’
Not suggested to avoid
dangerous operational
behaviour of operators
Avoid
in all
types
As discussed A
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 189 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
ANNEXURE VIII – REVENUE
Responsibility Allocation for Revenue Activities
Legend:
Ao - Authority (outsourcing)
PO- Private operator for bus operation
Pr – Private agency for revenue collection
Pi- Private agency for ITS / IT
Authority – Activities essentially by authority
‘A’ – Authority for information / ensuring compliance / activity by choice
Yellow highlighting – to be decided
Sr.
nr Activities Sub activities / Sub-components
Responsibility
Options
Authority
(A) / Ao
Private
operator (P)
Authority &
Private
1 Revenue
collection
Planning for tariff collection system and mechanism - on-board, off-
board or both;
A / Ao PO
Planning for Manual or electronic ticket vending machines - hand held
or floor mounted; ticketing medium - paper, tokens, smart card and or
any other; etc.
A PO A & PO
Developing design Standards, specifications, security systems, etc.
for ticketing equipment
A PO
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 190 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Revenue collection by authority and or by operator A / Ao PO
If responsibility of revenue collection of the authority -- decision about
in-house or outsourcing
A / Ao
By Private operator - in case of GCC
By Private operator - in case of NCC
Mechanism for engaging revenue collection agency A / Ao P
Ownership and investment in equipment A / Ao PO
Repair, maintenance and replacement of equipment A / Ao PO
Revenue and other data, way bill generation and communication to
control room, compilation, analysis, reporting and usage
A / Ao PO A & PO
Integration of tariffs with other modes of urban travel; A / Ao PO A & PO
Curbing revenue loss on account of pilferage/ticketless travel, etc. by
on-line checking, monitoring and control,
A / Ao PO A & PO
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 191 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Identification of activities and decision making
Sr.
nr
Activities /
decision
area
Sub activities / Sub-
components for as part of
business process /
decision matrix / contracts
PT service contract
options Preferred
option Why preferred?
Action /
decision
by GCC NCC
Combin
ation
1 Tariff and
payments
Tariff Fixing, structuring and
revision:
Basis of tariff fixation?
Whether tariff fixation
based on cost of inputs?
Revision ad-hoc / delayed /
inadequate
Gaps in ‘allowed tariffs’ and
‘input cost based
economic’ tariffs
Mechanism for revision of
payments / triggers /
periodicity
Mechanism to bridge
gaps on account of above
GCC NCC GCC+N
CC GCC
NCC:
Process of tariff fixation,
structuring and revision to be
firmed up in advance along
with basis / triggers /
periodicity of revision
Mechanism for
compensation for delays /
shortfalls, etc. in tariff
revision to be devised
Consolidation and provision
of accurate, reliable and
relevant data for the purpose
difficult
GCC
Cost of inputs could be easily
and accurately worked out for
revision of payments along
with triggers for rate revision
under GCC
A
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 192 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
2
18. Revenue Possibility of linking
payments in GCC with
operational load factor – a
major issue related to GCC –
to be explored
GCC Modified GCC
A modified GCC required A
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 193 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Asset ownership investment, operation and maintenance
Sr.
No. Assets
Description / assets /
activities
Responsibility
Preferred
option Remarks
Decision
by
Possible Options as who /
which agency suitable /
should do
Authorit
y Private
Joint –
Authori
ty +
Private
1 Revenue
Revenue collection agency
in:
NCC Po Po
GCC A, Ao Po Pr Pr
Pr- revenue collection private
agency
Tariff collection medium n
equipment
Tickets- pre-printed, smart
card, on – board printing in:
NCC Po Po
GCC A, Ao Pr
Tariff charging equipment
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 194 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Hand held ETVMs with
GPRS / GPS compatibility or
Floor mounted vending
machines in GCC:
In NCC:
Decisions about type of
equipment, etc. by authority,
Ownership, investment,
operation, maintenance,
insurance, long terms liability,
etc. of Po
Operation A, Ao Po Pr Pr
Acquisition A, Ao Po Pr Pr
Investment A, Ao Po Pr Pr
Ownership A, Ao Po Pr Pr
Insurance A, Ao Po Pr Pr
Maintenance A, Ao Po Pr Pr
Long term legal liability in
case of accidents including
that after completion /
termination of contracts as
legal cases take long periods
till settlement
A, Ao Po Pr Pr
Clearance or indemnity bond /
security / bank guarantee
required by authority till
finalisation of case.
Treatment at the contract
end: A, Ao Pr
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 195 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Given to operator / Retained
by authority
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 196 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
ANNEXURE IX – PERMITS
Responsibility Allocation for Permits
Legend:
Ao - Authority (outsourcing)
PO- Private operator for bus operation
Pr – Private agency for revenue collection
Pi- Private agency for ITS / IT
Authority – Activities essentially by authority
‘A’ – Authority for information / ensuring compliance / activity by choice
Yellow highlighting – to be decided
Sr.
nr Activities Sub activities / Sub-components
Responsibility
Options
Authority
(A) / Ao
Private
operator (P)
Authority &
Private
1 Permits
Obtaining Operational Permits from RTO A A & PO
Route permit A
Areas permit A
Hybrid - combination of route and area permit A
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 197 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Identification of activities and decision making
Sr.
nr
Activities /
decision
area
Sub activities / Sub-
components for as part of
business process /
decision matrix / contracts
PT service contract
options Preferred
option Why preferred?
Action /
decision
by GCC NCC Combination
1
Permits for
bus
operations
Route permits and Route
cluster permits GCC NCC
Combined
contract =
GCC (for
inter-cluster
routes) +
GCC or NCC
(for intra-
cluster)
GCC
GCC
Avoids dangerous / unsafe
competition on – road,
Easy to vary fleet deployment /
service levels, routes, etc.
Easy to carryout route
deviations, extensions, truncations
NCC
Has problem of route
overlapping by multiple operators
in NCC even if one operator
selected for a route or a route
cluster through competition ‘for
market’.
Causes ‘on route’
competition by other route
operators on overlapping sections
– dangerous and unsafe
Very difficult to vary fleet
deployment / service levels
Very difficult to carryout
route deviations, extensions,
truncations
A
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 198 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
GCC + NCC
Problems of dangerous &
unsafe competition persist on
overlapping sections of routes
Area permit -- single area for
the whole city and or multiple
Area permits–for a large city
NCC
NCC for
intra-area &
NCCs for
inter-area on
reciprocal
basis
NCC (for
each
area)
NCC
Area permit contract awarded
through competition ‘for market’.
No dangerous competition on
routes
Possibility of affording freedom
to plan routes in given area
Problems of inter area
operations need to be
addressed
Problem of monopolistic
behaviour of a single operator in
due course,
Difficult to clearly demarcate city
areas particularly in medium and
small cities
Difficult to find a single operator
for large cities
Very difficult to vary fleet
deployment / service levels
Very difficult to carryout route
deviations, extensions,
truncations
Obtaining operational and other
data needed by authority for day
to day use and for future
A
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 199 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
planning is very difficult in
absence of any leverage with the
authority to press for such data.
Area and route permit
GCC
for
inter-
area
+
NCC
for
intra-
area
NCC for
intra-area &
for inter-area
on reciprocal
basis
NCC for:
each area
& for inter
area
routes
(reciprocal
basis)
OR
NCC for
intra area
& GCC for
inter-area
Intra area as above and Inter area
route contract to ‘area operators’ on
equal / reciprocal penetration basis
Or
GCC
For inter area routes operations,
NCC area operators allowed to
participate.
Problems of NCC as discussed
earlier persist
A
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 200 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
ANNEXURE X – PLANNING & CONTRACTUAL ISSUES
Responsibility Allocation
Legend:
Ao - Authority (outsourcing)
PO- Private operator for bus operation
Pr – Private agency for revenue collection
Pi- Private agency for ITS / IT
Authority – Activities essentially by authority
‘A’ – Authority for information / ensuring compliance / activity by choice
Yellow highlighting – to be decided
Sr.
nr Activities Sub activities / Sub-components
Responsibility
Options
Authority
(A) / Ao
Private
operator (P)
Authority &
Private
1
Strategic
Planning of PT
Agency (PTA) for
City Bus
Services(CBS)
Strategic Panning including but not limited to:
Statement of:
- Vision
- Mission
- Goals
- Aims and objectives,
Policies, institutional and Organisational set ups
Business processes,
Organisational structure and needs
A /Ao
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 201 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Resources needs and provisioning
Financing needs and funding
Operational systems, and management
Monitoring and control
Any other aspect
2
Planning and
Setting
Standards,
specs, norms,
etc.
Planning for PT services including
travel demand assessment
spatial and temporal
short , medium and long term
service category wise
Route network and route structuring
Setting Standards for
Service quality
Buses
Vehicular emissions
IT and ITS and control room operations
Any other item / function
A / Ao
3
Concession
Contracts Planning and structuring of concession agreements
A / Ao A & PO
Risks
Identification of risks
Evaluation of and allocation of risks
Limits to risk transfer
A / Ao A & PO
Payments
19. Planning for payment mechanism and related aspects
Payment mechanism
User charges
Usage payment
Availability payments
Quality performance payments
A / Ao A & PO
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 202 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Monitoring service availability and performance
Third-party and secondary revenues
Liquidated damages and performance bonds
Price variations
Governance issues
Flexibility Flexibility and in-operation negotiation A / Ao A & PO
Contract
Duration
Contract duration and investment
Contract duration and flexibility
Contract duration, competition, and incentives
Contract duration in service unbundling
A / Ao A & PO
Other
Contractual
Issues
Refinancing
Early Contract Termination
Transparency and confidentiality in PPP contract design
Any other issues
A / Ao A & PO
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 203 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
ANNEXURE XI – SERVICE QUALITY PARAMETERS
Service quality performance shall normally be evaluated, monitored and controlled in respect of the following parameters amongst others:
Sr.No. Parameter
Parameter defined Parameter values Proposed
Weightage* of
parameters on
a scale of 100 Symbol Formula Units
Contracte
d Achieved
1. Regularity of Service
i. Trips Operated Rt no. of trips operated*100 / no. of
trips scheduled % Rt Rtª 8
ii. Kilometre (km) operated Rk No. of km operated*100/No. of km
scheduled % Rk Rkª 7
2. Punctuality of operations
i. Start of trips–Origins Ps No. of trips on- time at start*100 /
Total no. of trips operated % Ps Psª 10
Ii Arrival of trips -
destinations Pd
No. of trips on time at
destination*100 / Total no. of trips
operated
% Pd Pdª 5
3.
Operational Reliability
(Inverse of rate of
breakdowns per lakh km
operation) --- Higher
number reflecting higher
reliability
B 1 / (Total no. of breakdowns*one
lakh / Total km operated) Number B Bª 15
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 204 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
4. Operational Safety
I
General
(Inverse of rate of
accidents per lakh Km
operation) -- Higher
number reflecting higher
safety
Sg 1 / (No. of accidents*one lakh / Total
km operated) Number Sg Sgª 10
II
Severity
(Inverse of rate of fatalities
in accidents per lakh km
operation) -- Higher
number reflecting higher
safety severity
Ss 1 / (No. of fatalities *one lakh / Total
km operated) Number Ss Ssª 15
5.
Operational Security
(Inverse of rate of security
related incidents per lakh
km operation) -- Higher
number reflecting higher
security
Z 1 / (No. of security related incidents
*one lakh / Total km operated) Number Z Zª 15
6.
User Satisfaction
(Inverse of rate of
complaints per lakh km
operation) - Higher
number reflecting higher
user satisfaction
U 1 / (No. of complaints*one lakh /
Total km operated) Number U Uª 15
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 205 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Notes
I.
Regularity of services
It is measured as percentage of trips and km operated to those scheduled respectively. In this case the number of trips and km scheduled
are the sum total of respective operational schedules on a quarterly basis in their denominators, and actual trips operated and actual
km paid for in their respective numerators.
II.
Punctuality of bus operation
Punctuality indicates the level of on-time services. It is reflected by percentage of on-time start and arrival of trips to total operated trips
in each case. In this case, total number of trips starting / arriving late during the month is recorded and subtracted from the number of
trips operated to arrive at the on-time trips operated figures separately in each case.
A relaxation equivalent to 5 minutes, for start of the bus schedule, and 10% of the subsequent scheduled trip time (subject to a maximum
of 15 minutes) for start of subsequent schedules and arrival of trips.
III. 1
1
.
Reliability of bus operations
This parameter reflects the health of a bus and in turn indicates the operational reliability of buses. It is assessed in terms of number of
breakdowns per lakh km (actually paid for) operated. Higher the rate of breakdowns poorer is the health of buses and lower is their
reliability. Inverse of breakdown rate is an indicator of operational reliability – higher values reflect higher reliability.
IV.
Safety of operations
It is one of the most important parameters. It is indicated in terms of number of accidents per lakh km operated. Higher the rate of
accidents, lower is the safety of bus services. Rate of accidents is assessed by dividing cumulative number of accidents by all buses of
the operator by actual number of operated km paid for during the quarter. The severity of operational safety is similarly assessed by
analysing number of fatalities in accidents instead of accidents in general. Inverse of accident rate is an indicator of operational safety
– higher values reflecting higher safety.
V.
User Satisfaction
The citizens need to be regularly involved in evaluating the performance of bus services. Encouraging them to report freely about their
observations on all aspects of the bus services not only renders the system "an inclusive one" but also generates useful and un-biased
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 206 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
feedback for necessary corrective action. The complainant, however, needs to be informed of the actions taken, in least possible time,
for his/her continued interest in the system. It is estimated in terms of negative feedbacks/complaints received per lakh bus km operated.
Inverse of rate of user complaints reflects user satisfaction - higher number reflecting higher user satisfaction.
VI. Operational security is also defined and assessed similarly as user satisfaction.
VII.
Benchmarking of service quality parameters may be done by authority based on prior experience or on the basis of experience of other
Authorities in other cities.
Bench marked performance levels of service, as an example, may be considered as under:
Rt & Rk ≥ 96% each;
Ps≥ 94%, Pd ≥ 92% (excluding the exclusions as mentioned in point II)
B ≥ 5 ;
Sg ≥ 10, Ss ≥ 100;
Z ≥ 100;
U ≥ 10
VIII. Formula for calculation of the variation in service quality has been provided in Clause16.2.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 207 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
DATA SOURCES FOR PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS:
Sr.
No. Parameter Formula Data source for performance parameters:
1 Trips Operated no. of trips operated*100 /
no. of trips scheduled
Trips scheduled – Data obtained from operational schedules prepared
by authority – trip wise route wise for urban areas. Schedules inter-alia
indicates no. of trips scheduled on each of the routes in operational area
which would add up to sum of all trips scheduled.
Trips Operated – Data obtained from physical performance reports w.r.t
no. of trips operated route wise which when added reflects all trips
operated – reports prepared periodically (daily / monthly/as required) –
by authority and or by PO.
2 Kilometre (km) operated
No. of Km
operated*100/No. of Km
scheduled
Km scheduled - Data obtained from operational schedules prepared by
authority – trip wise route wise for urban areas. Schedules inter-alia
indicate no. of trips scheduled route wise and route length in km of each
of the routes. No. of trips scheduled on each route multiplied by
respective route length provides route wise km scheduled, which when
added up for all routes indicates overall km scheduled.
Km operated - Data obtained from physical performance reports w.r.t
no. of trips operated route wise and respective route length, which when
multiplied indicates route wise km operated. Sum of route wise km
reflects all km operated – reports prepared periodically (daily / monthly /
as required) – by authority and or by PO.
In GCC and Hybrid GCC, km operated may also be taken from “km paid
for” reports
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 208 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
3 Start of trips–Origins
No. of trips on- time at
start*100 / Total no. of
trips operated
Scheduled start time for Trips at origins – Data obtained from operational
schedules prepared by authority – trip wise route wise for urban areas.
Schedules inter-alia indicates start time for each trip scheduled on each
of the routes in operational area.
Trips started ‘on-time’ – Data obtained from physical performance
reports w.r.t no. of trips operated (started) ‘on-time’ route wise which
when added reflects all trips operated – reports prepared periodically
(daily / monthly / as required) – by authority and or by PO.
4 Arrival of trips - destinations
No. of trips on time at
destination*100 / Total no.
of trips operated
Scheduled arrival time at trip destinations – Data obtained from
operational schedules prepared by authority – trip wise route wise for
urban areas. Schedules inter-alia indicates arrival time at destination for
each trip scheduled on each of the routes in operational area.
Trips arrival at destinations ‘on-time’ – Data obtained from physical
performance reports w.r.t no. of trips operated (arrived) ‘on-time’ route
wise which when added reflects all trips operated (arrived at destination)
‘on-time’– reports prepared periodically (daily / monthly/as required) – by
authority and or by PO.
5
Operational Reliability
(Inverse of rate of breakdowns
per lakh Km operation) --- Higher
number reflecting higher
reliability
1 / (Total no. of
breakdowns*one lakh /
Total Km operated)
No. of breakdowns - Data obtained from physical performance reports
w.r.t no. of breakdowns en-route route wise which when added reflects
all breakdowns during operated km – reports prepared periodically (daily
/ monthly/as required) – by authority and or by PO.
Km operated - Data obtained from physical performance reports w.r.t
no. of trips operated route wise and respective route length, which when
multiplied indicates route wise km operated. Sum of route wise km
reflects all km operated – reports prepared periodically (daily / monthly /
as required) – by authority and or by PO.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 209 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
In GCC and Hybrid GCC, km operated may also be taken from “km paid
for” reports
6
Operational safety - General
(Inverse of rate of accidents per
lakh Km operation) -- Higher
number reflecting higher safety
1 / (No. of accidents*one
lakh / Total Km operated)
No. of accidents - Data obtained from physical performance reports w.r.t
no. of accidents route wise which when added reflects all accidents
during operated km – reports prepared periodically (daily / monthly/as
required) – by authority and or by PO.
Km operated - Data obtained from physical performance reports w.r.t
no. of trips operated route wise and respective route length, which when
multiplied indicates route wise km operated. Sum of route wise km
reflects all km operated – reports prepared periodically (daily / monthly /
as required) – by authority and or by PO.
In GCC and Hybrid GCC, km operated may also be taken from “km paid
for” reports
7
Severity
(Inverse of rate of fatalities in
accidents per lakh Km operation)
-- Higher number reflecting
higher safety severity
1 / (No. of fatalities *one
lakh / Total Km operated)
No. of fatalities in accidents - No. of fatalities in accidents - Data obtained
from physical performance reports w.r.t no. of all fatalities in accidents
during operated km – reports prepared periodically (daily / monthly/as
required) – by authority and or by PO.
Km operated - Data obtained from physical performance reports w.r.t
no. of trips operated route wise and respective route length, which when
multiplied indicates route wise km operated. Sum of route wise km
reflects all km operated – reports prepared periodically (daily / monthly /
as required) – by authority and or by PO.
In GCC and Hybrid contracts, km operated may also be taken from “kms
paid for” reports
8
Operational Security
(Inverse of rate of security
related incidents per lakh Km
1 / (No. of security related
incidents *one lakh / Total
Km operated)
No. of security related incidents - No. of security related incidents - Data
obtained from physical performance reports with respect to no. of all
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 210 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
operation) -- Higher number
reflecting higher security
security related incidents during operated kms – reports prepared
periodically (daily / monthly/as required) – by authority and or by PO.
Km operated - Data obtained from physical performance reports w.r.t
no. of trips operated route wise and respective route length, which when
multiplied indicates route wise km operated. Sum of route wise km
reflects all km operated – reports prepared periodically (daily / monthly /
as required) – by authority and or by PO.
In GCC and Hybrid contracts, km operated may also be taken from “km
paid for” reports
9
User Satisfaction (Inverse of
rate of complaints per lakh Km
operation) - Higher number
reflecting higher user satisfaction
1 / (No. of complaints*one
lakh / Total Km operated)
No. of Public Transport (PT) related complaints –Data for PT related
complaints obtained from: (i) PO – directly received by his office and or
on line and or through on-board complaint books, (ii) Authority –
through similar sources / means (iii) Government and or any of its
departments – as and when forwarded by them to PO and or to authority.
Sum of user complaints so received reflects all PT related complaints
over a period or during certain operated km.
Km operated - Data obtained from physical performance reports w.r.t
no. of trips operated route wise and respective route length, which when
multiplied indicates route wise km operated. Sum of route wise km
reflects all km operated – reports prepared periodically (daily / monthly /
as required) – by authority and or by PO.
In GCC and Hybrid contracts, km operated may also be taken from “km
paid for” reports
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 211 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
ANNEXURE XII – LIST OF INFRACTIONS AND PENALTIES
I. Bus related infractions
Sr.
No. Description
Parameter Unit
Contracted (bench marked)
Achieved Category of infraction
Symbol Definition / Formula
1 Buses
1.1 Roadworthiness of the Bus
Rw No. of roadworthy buses*100/No. of buses in fleet
% # $
1.2
Fleet Utilisation (Fleet deployment for operations)
FU No. of buses deployed for operation in time *100 / no. of buses in fleet
% @ $
1.3 Attending to breakdowns en-route
Time limit for attending to breakdowns en-route
hrs 3
2 Bus maintenance activities
2.1 Preventive maintenance (PM) schedules
Pm No. of PM schedules carried out*100/No. of PM schedules due
% 100% $ C1
2.2 Cleaning of buses
Cl No. of buses cleaned *100/ No. of buses due for cleaning
% 100% $ B2
2.3 Washing of buses
Ws No. of buses washed*100/No. of buses due for washing
% 100% $ B1
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 212 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
2.4 Roadworthiness certification of buses
Rc No. of buses attended for roadworthiness *100/No. of buses due.
% 100% $ C1
2.5
Pollution under control certification (PUCC)
Pc No. of buses checked for PUCC*100/No. of buses due
% 100%
$ B2
2.6 Other maintenance activities
Mo No. of buses maintenance activities carried out*100/No. of buses due
% 100% $ A2
Notes
Benchmarked performance:
(#) 96% during warranty period (as per the contract signed with Bus Manufacturer); 94% up to 6 years from the date of purchase
of Bus; 90% for the remaining term of the Contract
(@) 1% less than that of contracted values of roadworthiness of Bus. In other words, 1% of the Fleet from among the roadworthy
Buses shall be kept as reserve fleet at all times.
($) for up to every 2% shortfall in actual performance, Penalties would be levied as per category of infraction indicated against
each.
Roadworthiness of Buses – considerations and pre-estimated damages- assessment
i. Buses generally operate in one or more shifts daily. They are shed out as per schedule of operations for various shifts. A
roadworthy bus ready for timely out- shedding as per shift wise schedules be considered available for that shift. Depot-
wise/Bus-wise availability of roadworthy buses is worked out quarterly for above purpose.
ii. Buses are not considered available in a given shift in any of the following cases:
a. A Bus not available for timely out-shedding as per given schedule for any reason.
b. A Bus breaking down en-route after leaving Depot as per schedule unless attended promptly and completes 90% or
more scheduled Km operation in that shift. Loss of revenue earning Km however be subject to recovery of pre-
estimated damages equivalent to net loss of revenue for lost kms.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 213 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
iii. Exclusions while calculating availability of Buses on quarterly basis:
a. Failure of availability of any Bus due to natural disaster, riots or such other reasons beyond control of Operator
b. Failure in providing Bus Services because the Bus is in police/judicial custody or for such other reason provided non-
availability of Bus is not due to an event caused by improper maintenance or negligence on part of Operator. Authority’s
decision in this regard shall be final.
iv. Pre estimated loss of revenue and damages for non-availability of Bus as above:
1. Failure to make availability of Buses as specified, renders Operator liable for payment of pre-estimated damages
worked out as under separately for each Bus shift, Depot and Operator.
2. For a preceding quarter, let “k’ (Km / shift / bus) be the average scheduled Km, ‘l’ as average load factor, ‘p’
passengers as carrying capacity of bus and ‘t’ as tariff (Rs.) per passenger km, ‘r’ be Per Km O&M Fee (Rs), for
the related shift of a Depots, then net revenue loss (∆R), per bus shift, for non-availability of Bus is worked out as,
∆R=k*(l*p*t-r)
e.g. for k=120, p=70, l=0.70, t=1, r=10,
net ∆R in a shift = Rs. 4,680/-
Or ∆r – net average revenue loss per bus km = 4,680/120= Rs 39/-
∆k = Average kms operation per bus per hour (for an 8 hr shift) = 120/8 = 15 kms
3. Amount of pre-estimated damages be recovered from outstanding payment of Operator or from Performance
Security as the case may be.
v. Damages for delayed response to break downs en-route
Any delay beyond 3 (three) hours, in attending a failed Bus en-route, would attract pre-estimated damages equivalent to
Km lost multiplied by net revenue loss per Bus km. For example, a delayed attention to a failed Bus by 3 (three)
hours would entail a net loss of revenue equal to 2*∆k*∆r where ∆k is average Km per bus per hour and ∆r is average
loss of revenue per bus per km loss - ∆k and ∆r worked out as illustrated as above.
vi. Damages in general
If the operator fails to ensure Bus-wise 88% availability of Buses on quarterly basis during warranty period, 85% beyond
warranty period and up to end of 6th year from the purchase of Bus and 82% thereafter, Authority shall, without prejudice
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 214 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
to other remedies under contract, levy/deduct pre-estimated damages as specified above subject to a ceiling equivalent
to average revenue per Bus per day in preceding quarter less Km charges not incurred
vii. Operator agrees that above pre-estimated damages are fair and genuine pre-estimates and not by way of penalty.
Operator also agrees that he shall not dispute the same in any manner
Presentability of Buses and other infractions in provisioning of Bus Service
i. Presentability of Buses and other infractions in providing Bus Service shall be evaluated by recording infractions and
consequent performance deficiency damages/ recoveries.
ii. ‘Infraction’ in Bus presentability, for example, is an incidence of sub-optimal performance and / or non- compliance of
prescribed specifications and standards at the time of declaring a Bus roadworthy.
iii. Infractions can be identified based on visual checking at the time of out shedding or detected during field checking.
Fresh infractions, if any, occurring during course of operation of a Bus during that shift, are excluded.
iv. In the event of a Bus held upon account of any infraction e.g. poor presentability, cause /reason need to be recorded
and maintained by the authority and same shall also be noted by operator’s Representative before imposing any
damages on this account.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 215 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
II. Infractions and their categorisation related to different aspects of the project
Sr. No. Description of the infractions
Category of Infraction
A B C
1.0 Bus related additional infractions
1.1 Damaged /Missing window safety guard rails A1
1.2 Missing, damaged, or loosely hanging rub rails, hand grab rails, handholds, etc. A1
1.3 Section of hand rail loose or with sharp edges A1
1.4 Damaged or bent, inadequately fastened / loosely hanging bumpers B2
1.5 Modification of colours/designs of external paintwork vs originals B2
1.6 Discoloration, paint peeled off, and or unpainted repair work inside bus or on any of its items /
sections A1
1.7 Defective, damaged, or another wise in operative wheel chair ramp, where provided B1
1.8 Missing, broken, or loosely hanging, seatbelts, or wheelchair anchorages B1
1.9 Damaged floor, steps, hatches, or hatch covers in the bus A2
1.10 Visible dents that are more than 5mm in depth and or 200sq mm in area A2
1.11 Missing / non-operative, saloon lights, indicator lights, wiper system, wiper blades, prescribed
horn & any indicating instruments (per item) A1
1.12 Installation of additional lamps, for illumination or decoration A2
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 216 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Sr. No. Description of the infractions
Category of Infraction
A B C
1.13 Defective head light B2
1.14 Defective front, and / or back brake lights; side marker lights B1
1.15 Damaged, broken, loosely fitted, incomplete or missing passenger seats B1
1.16 Defective operation of entry / exit doors B2
1.17 Defective operation or damage to emergency exits doors, non-availability of hammer for breaking of
emergency glass C1
1.18 Oil spillage on wheel rims, hubs, tyres, etc. B1
1.19 Defective and or inoperative PIS partly or fully B1
1.20 Installation of any type of decoration or non-functional items inside or outside the vehicle, not originally
installed in bus. A2
1.21 Installation of horn(s) other than that originally fitted in bus B1
1.22 Application of opaque films / paints, etc. on side, front or back windows / glasses B2
1.23 Use of worn out tires i.e. tread depth being below tread wear indicator (TWI) depth C2
1.24 Damaged or under/over inflated tyres C1
1.25 Dirty vehicle, outside or inside, at the time of out-shedding of bus and or at crew change at change –
over locations B2
1.26 Unauthorised advertising material on bus / advertisements not legally permitted on bus B2
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 217 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Sr. No. Description of the infractions
Category of Infraction
A B C
1.27 Excessive emission of visible smoke / abnormal noise of high intensity C2
1.28 Non availability of specified fire extinguishers, lack of charge of same, expiry date due or no specification
of expiry date C1
1.29 Non-provision of fire hydrants C2
1.30 Any other bus related infraction
2.0 Operations related infractions
2.1 Parking in places other than those established by authority B1
2.2 Not stopping at earmarked station en-route as scheduled A1
2.3 Stopping at a station and/or place not earmarked for route service and or in a manner to cause
obstruction to other traffic. A1
2.4 Changing the route of a service B1
2.5 Operating un-authorised hours or services C1
2.6 Picking or setting down passengers at points other than the scheduled bus stops. C2
2.7 Operating outside the established and designated routes C2
2.8 Delaying operation without cause. B1
2.9 Abandoning and/or alighting from vehicle without cause and or without informing Authority. C2
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 218 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Sr. No. Description of the infractions
Category of Infraction
A B C
2.10 Stopping on / ahead of zebra crossing A2
3.0 Crew (mainly driver) related infractions
3.1 Failure to carry on-board personal identification and / or vehicle registration book / any other vehicle
identity B2
3.2 Failure to carry first aid kit C1
3.3 Refusal to provide information to authorised staff / passengers B2
3.4 Park bus dangerously / at away from earmarked space in depot C1
3.5 Cross a red light B1
3.6 Disobedience to lawful instructions / orders of designated authorities C2
3.8 Drunk while on-duty C2
3.9 Irresponsible behaviour causing an accident C2
3.10 Driving above prescribed speed limits B2
3.11 Invasion of zebra crossings B1
3.12 Carry companions in driver work area A2
3.13 Bus running out of fuel B2
3.14 Delayed reporting of bus breakdowns / incidents en-route (reaction time < 30 minutes) A1
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 219 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Sr. No. Description of the infractions
Category of Infraction
A B C
3.15 Verbal or physical misbehaviour with passenger B1
3.16 Failure to follow or acknowledge instructions of authorised staff B1
3.17 Non wearing prescribed uniform, badge, etc. while on-duty A2
3.18 Non submission of defect / route incidents, reports, etc. on completion of work shift but before leaving
depot premises B1
3.19 Not carrying complaint book and or not presenting complaint book to passengers when demanded B1
4.0 Management Information System (MIS) and ITS related infractions
4.1 Delayed / incomplete / erroneous submission / non-submission of any / all of the prescribed MIS reports.
A few of such reports given here under:
4.1.1 Applicable operations related reports e.g. vehicle productivity data - vehicle wise, route and trip wise;
Data about incidents / accidents / fatalities en-route along with cause-wise details; C1
4.1.2 Revenue data, way bill data, passenger boarding- alighting details; concessional travel data, cost
details, C1
4.1.3 Ticketing machines quantum in use, functioning, / serviceable / under repair and maintenance data C1
4.1.4 PIS systems – serviceable / under break down repairs; B1
4.1.5 ITS equipment on–board and their serviceability status – daily bus wise and consolidated C1
4.1.6 Bus fleet maintenance related data as per details and formats prescribed by the authority from time to
time - a few requirements given here under B1
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 220 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Sr. No. Description of the infractions
Category of Infraction
A B C
Fleet maintenance activities completion – due and completed – daily and as per prescribed
periodicity
o Preventive maintenance schedules
o Cleaning of buses
o Washing of buses
o Roadworthiness certification of buses
o Pollution under control certification
o Other maintenance activities
o Road worthy fleet
o Fleet Utilisation
Fuel, oil and lubricants consumption data,
Break down related data,
Accidents related data
Pollution under control certification details
Noise checking data
Data related to average life of aggregates
5.0 Administration related infractions as related to applicable contract(s)
5.1 Preparation of and submission of all reports / information as required by the authority from time to time.
A few of such reports / information are given here-under
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 221 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Sr. No. Description of the infractions
Category of Infraction
A B C
5.1.1 Compliance with all statutes, rules, regulations, obligations, responsibilities as applicable to bus
operations and all its constituents and sub systems and or as prescribed by law and or by authority B2
5.1.2 Change of composition / constitution of the business entity / business / registered office/ CEO and or
other key officials A2
5.1.3 Capacity building of PT operations related crew / staff – quantitative (person days) and operational field
related as agreed / indicated by authority and/or with the training plan. C1
5.1.4
Non-compliance with the waste management or water recycling, defective sewerage system, leaking
water lines / pipes, defective wash rooms, dirty / foul smelling / lack of disinfection of sanitary fittings,
defective drinking water supply system / its sub components, defective electrical / hanging wires /
lighting systems/ In-adequate illumination,
C1
5.1.5 Failure to make timely payments of dues, penalties, damages, etc. to Authority C1
5.1.6 Non-payment / delayed payment of wages, social security benefits like Provident Fund, pension
contribution, Employees State Insurance dues, leave salary, etc. to employees C1
5.1.7 Violation of business days, working hours per day, minimum wages, etc. and any other working
conditions requirements as per applicable legal / contractual provisions. B2
5.1.8 Failure to comply with the corrective and preventive maintenance plan as applicable to infrastructure,
plant and equipment and other facilities C1
6.0 Any other infraction identified and communicated to Operator by the authority
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 222 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
III. Penalty for various categories of infractions and time period to resolve
Sr.
No.
Category
of
Infraction
Amount of performance deficiency
damages/penalty per infraction per
bus per day (in INR)
Time to resolve (infraction)
as under or as stated against
each infraction whichever is
higher
1 A1 2X* subject to a minimum of Rs 200/- One day
2 A2 4X subject to a minimum of Rs 400/- One day
3 B1 6X subject to a minimum of Rs 600/- One day
4 B2 8X subject to a minimum of Rs 800/- One day
5 C1 10X subject to a minimum of Rs 1000/- One day
6 C2 12X subject to a minimum of Rs 1200/- One day
(*) ‘X’ represents per km O&M Fee payable for provisioning bus service as applicable from time to
time. Minimum value of penalty for each category would also stand increased proportionately
(rounded off to next higher ten)
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 223 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
ANNEXURE XIII – FARE FIXATION, STRUCTURING AND REVISION
INTRODUCTION
This Annexure details the basis for fare fixation, the method for fare revision along with fare structuring process. The annexure also details the bus input cost review process along with the steps for amending cost of inputs in a Net Cost Contract. The method for fare revision has been detailed for Net Cost Contract but is applicable for all other contract types as well.
1. BUS FARE FIXATION
1.1 User tariff
Bus fares / tariffs are user charges payable by bus user for availing of bus transport stage carriage services.
1.2 Basic unit of User tariff
Basic unit of user tariff is fare per passenger km travelled.
1.3 Factors for fare fixation
Generally user fares are fixed considering cost of inputs for acquisition, operation and maintenance of buses in addition to similar costs for transport infrastructure,
cost of capital and applicable taxes, fees, rates, etc. Affordability by users, return on capital invested particularly if a private entity provides transport services,
policy of local, state, central governments, etc.
1.4. Factors in Net Cost Contract
In case of PPP for provision of public transport services, under a Net Cost Contract (NCC), private bus operator (PO) considers all factors affecting overall costs
and revenues, profitability and sustainability of business of provision and operation of buses for PT and quotes a well-considered rate against requisite bidding
parameter say, System Management Contribution (SMC) rate . A transparent bidding process used for selecting a successful bidders normally brings out the
most competitive rates , for System Management Contribution (SMC) as bidding parameter, leading to selection of PO - other conditions having been satisfied.
PO, however depending upon the business model selected by the authority, does consider other costs such as those involved with provision of transport
infrastructure; some equipment and facilities to be provided by authority; monitoring and controlling of operations by authority including setting up, equipping,
operation and maintenance of control room; planning and administrative expenses of the authority, utilities and other applicable, rates and taxes, etc. besides
any other expenses for successful provision of PT services as all such expenses are normally recovered from fare box revenues mainly dependent upon user
tariffs. Although in NCC contracts, PO recognises cost of revenue collection as part of input costs for operation and maintenance of PT services, yet in the
proposed system of fare fixation, revision, etc., revenue collection is separated to facilitate incorporation of policy decisions, any other aspect related to provision
of services, for example, to socially relevant but un-economic operations / services, etc.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 224 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
1.5 Responsibility allocation for different cost heads
Sr
no.
Activities for bus operations in NCC and costs related
there to
Responsibility of / provision by Cost head including all
applicable elements of
costs (Rs per year) for
provision of PT and related
services
Authority (A)
Private
operator
(PO)
Ao - outsourcing by A
a
Travel demand assessment, overall planning, setting
route network, operations planning and scheduling;
setting bus fleet standards, specs and requirements;
benchmarking service quality levels, operators
performance parameters, etc.; contracting of various
services and contract administration; branding of PT
services, etc.; overall monitoring and control of all
activities related to PT operations; all administrative
functions, any other activities related thereto,. All
miscellaneous activities and contingencies for
provision of PT services. Costs for above activities
collectively termed as 'administrative costs' and
termed as 'A'
A - - A
b
Acquisition of bus fleets including investments
therefore, operations and maintenance of buses;
acquisition of set of tools, plant and equipment,
auxiliary vehicles, jigs and fixtures, etc. as decide by
the authority as part requirement schedule of PO - their
investments, operation and maintenance; upkeep and
maintenance of depot infrastructure, plant and
equipment procured and provided to PO by authority
and all other activities as decided by authority at the
time of award of NCC contract. Costs for all above
activities collectively termed as 'cost of inputs for bus
- PO - C
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 225 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
provisioning and operation under NCC' and
designated as 'C'
c
Acquisition of PT infrastructure such as depots,
central workshop if any, including investments
therefore; acquisition of / investment in plant,
equipment and other facilities of infrastructure for
handing over to POs for their usage, operations and
maintenance; acquisition of other infrastructure such
as bus stops, terminals, control rooms, etc. - their
investments upkeep and maintenance, etc.;
acquisition of set of plant and equipment, auxiliary
vehicles, furniture and fixtures, computers, ITS
facilities, equipment, their operation and maintenance,
etc. as provisions by the authority as part of authority's
responsibilities. Costs including operational costs,
consumables cost, maintenance cost; utilities costs
collectively termed as 'I'
A - - I
d
Cost of revenue collection includes those of related
hardware and software, communications, checking,
accounting, etc.
- PO - R
e
Return on investment (ROI) and cost of borrowed
capital, payment of 'SMC' to authority, etc. (Though
ROI, does not normally constitute 'input costs', yet
same is considered here as part of 'input cost' for tariff
fixation as the same is to be recovered from pax tariff
in NCC.)
- PO - B
f Total cost of provision of bus transport services in a NCC model under PPP particularly for user
tariff fixation, etc. T = C + R + I + A + B
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 226 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
1.6 Fare fixation in terms of fare per passenger kilometre
The fare fixation process described here in takes under consideration the input costs identified above to work out the fare per passenger kilometre.
i. Fix bus user fare considering all above elements of input costs including return on investment, cost of capital, depreciation, fees, rates, taxes, SMC,
etc. Bus user fare should be adequate to recover total costs as above.
ii
Fare per passenger km (F): 'F' be worked out considering benchmarked physical performance parameters (namely: Fleet size, category, bus capacity,
fleet utilisation, bus productivity, capacity utilisation) of bus per unit period, say a year. As physical performance of buses deteriorates with usage,
appropriate deterioration factors with respect to various parameters need also be considered. In the following case entire bus fleet is taken as new
comprising of type 1 (non-deluxe standard as per AIS 052) buses and fare fixation is demonstrated during first year of serviceable life of bus.
iii
Physical performance (benchmarked / contracted) and passenger kms serviced per yr. by the fleet.
Description units symbol
a. Avg. Bus fleet size during the yr. nos Q
b. Avg. benchmarked fleet utilisation % W
c. Bus fleet utilised during the yr.=a*b*365 i.e. no. of
days in a yr. bus days U
d. Avg benchmarked bus productivity per bus on road
during the yr. kms per bus / yr. K
e. Bus capacity seated + standees per bus nos N
f. Avg. planned capacity utilisation per bus during the yr.
=percentage of passenger kms utilised to bus capacity
kms supplied(=d*e)
% L
g. Planned usage or supply per yr. per bus on road in
terms of pax kms =d*e*f pax kms P
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 227 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
h. Planned delivery of PT services by contracted bus fleet
during the yr.=g*a*b pax kms D
iv
Total costs (as worked out at 1.5.f above) for provision of
PT services in NCC system as per benchmarked physical
performance parameters.
Rs T
v
Avg fare per pax km of PT service delivered = Avg. cost
of delivery of PT services per pax km during the yr.=1.6.iv
/1.6.iii.h
Rs/pax km F
2. REVIEW / REVISION OF BUS FARE PER PASSENGER KILOMETRE
The review process described here is applicable for all contract types but has been described for Net Cost Contract as fare box revenue forms an integral
part of the potential revenue for a private operator in Net Cost Contract.
Description Unit
Symbol of
various
items /
elements
Quoted /
assessed
values per
year.
Quoted / estimated values in
terms of fare per pax km
Revised Rates for
initial values
quoted /
assessed
Remarks
F as %age of F
2.1
Bus fleet operations,
maintenance, etc. related
costs during the year as at
1.5.b
Rs C C F1=C/D (C*100)/(D*F) Cr
As per bus input cost
details provided by PO
during bidding
2.2
Administrative and other
costs of / by the authority
during the year as at 1.5.a
Rs A A F2=A/D (A*100)/(D*F) Ar=A*Sr/S
As per revision of
Wholesale Price Index 'S'
to 'Sr'
2.3
Costs related to
infrastructure per yr. as at
1.5.c
Rs I I F3=I/D (I*100)/(D*F) Ir=I*Sr/S
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 228 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Description Unit
Symbol of
various
items /
elements
Quoted /
assessed
values per
year.
Quoted / estimated values in
terms of fare per pax km
Revised Rates for
initial values
quoted /
assessed
Remarks
F as %age of F
2.4 Costs related to revenue
collection per yr. as at 1.5.d Rs R R F4=R/D (R*100)/(D*F) Rr=R*Sr/S
2.5
Return on investment (ROI)
and cost of borrowed
capital, payment of 'SMC' to
authority, etc.
Rs B B F5=B/D (B * 100)/(D * F)
Br=B*(x₂*z₂ +
y₂*2*z₂) / (x₁z₁ +
y₁*2*z₁)
As per revision in
borrowing rates of SBI as
applicable to commercial
vehicles.
Weighted average of
prime lending rate for
commercial vehicles by
SBI on borrowed capital
and twice that rate for
return on own capital
invested. For
example, if borrowed
funds are 'x₁, x₂ ' and own
funds invested are 'y₁, y₂'
and prime lending rates
for commercial vehicles by
SBI are 'z₁, z₂' at bidding
and revision stages
respectively then
Br=B*(x₂*z₂+y₂*2*z₂) /
(x₁z₁+y₁*2*z₁).
SMC payable to Authority
would also get revised at
above weighted average
rates.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 229 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Description Unit Symbol of various
items/elements
Quoted/assessed values
per year
Revised Rates for initial values
quoted/assessed
2.6 Total costs during the yr. for provision
of PT services under NCC Rs T T = C + A + I + R + B
Tr = Cr + Ar + Ir + Rr + Br = [Cr + {(Sr /
S)*(A + I + R)} + B * {(x₂*z₂ + y₂*2*z₂) /
(x₁z₁ + y₁*2*z₁)}]
2.7 Planned delivery of PT services during
the year in terms of pax kms = 1.6.iii.h pax kms D D Dr
2.8
Fare per pax km ('F')= cost per pax km
worked out on the basis of total costs
incurred for provision of PT services by
the fleet during the year and quantum
of PT services delivered, in terms of
pax kms, at bench marked physical
performance parameters level during
the year.
Rs / pax km F F=T/D Fr=Tr/Dr
2.9 Revised fare per pax km 'Fr' Rs/pa
x km Fr
Fr= Tr / Dr = (Cr + Ar + Ir + Rr + Br) / Dr = [Cr + (Sr/S) * (A + I + R) + B*(x₂*z₂ + y₂*2*z₂) / (x₁z₁ +
y₁*2*z₁) ] / Dr
2.10 Variation in total cost Rs TΔr TΔr = Tr - T = {Cr + Sr * (A + I + R)/S + B*(x₂*z₂ + y₂*2*z₂) / (x₁z₁ + y₁*2*z₁)} - (C + A + I + R +
B) = (Cr - C) + (A + I + R)*{(Sr/S) - 1)} + B * {(x₂*z₂ + y₂*2*z₂) / (x₁z₁ + y₁*2*z₁)-1}
2.11 Percentage variation in fare
per pax km % FΔr
Δr = (Fr - F) * 100 / F = [(Tr / Dr) - (T / D)] * 100 / (T / D) = [(Tr * D / T * Dr) - 1] * 100 = [{{(Cr +
(Sr / S) * (A + I + R) + B * (x₂*z₂ + y₂*2*z₂) / (x₁z₁ + y₁*2*z₁)) * D} / {Dr * (C + A + I + R + B)}} - 1]
* 100
2.12 Notes:
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 230 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
i. 'C' = Input Cost of bus operation, maintenance, etc., for the fleet during the year as submitted by the contracted NCC bidder during competitive
bidding process and accepted by authority.
ii. 'Cr' = Revised cost of bus operation and maintenance, etc., for the fleet during the year, as per process of revision placed at Annexure 1.
iii. A, I, R, B = Represent costs as brought out at sr nrs. 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5 respectively in table. Ar, Ir, Rr, Br represent revised costs of A, I, R, B
respectively. Cost revision is based upon variation in Whole Sale Price Indices for A, I, R and that of prime lending rate for commercial vehicles by SBI
for 'B'.
iv. S and Sr: 'S' - whole sale price index initial, at the time of fixation of fares, and 'Sr'- whole sale price index at the time of fare revision.
v. 'T' and Tr : 'T' & 'Tr' - Total (all inclusive) costs, during the year, for providing bus services initially and at the time of fare revision respectively.
vi. 'D' & 'Dr' : 'D' and 'Dr' respectively represent, initial and revised quantum of PT services planned / delivered, in terms of pax kilometres during the
year, at benchmarked physical performance parameters levels.
vii.'F' & ‘Fr’: 'F' &'Fr' - Fares per pax km initial and revised respectively.
viii. 'TΔr' & 'FΔr' : 'TΔr' & 'FΔr' represent variation in total cost and variation in fare per pax km (%) respectively between initial workout stage and the
revision stage
3. FARE REVISION / MODIFICATION IN NCC CONTRACTS FOR SERVICE QUALITY VARIATION
3.1 Revised fare i.e. 'Fr' modified for service quality variations = Frqs
3.1.1 Service quality variation =Qsv = (Qsa - Qsc) / Qsc
where Qsa = actual service quality score over the period of preceding three months & Qsc = contracted service quality score
3.2
Revised fare per pax km incorporating variation in service quality=Frqs:
Frqs = Fr * (1+service quality variation element) or
Frqs = Fr * (1+Qsv) where Qsv value shall be limited to actual or ± 10% which ever absolute value is lower.
For negative value of Qvs, only 60% of Qvs is to be considered in revision.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 231 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
4. ASSESSMENT OF SERVICE QUALITY VARIATIONS
The assessment of service quality variation shall be done as per details given separately for service quality performance.
5. FARE STRUCTURING – NEED, PROCESS, AND EVALUATION OF STRUCTURED FARE
5.1. Fare Structuring
As discussed earlier basic unit of PT user tariff / fare charged for use of PT services is fare per pax km (F). During the process of fare fixation, 'F' may
work out as a whole number or a whole number followed by a fraction thereof e.g. Rs 1.29 per pax km. Similarly passengers travel trip lengths (in terms
of pax kms) which may also be whole nos and or fraction thereof e.g.8.76 kms. In such a situation working out chargeable fares from passengers would
invariably cause operational and handling inconvenience, journey time delays and other difficulties both for passengers and the tariff collectors. To address
such issues PT routes are divided into a number of fare stages appropriately placed and further adjusted for easy accessibility of passengers from
residential, institutional, educational and other traffic generation locations. Further basic fares are rounded off for operational ease and accordingly pax
tariffs are decided stage wise. This process is generally termed as 'fare structuring' and fares so decided constitute 'fare structures'.
Fare structures may be as simple as flat fare structure - charging one fare from all passengers irrespective of journey time or travel trip length. Fare
structure may also be designed as stage wise fare and or telescopic fare structure and or any other variation / combinations. In case of telescopic
structures, user tariffs tend to decrease with increasing trip lengths.
Fare structures prepared as above need to be evaluated to ensure that revenue generation remains in line with that planned while fixing basic fare i.e.
fare per passenger km. The process of evaluation of fare structures is also discussed along with the process of fare structuring.
5.2 Fare Structuring and fare structure evaluation to ensure that revenue from structured fares match fare fixed / revised in terms of fare per pax kms
The fare structuring assumes the total distance for the route is SL8. A passenger who has travelled a distance more than SL4 but less than SL5 would fall under fare stage 5 and would pay fare f5 and is assumed to have travelled a distance SL5. Thus, the average kilometres paid for by passengers falling under this fare stage is SL5.
Fare
Stage
no.
Fare Slab Stages
Present
fare Rs
per pax
per slab
Avg. pax
kms paid for
Revenue
per stage
Rs
Fare option I -
Flat Fare=T₁
Fare option II - 2 slab
fares=T₂ & T₃
Fare option III -
Stage wise fares
= T₄ to T₁₁
From
(km)
To
(km)
Pax per
period for
each
distance
Revenue per
period at Flat
Fare = RT₁
Revenue per period at
slab wise fares = RT₂₃
Revenue per
period at stage
wise Fares = RT₄
to RT₁₁
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 232 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
i ii iii iv pk = ii * iii r = iii * iv RT₁ RT₂₃ RT₄₁₁
1 0 SL1 p₁ f₁ SL1p₁ r₁
RT₁ = T₁ * ∑(p₁ to
p₈)
RT₂=T₂*(p₁+p₂+p₃+p₄)
RT₄=T₄*p₁
2 SL1 SL₂ p₂ f₂ SL2p₂ r₂ RT₅=T₅*p₂
3 SL₂ SL₃ p₃ f₃ SL3p₃ r₃ RT₆=T₆*p₃
4 SL₃ SL₄ p₄ f₄ SL4p₄ r₄ RT₇=T₇*p₄
5 SL₄ SL₅ p₅ f₅ SL5p₅ r₅
RT₃=T₃*(p₅+p₆+p₇+p₈)
RT₈=T₈*p₅
6 SL₅ SL₆ p₆ f₆ SL6p₆ r₆ RT₉=T₉*p₆
7 SL₆ SL₇ p₇ f₇ SL7p₇ r₇ RT₁₀=T₁₀*p₇
8 SL₇ SL₈ p₈ f₈ SL8p₈ r₈ RT₁₁=T₁₁*p₈
Total p = ∑(p₁ to
p₈)
pk = ∑(SL1p₁
to SL8p₈)
r=∑(r₁ to
r₈) RT₁=T₁ * p RT₂₃=RT₂+RT₃
RT₄₁₁ = ∑(RT₄ to
RT₁₁)
5.3 Average fare box revenue per passenger kilometre with respect to each option
F=r/pk F₁=RT₁ / pk F₂₃= RT₂₃ / pk F₄₁₁= RT₄₁₁ / pk
5.4 Fare Structuring Process Illustration
Fare
Stage
no.
Fare Slab Stages
Present fare Rs
per pax per slab63
Avg. pax kms
paid for
Revenue per
stage Rs
Fare structure
options at 'F' =
1.50 per pax
km
63 Assumed from existing fare structures from different locations in India
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 233 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Fare option I --
Flat Fare=T₁
Fare option
II -2 slab
fares=T₂ &
T₃
Fare option
III - Stage
wise fares=
T₄ to T₁₁
From
(km) To (km)
Pax per period
for each
distance
Revenue per
period at Flat
Fare = RT₁
Revenue
per period
at slab wise
fares = RT₂₃
Revenue
per period
at stage
wise Fares
= RT₄ to
RT₁₁
i ii iii iv pk = ii * iii r = iii * iv RT₁ RT₂₃ RT₄₁₁
1 0 2 15 3 30 45
10
10
5
2 2 4 10 5 40 50 8
3 4 6 25 7 150 175 10
4 6 8 12 9 96 108 12
5 8 10 13 11 130 143
15
15
6 10 12 11 12 132 132 17
7 12 14 8 13 112 104 20
8 14 16 6 14 96 84 20
5.4.1 Totals
i Total pax 100
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 234 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
ii Total pax kms paid for 786
iii Total revenue Rs 841 1000 1190 1211
iv Planned fare per pax km 'F' Rs 1.10 1.50 1.50 1.50
v Tariff per pax km Rs ('Fc') for structured fares 1.07 1.27 1.51 1.54
5.5 Comparisons of fare per pax km planned('F') and that obtained 'Fc' in various fare
structures
Almost
matches
with 'F'
Fc' < 'F' -- fare
structuring
need to be
improved. For
example flat
fare fixed as Rs
12/- per pax,
'Fc' works to Rs
1.54 per pax
km. which is in
the range of
that planned
i.e. 'F'=Rs1.50/-
and thus
should be
accepted
Fc' ≥ ‘F’ i.e.
Rs 1.51/- as
obtained
using
structured
fare is equal
to that
planned i.e.
'F' = Rs
1.50/- . Fare
structuring
should be
acceptable.
Fc' ≥ ‘F’ i.e.
Rs 1.54/- as
obtained
using
structured
fare is more
than that
planned i.e.
'F' = Rs
1.50/- . Fare
structuring
should be
acceptable.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 235 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
6. BUS INPUT COST REVIEW PROCESS
6.1. Bus input cost is the cost of operation, maintenance, etc. incurred by a Private operator (PO) for provision of buses for a Public Transport (PT) as
contracted and or revised by the authority, to operate passenger transport services in the operational area of the authority on routes, trips, timings, schedules,
etc. and as per other terms and conditions as finalised. SMC by PO is fixed in terms of Rupees per revenue earning km operated by a bus. Beginning and end of
revenue earning km shall generally be the start/end points of designated route(s) and or locations as finalised by the authority. SMC would automatically stand
revised in line with revision in parameter 'B' of fare revision elements.
6.2. Service quality performance shall be computed in respect of parameters and as per procedure detailed at Annexure XI of the document.
6.3. Authority shall initially mention, then applicable tariff structure for PT services, in the RFP and fix SMC on the basis of open tenders and or by any other
method / procedure decided by the authority.
6.4. While quoting rates, bidders have to provide cost element wise break up of input cost besides composite cost of operation and maintenance, etc. per km.
Benchmarked Service Quality performance levels for various parameters, process / formula, periodicity of assessment in each case as well as formula to assess
variation in overall service quality would form part of RFP document in a prescribed format. PO agrees to deliver service quality performance in respect of various
service quality parameters and its use in reviewing tariffs and SMC.
6.5. Above cost break up and the performance shall be used for amending the rate periodically.
6.6. PT tariffs in NCC system shall be amended periodically on the basis of variation in input costs and or performance of PO, particularly with reference to
service quality parameters, achieved during the period for revision of tariffs. Contracted parameters / cost data shall also be considered for review of user tariffs.
6.7. Initially quoted rate for SMC shall remain firm for a minimum period of six months from the date of induction of first bus of the PO.
6.8. Performance of PO shall be regularly monitored for various parameters during above period. On basis of performance during last month of above period,
and the input cost per km, Authority would consider tariff revision subject to approval by the concerned Government / Agency. However tariff review would be
undertaken once in six / twelve months or later subject to variation in cost inputs and or service quality performance exceeding ---- % of previous levels. Revised
rate shall be applicable during the following period. This process shall be followed thereafter unless quality performance levels warrant otherwise, in which case
review / revision of tariff rates or any other action deemed fit may be undertaken earlier by the authority.
6.9. Revision of tariff and SMC shall be undertaken as per formula given in tender document.
6.10. Quality performance for the purpose of tariff rate revision shall be taken for total bus fleet deployed by PO.
6.11. Responsibility for highlighting/submitting details of variations in cost of inputs shall be that of the PO and that for assessment of service quality performance
shall be of the authority.
6.12. Tariff / SMC rates fixed and or modified herein would remain valid only for present contract. Should for any subsequent contracts the rates, terms and
conditions obtained are more beneficial to Authority, later (Authority)) shall have the right to implement the same for existing PO who shall be obliged to accept
the same failing which Authority may take action against the concerned PO as deemed fit.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 236 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
6.13. Authority shall have right/option to ask PO to deploy more buses (up to 25% of the currently deployed quantum of buses within one year of induction of
first bus) from existing PO as per rates, terms and conditions currently applicable.
7. FIXING/AMENDING COST OF INPUTS FOR BUS FLEET OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE UNDER NCC
Sr nr. Input Cost elements Symbol of
Contracted /
tendered rate
per bus km*
Contracted /
tendered rates
as %age of CT
Remarks
cost element Rs/ bus km#
7.1. Input Cost per bus km(cpk)
7.1.1. Staff/Labour cost per km inclusive of overheads but excluding
revenue collection and repair maintenance cost ST ST
7.1.2. Fuel, Oil and lubricants cost per km FO FO
7.1.3. Tyres cost per km TY TY
7.1.4. Repair and Maintenance (R&M) cost per km (Rs / km) includes
labour for R&M, materials, spares, etc. # RM RM
7.1.5. Depreciation on buses, plant and equipment provided by PO DP DP
7.1.6. Taxes, fees, Insurance, etc. per km TX TX
7.1.7. Other charges per km OT OT
7.2. Total cost per km CT CT
7.3. Note: Item values marked '*' are only indicative values for assessing overall cost variations in future and may not reflect actual consumptions. '#'
rates as finalised by authority on receipt of bids
7.4. For revision of input cost per km following parameters/cost data be considered
7.4.1. Elemental input cost variations
Sr nr. Cost element wise details Rates Rs per unit at Remarks
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 237 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
Affected Cost
element (symbol)
Contract stage
Revision stage
i. Minimum labour wage rate for highly skilled labour as fixed by
concerned State Govt ST ST1 ST2
ii. Fuel rate Rs per litre (as applicable to concerned city PT Agency) FO FO1 FO2
iii. Tyres cost /km (DGS&D rate contract rates) TY TY1 TY2
iv. Wholesale Price Index as applicable to Automobiles for calculation
of variations in repair and maintenance related cost element. P P1 P2
v. Depreciation DP DP1 DP2
vi. Tax basket Rs./bus/year '=Sum of MV tax, pax tax, permit fees,
Insurance, etc. per year per bus TX TX1 TX2
vii. Others (administration, utilities, etc.) as per variation whole sale
price index OT OT1 OT2
7.4.2. 3 NOTES
i Fuel cost Rs. per litre of fuel
ii Tax basket rate to be calculated by adding annual individual taxes per bus. For taxes charged on basis of passenger seats, its annual value shall
be worked out by multiplying annual tax rate by contracted carrying capacity (seated plus standee passengers) of the bus.
iii For revision of staff related costs, minimum wage rate of highly skilled workman shall be taken as the basis
iv. Revision in repair and maintenance cost element, whole sale price index of auto parts / automobiles would be considered.
7.5. 4 Basic revised input cost per km = CT2
CT2 = ST * ST2 / ST1 + FO * FO2 / FO1 + TY * TY2 / TY1 + P * P2 / P1 + DP
* DP2 / DP1 + TX * TX2 / TX1 + OT * OT2 / OT1 or a simplified version of
above as under may also be used CT2b (simplified) = ST * ST2 / ST1 + FO *
FO2 / FO1 + A * W2 / W1 where, 'W' is whole sale price index for all items and
'A' is sum of all other cost elements' contracted values i.e. A = TY1 + RM1 +
DP1 + TX1 + OT1
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 238 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
ANNEXURE XIV – BLOCK COST ESTIMATES (All costs are indicative)
Block Cost Estimates – broadly capital and revenue expenses – block estimates –bus fleet of 100 standard size non AC buses
Sr.
No. Component
Authority GCC NCC Total
staff Financial
implication (Rs.
In lakhs)
staff Financial
implication
(Rs. In
lakhs)
staff Financial
implication
(Rs. In lakhs)
staff Financial
implication
(Rs. In lakhs)
A Ao
I Capital expenses –
1 Infrastructure
1.1 Land 5 acres per depot of 100 buses @ Rs
1000/ per sq mtr 40 40
1.2 Buildings and all other civil construction
works complete with utilities and workshops
– ready to use i.e. buildings, workshops,
offices, control room, hard standing,
boundary walls, complete set of utilities
including high mast lights - all fully installed
and commissioned @ Rs 6000/= per sq mtr
of land area - weighted average
240 240
1.3 Bus terminals
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 239 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
1.3.1 Land about 5 acres at one or more locations
depending upon city needs @Rs 1000/= per
sq mtr
40 40
1.3.2 Bus Terminal – all civil works – buildings,
hard standing, boundary wall, etc. as above
@Rs 3000/= per sq mtr of land area –
completed as above at 1.2.
120 120
1.4 Bus shelter @ 2 bus shelters per km of
route length- one on each side of road –
total route length of about 100 kms per city
each shelter costing@ Rs 10 lakhs per
shelter – land available free
200 200
1.5 Miscellaneous expenses and contingencies
– lump sum 50 50
1.5 Total Land and buildings 690 690
2.0 Plant and equipment, ITS, Control room,
etc.
2.1 Plant and equipment
2.1.1 Plant and equipment for repair and
maintenance of bus fleet including latest
driver training equipment, facilities and
simulator
350 350 350 700
2.2 Other miscellaneous equipment such office
furniture, air conditioners, vehicles,
computers, communication systems, etc.
40 20 40 40 100
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 240 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
2.3 ITS and Control room equipment including
those for data capturing, mining,
processing, analysing, report generations,
etc., other ITS equipment, software, etc. on
– board equipment with buses, and data
communication equipment, vehicle tracking
equipment on line, etc. by authority and PO
almost equally divided - assumption
200 200 200 400
2.4 Total for plant and equipment for 100 buses
maintenance
3.0 Buses
3.1 Buses -- 100 nos, low floor standard size
non AC diesel fuelled as per UBS II @Rs 50
lakhs per bus
5000 5000 5000 5000
II Operation and maintenance costs of PT
system of 100 buses
Nos Annual cost Rs
in Lakhs Nos
Annual
cost Rs in
Lakhs
Nos Annual cost
Rs in Lakhs Nos
Annual cost
Rs in Lakhs 1.0 Bus fleet and ITS, staff costs for Operations
and maintenance:
1.1 Staff for bus fleet O & M
Bus fleet operations and maintenance
management, administration, checking and
supervision, supervisors, managers, etc.
including CEO @8 man per bus for 2 to 2.25
shift working daily on an average and
government agencies leave, etc.; and
20 (335 by
revenue
collection
agency
outsourced)
60 1005 445 1335 780 2340 800 2400
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 241 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
average cost to the company as Rs 25000/=
per staff per month
Staff distribution per bus taken as under:
Drivers : 3
Conductors : 3
Inspectors, Supervisors, Engineers,
Managers : 0.5
Workshop & Maintenance : 1
Administration, accts, etc. : 0.5
Total Staff per bus : 8
1.2 Staff for ITS – O & M 15 45 10 30 10 30 25 75
2.0 Maintenance expenses
2.1 Bus fleet maintenance
Maintenance expenses for materials,
spares, bought out items, consumables,
etc. for bus fleet, etc. maintenance and
management, etc.
500 500 500
2.2 ITS and control room items
ITS system maintenance including
manpower etc. outsourced @20% of ITS
capital costs
40 40 40 80
2.3 PT infrastructure maintenance expenses
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 242 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
PT infrastructure maintenance @5% of
infrastructure cost (less land cost) 31 31 31
2.4 Plant and equipment maintenance
expenses @10% of P & E’s capital costs 41 39 39 80
3.0 Fuel and Lubricants costs
3.1 Fuel cost – Fuel Efficiency as 3.0 kmpl and
diesel rate as Rs 50 per litre, bus
productivity as 200 kms per bus held
1220 1220 1220
3.2 Lubricants 30 30 30
3.3. Depreciation, interest, etc. on borrowed
funds, etc. @15% of capital expenses 153 839 839 992
3.4 Miscellaneous expenses including taxes,
rates, utilities, communication, auxiliary
vehicles operation, etc. @ 33% of labour
costs
20 335 445 780 800
III Grand totals
1.0 Capital costs 1080 220 5590 5590 6890
2.1 O & M expenses in one year for 100 bus
fleet
2.1.1 In GCC 233 1466 4509 - 6208
2.1.2 In NCC 233 126 - 5849 6208
3.0 Revenue in a year for 100 bus fleet at a
fare per pax km rate of Re 1.00, bus fleet 3577 3577 3577
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services May 2016 Consultancy Services for Preparing Guidelines & Model Contract for City Bus Private Operations
Page | 243 © 2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP
average load factor of 0.70, bus carrying
capacity of 70 pax
3.1 Revenue in a year for 100 bus fleet at a
fare per pax km rate of Re 1.50, bus fleet
average load factor of 0.70, bus carrying
capacity of 70 pax
5366
5366
5366
3.2 Revenue in a year for 100 bus fleet at a
fare per pax km rate of Re 1.75, bus fleet
average load factor of 0.70, bus carrying
capacity of 70 pax
6260
6260
6260
Summarising:
1. Overall capital expenses of about Rs 69 crores required for operationalising a bus fleet of 100 standard size low floor Non – AC buses
2. Fare per pax km of Rs 1.75 – considering no discounts and highly optimistic, year-long, average load factor of 0.70 – would need to be charged for
recovering all expenses from user tariff only.
Deloitte refers to one or more of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited, a UK private company
limited by guarantee, and its network of member firms, each of which is a legally separate
and independent entity. Please see www.deloitte.com/about for a detailed description of the
legal structure of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited and its member firms.
None of DTTILLP, Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited, its member firms, or its and their
affiliates shall be responsible for any loss whatsoever sustained by any person who relies on
this material.”
©2016 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP. Member of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP.
Top Related